<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" version="2.0">
<channel>
<title><![CDATA[IST eClass Support]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/]]></link>
<description />
<generator><![CDATA[Kayako case v4.98.9]]></generator>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Delivering Online and Remote Exams]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/delivering-remote-exams]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[25b2822c2f5a3230abfadd476e8b04c9]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 10 Apr 2020 11:40:54 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[This article outlines best practices and suggestions for delivering fully remote exams using Canvas. The IST eClass support team also provides support for a number of additional tools to assist instructors with online assessment as well as specific guidel...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This article outlines best practices and suggestions for delivering fully remote exams using Canvas. The IST eClass support team also provides support for a number of additional tools to assist instructors with online assessment as well as specific guidelines for the different exam delivery scenarios available.</p>
<p><a id="register-exam"></a>Instructors are encouraged to contact <a href="mailto:eclass@ualberta.ca">eclass@ualberta.ca</a> with any questions when deciding on a delivery format and to take advantage of our exam checking service to review the details, setup, and configuration of their exam in advance. <a href="https://forms.gle/xzVsPgiBZL4A6Bhe6" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Registering</a> an exams to allow the eClass team to review the configurations in advance, complete usage and system performance testing if applicable, and plan support resources.</p>
<p><strong><span style="font-size: 14pt;"><a href="https://forms.gle/xzVsPgiBZL4A6Bhe6" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Register Your Online Exam(s) HERE</a></span></strong></p>
<p><span style="color: #f3f3f5; background-color: #f3f3f5; font-size: 8pt;">exam checks, exam check, exam registration</span></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#register-exam">Registering an exam</a><br />2 <a href="#pedagogy">Pedagogical Support for Online Exams</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#physical-spaces">Locations for Online Exams</a><br />4 <a href="#constructing">Guidelines for constructing Quizzes</a><br />5 <a href="#practical">Practical Considerations</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#remote-exam-options">Employing Remote Monitoring</a></li>
<li>  6.1 <a href="#no-monitor">No monitoring</a></li>
<li>  6.2 <a href="#rldb-monitor">Respondus LockDown Browser + Monitor</a></li>
<li>  6.3 <a href="#sem">Smart Exam Monitor (SEM)</a></li>
<li>  6.4 <a href="#other-platforms">Learning Assessment Centre</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><br /><a id="pedagogy"></a>Pedagogical Support for Remote Exams:</strong></span></p>
<p>The remote delivery of exams has its own challenges with regards to academic integrity or from a student-user experience. Instructors can <a href="https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSei2yZUSSrDQ41IrvBAcZ9o3ZYeQtgg60340NTmoOvNMJmM5g/viewform" target="_blank" rel="noopener">book a consultation with the Centre for Teaching and Learning (CTL)</a> regarding the restructuring of assessments while adhering to learning outcome objectives.</p>
<p>Since using online exam proctoring tools <span>adds an unavoidable extra layer of complication and stress to test-taking, </span>CTL has also created the following videos regarding alternatives:</p>
<p>1) <a href="https://youtu.be/9pufSmKHcEY" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Discussing alternatives to closed-book final exams</a> <br />2) <a href="https://youtu.be/ydwTF3twVsw" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Guide to creating Open Book Exams (OBEs)</a><br /><br />CTL has also created resources for instructors considering how AI will impact their assessments: <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/en/centre-for-teaching-and-learning/resources/generative-ai/index.html">Teaching and Learning in the Context of AI</a>.</p>
<p><strong><span style="font-size: 14pt;"><a id="physical-spaces"></a></span><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Physical Locations for Online Exams:</span></strong></p>
<p>With the mix of online and in-person delivery methods now available, one challenge facing students with mixed schedules is finding a location where they can write online midterms. In some cases, students face challenges with travel time between home and campus for online or in-person classes, meaning that they will require an appropriate place on campus to write their exams. Students are able to use a<span> </span><a href="https://www.library.ualberta.ca/seats" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Windows machine in the Cameron or Rutherford Library computer labs</a><span> </span>to complete exams. These machines should not be used if an exam requires SEM or Respondus monitoring because external webcams may not function properly on Windows computers. Students are able to<span> </span><a href="https://www.library.ualberta.ca/services/book-study-spaces" target="_blank" rel="noopener">book a Cameron Library study room</a><span> </span>to complete SEM exams as long as they provide their own webcam.</p>
<p>Instructors can book a classroom for a specific day and time and day for an online exam. Doing so will ensure that their entire class has access to a space for exam taking. Rooms can be booked using the <a href="https://sites.google.com/ualberta.ca/roombookings/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">RO’s Classroom Booking page</a>. If one is available, instructors can also book on-campus computer labs for exams. Machines in these spaces already have Respondus LockDown Browser enabled but cannot be used in conjunction with either Respondus Monitor or SEM since the machines do not have webcams.  </p>
<!--<p>Additionally, Instructors can inform students about the temporary drop-in workspaces available for students to attend online classes (or take exams): <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/registrar/examinations/classroom-bookings/temporary-workspace-locations.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Temporary Workspace Locations</a>.<br /><br /></p>-->
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="constructing"></a>Guidelines for Constructing Quizzes</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Preview all quiz questions </span> 
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">There are <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/547/55/adding-a-quiz-to-your-canvas-course#nq-question-types" target="_blank" rel="noopener">many different questions types</a> available to be used in new quizzes with a varying degree of complexity. Instructors should always preview questions after creating them. <strong>This is especially important if instructors are delivering quizzes that have been migrated from eClass using K16 and there are some <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/547/55/adding-a-quiz-to-your-canvas-course#known-issues" target="_blank" rel="noopener">known issues that should be reviewed</a>.</strong></p>
<span style="text-decoration: underline;"></span></li>
<li><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Quiz Layout</span>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">Unlike eClass where it was recommended that quizzes all be delivered with 1 question per page, data entered into Canvas quizzes is saved as soon as it is entered. Instructors can choose to deliver either all questions on one page or one question at a time (available in quiz settings.)<strong> </strong>If several questions refer to the same material (for example a diagram, case study, or written problem), these can be set apart in a Canvas quiz using a <a href="https://community.canvaslms.com/t5/Instructor-Guide/How-do-I-add-a-Text-Block-to-a-New-Quiz/ta-p/645707" target="_blank" rel="noopener">text block quiz question</a> (basically freeform text like in eClass) or a <a href="https://community.canvaslms.com/t5/Instructor-Guide/How-do-I-insert-stimulus-content-in-New-Quizzes/ta-p/573" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Stimulus question</a> (a new Canvas question type that links material with a few questions.)</p>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Use built-in security features </span> 
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">There are a wide range of <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/547/55/adding-a-quiz-to-your-canvas-course#nq-advanced-settings" target="_blank" rel="noopener">available security features in Canvas quizzes</a> including question and answer order randomization, password protection, and more. Note that Canvas quizzes do not provide the option to require students to complete an honesty check statement so these should be added at the course level or included as a zero point TF question. </p>
</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="practical"></a>Practical Considerations</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Flexible timings</span>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">Ensure that the quiz time limit and open/close dates and times provide a buffer to account for technical challenges. Specifying a longer exam time window provides students flexibility for their specific start time, spreads outperformance and support load, and generally reduces anxiety. For example, if a quiz time limit is 120 minutes and scheduled for 2PM - 4PM, open the quiz at 1:30PM and close it at 4:30PM. Longer windows, <span style="text-decoration: underline;">for example</span> providing students with 3 days to complete their exam are also recommended.</p>
</li>
<li><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Communicate early with students</span>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">Instructors should communicate the exam details such as format and timing, how and when students will access the exam link, and any other special requirements students need to be aware of as soon as they can to head off any potential issues. For example, if the link to a quiz will appear in eClass only at the assigned start time, students may panic if they do not know that in advance. It is also imperative to set the expectations for student behaviour during exams and to outline the consequences for not meeting the requirements. Instructors are encouraged to emphasize to their students that the correct, complete monitoring record of an exam is considered a required component of successful exam submission and it is the student's onus to provide this. Instructors should also ensure that students review the guide <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/568/54/taking-quizzes-in-canvas-students" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Taking Canvas Quizzes (for Students)</a>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">If instructors are delivering exams remotely or in-person on campus on student's own devices, it is also important to provide students the warning that they <strong>should always access online exams using the EduRoam wifi network</strong> <strong>(as opposed to using the Guest@UofA free wireless connection.) <span style="color: #ff0000;"><span>The Guest@UofA wireless network is known to drop connections during exams and can cause the loss of answers and submissions.</span></span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">It is also recommended to provide detailed test taking suggestions in the instructions fields of quizzes or SEM sessions. A possible example to copy and paste would be:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 80px; font-style: italic;">Prior to writing this exam ensure the following:</p>
<ul style="padding-left: 100px; font-style: italic;">
<li>Your operating system and apps are up to date.</li>
<li>You have recently rebooted your device.</li>
<li>You have minimized the number of open apps and browser tabs to prevent resource drain.</li>
<li>You have a full healthy battery or are connected to a power source. --- Note: Many devices have a "lower power mode" that will intermittently cut WiFi or stop scanning for WiFi connection to save power.</li>
<li>If using wifi on campus, ensure you are connected to EduRoam and not to Guest@UofA network.</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 80px; font-style: italic;">If your device dies during the exam you will NOT be permitted to switch to the paper copy. You will have to either accept your mark as is or have the weight transferred to the final.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">Instructors are also encouraged also post the link to the IST Support, student-facing usage guides for the specific tools they are using: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/1/54/obtaining-respondus-lock-down-browser" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using Respondus Lockdown Browser (for Students)</a>, <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/434/47/using-smart-exam-monitor-sem---students" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using Smart Exam Monitor (for Students)</a> into their Canvas courses.</p>
<p></p>
</li>
<li><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Run a practice quiz</span>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">Running a practice quiz with students accessing from wherever they will complete their final exam <strong>is essential</strong>. Whether students are already familiar with taking quizzes on Canvas or not, attempting a quiz from the actual exam-taking locations where bandwidth or firewall issues may occur can prevent these from occurring during the actual exam. <strong>Whenever possible, running a practice with 'for marks' quizzes (eg. existing formative assessments in your course) will ensure a higher rate of student participation.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">Practice exams should be run <strong>prior to every high-stakes exam</strong> as updates to student's device, operating system, or browser version can often cause problems.</p>
</li>
<li><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Prepare for problems</span>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;"><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Establish a communication process for the different kinds of issues that may arise during an exam - eg. for subject matter questions, contact the TAs; for internet outages phone your internet provider (or immediately switch to cellular internet service or personal data hotspot); for technical issues with your computer contact the IST helpdesk (<strong>780-492-8000</strong>); for eClass issues contact eClass support (<strong>780-492-9372</strong>). These tips are also <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/371/10/quiz-tools-for-students" target="_blank" rel="noopener">suggested for students here</a>. <strong>Please note, eClass support is open Monday to Friday, 8:00AM-9:00PM </strong>so if exams are scheduled outside this time range prepare an alternative mechanism for support.</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;"><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Some available communication options include phone, email, </span><a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/information-services-and-technology/news/2020/get-know-google-meet.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Google Meet</a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, a 'live' <a href="https://support.google.com/a/users/answer/9282664" target="_blank" rel="noopener">shared google doc,</a> or the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/551/53/communicating-in-canvas#inbox" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas inbox</a></span><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Instructors may also want to create an </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">online meeting, for example a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/409/23/creating-and-accessing-zoom-meetings-through-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Zoom session</a> with the waiting room enabled for 1-to-1 interactions</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> that students can log into during an exam to pose questions.</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;"><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">-</span></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Be familiar with using <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/573/0/student-accommodations-in-canvas-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">quiz/assignment overrides</a> to give students having issues a time extension if warranted.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;"><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Plan a backup solution - for example offering an alternative variation of the exam to be emailed to a student, completed, and returned or shifting students to a deferred exam.</span></strong></p>
</li>
<li><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Create a backup quiz</span>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;"><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Duplicating a quiz in advance of the exam <em><strong>but leaving any exam security tools off </strong></em></span></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">can be a quick way to allow any students who have problems with their device and/or monitoring setup on the day of the exam. These can be configured in canvas with access assigned only to the 'Default' section of a course (so it would not be visible to any actual students sections) and then individual students who require access can be added as additional <strong>Assign to</strong> entries.</span></p>
</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="remote-exam-options"></a>Employing Exam Security and Remote Monitoring</strong></span></p>
<p>As mentioned above, remotely delivered exams pose a range of challenges to be overcome. Some of the technical/practical challenges can be addressed by communicating early with students, clearly outlining expectations, and running practice exams to identify issues before exams. From an academic honesty perspective there four main challenges:</p>
<ul>
<li>Ensuring the exam taker is the correctly enrolled student (identity validation).</li>
<li>Monitoring the student and the physical space where they complete the exam to ensure no disallowed materials are used (physical integrity validation).</li>
<li>Monitoring the students' online activities to ensure they are not accessing any disallowed electronic resources (online integrity validation).</li>
<li>Making sure that exams and questions aren't copied by exam takers (question security)</li>
</ul>
<p>The available options for exam delivery are listed below in order of increasing ability to meet these challenges but also in increasing order of potential for technical challenges. <strong>No academic honesty measures are going to be 100% effective.</strong> It is up to instructors to decide which challenges to address are most important to them and which of the options below they feel comfortable with having their students use. There is also the cost of the service to consider. <br /><br /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="no-monitor"></a>Option 1: No remote monitoring</strong></span> - Alternative assessment or open-book Canvas exam staged over a flexible time block</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Method</span>: CTL has provided suggestions for </span><a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/centre-for-teaching-and-learning/services/consultations/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this type of assessment</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and they are available for consultations on how to convert existing assessments.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Support</span>: Assessments of this type create the fewest barriers to student access and have the fewest technological limitations and are - often carried out in eClass which is fully supported.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Cost</span>: Charges may apply depending on the delivery method chosen by the instructor, but use of eClass is free.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Monitoring</span>: This style of exam does not provide any of the four types of monitoring noted above. Instructors should be aware that exam questions may be copied.</span><strong><strong></strong></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong> </strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="rldb-monitor"></a>Option 2: NEW for 2025! Canvas exam using Respondus LockDown Browser and Respondus Monitor</span></strong> - Respondus LockDown Browser (RLDB) and Monitor have been selected <span style="font-weight: 400;">as the new exam security and remote proctoring tools for Canvas.  </span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Method</span>: Instructors use Canvas to deliver secured and/or monitored exams.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Support</span>: LockDown Browser and Monitor are both vendor-supported. <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/593/47/using-respondus-lockdown-browser-and-monitor" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Basic setup help and documentation</a> is provided by the eClass team.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Cost</span>: Respondus LockDown Browser and Monitor are free to use.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Monitoring</span>: A full range of monitoring options are supported are supplied, and an audit report is produced by the vendor. All session videos are available for instructors to review.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;"><strong><strong> </strong></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="sem"></a>Option 3</strong><strong>:</strong><strong> Canvas exam using Smart Exam Monitor (SEM)</strong></span> - A Chrome-only web application that records student webcam video, audio, and screen activity</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Method</span>: Instructors use Canvas, or another exam delivery method and use SEM to monitor the exam session. SEM features an option to deliver Canvas quizzes in a forced-full screen mode. Any students navigating away from the exam-taking window are automatically flagged. </span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Support</span>: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/537/0/smart-exam-monitor-sem-in-canvas-for-instructors" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas exams and SEM</a> are supported by the eClass team; instructors can engage the team and sign up to have their exam validated. Other exam delivery methods are up to the instructor to support; SEM may be able to be used in these scenarios.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Cost</span>: Canvas and SEM are free.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Monitoring</span>: Provides identity validation, monitoring/recording of the student’s physical environment, and lightweight monitoring/recording of the student's onscreen activity. Does not provide question security or full monitoring of the student’s computer activity.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="other-platforms"></a>Option 4:</strong><strong> Canvas exam or another exam delivery platform delivered at the LAC</strong></span> - Physical location with live, proctored Canvas or alternative exams in a secure lab</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Method</span>: <span>There are two options, full-service and self-service. Instructors can either build their own Canvas quizzes and contract the LAC to deliver the exam (self-service). Or the LAC can assist with digitizing the exams in Canvas for the instructor (full-service). There is an additional fee for full-service.</span>.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Support</span>: LAC provides full service support. </span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Cost</span>: LAC charges for usage. Contact </span><a href="mailto:edlac@ualberta.ca">edlac@ualberta.ca</a> for more information.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Monitoring</span>: All four types of monitoring are supplied, and an audit report can be produced by the LAC. </span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Moving a Course Online]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/moving-a-course-online]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[816b112c6105b3ebd537828a39af4818]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 12 Mar 2020 16:25:14 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This article outlines the centrally supported tools available to make a rapid transition to teaching fully online when face-to-face lectures are not possible. It was originally authored at the onset of the Covid pandemic when all courses were forced online but the materials within can apply iunder any circumstances that force instructors to switch delivery methods.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Below, are a series of functions that you may need during online course delivery. Each function has various options and tools available to meet your teaching needs. For some additional considerations about performing these functions in the online space, please consult the CTL's Guide for </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Teaching Effectively during Disruptions</span> or their <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/centre-for-teaching-and-learning/teaching-support/learning-environments/remote-teaching/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">guide to Remote Teaching</a>. You can also contact the Centre for Teaching and Learning <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/centre-for-teaching-and-learning/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</p>
<p><strong>You will need to </strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/62/0/enabling-requesting-your-course-in-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong>create your course on eClass</strong></a> and<strong> we strongly recommend that new eClass instructors review the </strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/193/22/eclass-overview-for-new-instructors" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong>eClass overview for new users</strong></a><strong>.</strong></p>
<p>For any questions about this page or topics regarding the shift to online delivery, please contact IST eClass support at 780-492-9372 or by email at eclass@ualberta.ca.</p>
<p> </p>
<table cellspacing="8" cellpadding="10">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;">
<p><strong>Create online lecture materials</strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">- </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">A</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">dd your files to eClass</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><a href="https://support.google.com/a/users/answer/9310246" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Google Drive,</span></a> or directly <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/403/13/embedding-google-drive-files-in-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener">embed your Google Drive files</a> into eClass</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Convert your lecture slides to voiceover recordings (</span><a href="https://support.office.com/en-us/article/record-a-slide-show-with-narration-and-slide-timings-0b9502c6-5f6c-40ae-b1e7-e47d8741161c" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Powerpoint</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, </span><a href="https://support.google.com/docs/answer/9109474?hl=en" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Google Slides</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">)</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">- </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/175/13/embedding-videos-in-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Embed video recordings</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in your course</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Record your screen directly into eClass <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/486/23/yuja-video-platform-overview" target="_blank" rel="noopener">using YuJa</a></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center;"><strong>Communicate with your students</strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Post course </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/41/14/posting-course-announcements" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">announcements</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to your students</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">- </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/339/10/posting-in-discussion-forums" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Add discussion forums</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to your course and </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">post</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> asynchronous communications</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">- </span><a href="https://support.google.com/meet/answer/9302870?hl=en&amp;ref_topic=7192926" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Set up a Google Meet</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> for synchronous communication (eg. online office hours). <strong>Please n</strong></span><strong>ote: </strong>Beginning October 1st, 2020, Google Meet will only allow up to 100 people per meeting, down from the previous limit of 250 for the UAlberta G Suite license and the system will <strong>no longer support the recording of meetings</strong>. </p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Use gmail for private conversations and </span><a href="https://support.google.com/calendar/answer/190998?co=GENIE.Platform%3DDesktop&amp;hl=en" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">book calendar events</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to set up meetings</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center;"><strong>Deliver lectures online</strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Hold live synchronous online lectures using </span><a href="https://support.google.com/a/users/answer/9282720?hl=en&amp;ref_topic=9348670#level-1" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Google Meet</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, or <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/410/23/using-zoom---instructors" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Zoom</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Take attendance or poll your students using <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/288/19/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">ePoll</span></a></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p style="text-align: center;"><strong>Assess students</strong></p>
</td>
<td>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Review the Centre for Teaching and Learning’s <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/covid-19/instructors/teaching-during-times-of-disruption/evaluating-students-online.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">guidelines for evaluating students online</a><br /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Create student </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/134" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">assignments</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in eClass</span><br /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Deliver small-stakes, unproctored </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/195/1/online-assessment-overview" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">quizzes or fully online exams</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in eClass</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Determine a strategy for <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/425/1/delivering-remote-exams" target="_blank" rel="noopener">delivering summative exams</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Convert your MS Word paper exams into quizzes using the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/470/1/creating-quizzes-from-ms-word-files" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Digitizer</a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Set up your </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/153/0/setting-up-your-gradebook" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Gradebook</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in eClass to securely deliver student grades and </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/45/15/exporting-grades-in-bear-tracks-format" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">export your grades to Bear Tracks</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Ensure that <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/current-students/accessibility-resources/exam/updated-accommodations-instructors.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">student accommodations are still met at a distance</a></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p> </p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Creating an eClass Sandbox Course]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/creating-an-eclass-sandbox-course]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1d7f7abc18fcb43975065399b0d1e48e]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 23 May 2014 14:56:59 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>An eClass sandbox course is useful for any instructor or staff member who wants to explore the system, try out various activities, or do some practice course construction.  <strong>Note:</strong> You can only have one sandbox per account.</p>
</div>
<p>You can create an eClass sandbox course using eClass' automatic course request system.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To create a sandbox:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Visit the <a href="https://cc.cloud.eclass.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">eClass Course Request System</a> to get started.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Alternatively, to access the eClass Course Request System:<br />
<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;">
<li>Navigate to the <a href="http://www.ualberta.ca" target="_blank" rel="noopener">U of A home page</a>, click the magnifying glass icon at top right (<img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/uamagglasstrans.png" alt="magnifying glass icon" width="35" height="20" />) and click the<strong> eClass</strong> link under "Quick Links".<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/eclasslink.png" alt="ualberta homepage link to eclass" width="900" height="457" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Then, click on the<strong> Request your course in eClass </strong>button underneath the heading 'Instructors' in the left hand column.<br /><br /><img class="img-responsive undefined_" src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-sandbox-2.png" alt="" width="700" height="483" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>If you have not already authenticated to any U of A service using your CCID and password, you will be redirected to the standard login page. Enter your CCID and password and click <strong>Login</strong> to continue.<br /><br /><img class="img-responsive undefined_" src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-sandbox-3.png" alt="" width="700" height="378" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Next click on <strong>Request a Course</strong>.<br /><br /><img class="img-responsive undefined_" src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-sandbox-4.png" alt="" width="700" height="420" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Then, click on the<strong> Sandbox course </strong>tile and click <strong>Next:</strong><br /><br /><img class="img-responsive undefined_" src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-sandbox-6.png" alt="" width="700" height="400" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Check the box to confirm <strong>'I want to create my Sandbox' </strong>and click <strong>Finish</strong> to create the course request. You will receive an email with a link to the course once it is created.<br /><br /><img class="img-responsive undefined_" src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-sandbox-7.png" alt="" width="700" height="190" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p>If you have any questions about what can be done with a sandbox course or about the request process, please call IST eClass Support at 780-492-9372 and we will assist you. </p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[eClass Exam Digitization Service]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/eclass-exam-digitization-service]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6ecbdd6ec859d284dc13885a37ce8d81]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 28 Apr 2020 12:37:23 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>During the rapid shift online in March 2020 due to the Covid pandemic, eClass began assisting instructors moving assessments online by converting digital files into electronic exams. <strong>As this service was intended to provide instructors with a starting point for moving exams online, with the return to in-person learning in Fall 2021, exams will no longer be digitized on demand. </strong>Instead, eClass will be working with i<strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">nstructors to train them in building and administering examinations through eClass to improve online exam delivery and the student experience.</span></strong></p>
<!--<p>The exam digitization service takes existing exams in an electronic format (MS word .doc or .docx) and converts them into quiz activities on eClass.&nbsp;The converted quizzes will be hidden from students so that instructors can review the questions and&nbsp;configure them correctly for&nbsp;electronic delivery.&nbsp;<strong>Note that the service will only digitize summative assessments (Midterms and Final exams) submitted at least 10 business days in advance of the exam date.</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">&nbsp;Exams submitted with less than 10 business days before the exam date will not be digitized, however, our team will happily&nbsp;consult with instructors about&nbsp;how to digitize their own assessments.&nbsp;</span></p>-->
<p>Instructors should begin by leveraging <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/286/13/adding-and-managing-quiz-questions" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the guide for creating quizzes</a>, and <a href="https://eclass.srv.ualberta.ca/mod/lesson/view.php?id=3177331&amp;pageid=8141&amp;startlastseen=no" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this short instructional videos for basic aspects of quiz building here in eClass 101</a>. Information on the basic mechanisms for <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/358/45/creating-and-managing-large-question-banks" target="_blank" rel="noopener">importing and uploading files into the course question bank</a> is also available.</p>
<p>Instructors can also use 2 helper tools to assist them in this process: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/470/45/creating-quizzes-from-ms-word-files" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the Exam Digitizer</a>, a custom tool that converts MS Word exams into eClass quiz questions; and <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/12/1/obtaining-the-respondus-quiz-authoring-tool" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Respondus Quiz Authoring tool</a>. </p>
<p>Please note that online exams may not be required so instructors should follow any department, faculty, or central academic directives on assessment and should also consult the Centre for Teaching and Learning’s <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/centre-for-teaching-and-learning/teaching-support/assessment/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">guidelines for online assessment</a>.</p>
<!--<p><span style="font-size: 14pt;">To submit an exam for digitization, please&nbsp;<a href="https://forms.gle/24VB8SHirqAARXpt7" target="_blank">complete this form</a>.</span></p>-->]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Activities and Resources using the Activity Chooser]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-activities-and-resources-using-the-new-activity-chooser]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d18f655c3fce66ca401d5f38b48c89af]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Sat, 26 Jun 2021 15:27:56 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>The <strong>Activity chooser</strong> is used to add activities such as quizzes, forums or assignments to your course.</p>
<p>To add <em>Activities or Resources</em>, you must first turn on <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of your course page. Afterward, <strong>Add an activity or resource</strong> becomes visible at the foot of each topic section.</p>
<p>On your first time using eClass, you will default to the <em>All</em> tab, displaying all the Activities and Resources you may choose from. You can type into the search filter to narrow down the list to items. You can add Stars to items, click on the <strong>i</strong> to display information about the item, or click on the item to begin adding the Activity or Resource.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/new-act-chooser-1.png" alt="" width="600" height="555" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>Clicking on the <strong>Star</strong> makes the <em>Activity or Resource</em> available in the <em>Starred</em> activities tab for your convenience, which becomes the tab first displayed when beginning to add an Activity or Resource.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/new-act-chooser-2.png" alt="" width="600" height="325" /></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Resources for eClass Course Construction]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/resources-for-eclass-course-construction]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8f121ce07d74717e0b1f21d122e04521]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 24 Feb 2016 15:27:08 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>If you are an instructor using eClass for the first time, or are interested in re-designing or improving upon your course content, the U of A has a number of different groups and resources that are available to assist you.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>IST eClass Support Team</strong></span></p>
<p>Website: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/List">https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca</a></p>
<p><em><strong>For an overview of system features and technical assistance for eClass.</strong></em></p>
<p>The eClass support team provides email, telephone, and face-to-face consultations to assist you with your technical needs for constructing courses within eClass. In addition to a large collection of searchable knowledge base articles (including this one!), instructors can also access our online, self-paced training materials available in <a href="https://eclass.srv.ualberta.ca/course/view.php?id=1421" target="_blank" rel="noopener">eClass 101 (a resource course available in eClass)</a>. This team is also responsible for system administration and local development of features and integrations in eClass, so be sure to contact this group to suggest feature improvements to the system, report suspected bugs or accessibility concerns, or to troubleshoot any technical problems you encounter in eClass.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Centre for Teaching and Learning</strong></span></p>
<p>Website: <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/centre-for-teaching-and-learning/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://www.ualberta.ca/centre-for-teaching-and-learning/</a></p>
<p><em><strong>For instructional design consultations, introductions to innovative technology, and pedagogical professional development.</strong></em></p>
<p>The Centre for Teaching and Learning has a long tradition of providing well-researched, appropriate advice to U of A instructors for reflecting on and improving their teaching practice. The Centre delivers a variety of professional development workshops and also hosts a number of annual events that showcase great teaching and highlight exciting new strategies. The staff of educational developers offer instructors discrete feedback on teaching practice, consultations for course design and curriculum (re)design, and guidance in the appropriate use of innovative teaching technologies.</p>
<p>See more at: <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/centre-for-teaching-and-learning/about/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://www.ualberta.ca/centre-for-teaching-and-learning/about/index.html</a></p>
<p><strong>U of A Copyright Office</strong></p>
<p>Website: <a href="http://copyright.ualberta.ca">http://copyright.ualberta.ca</a></p>
<p><em><strong>Contact this group for advice and guidelines on proper practice for posting copyright materials to eClass</strong></em></p>
<p>The Copyright office is the best source for guidelines how to use copyrighted materials in your eClass courses. The basic standard that instructors should follow is that copyright materials used in an eClass course should be credited in the same way as if you were citing them in an academic paper. The same guidelines would apply for the amount of a particular source that you can include - the standard is up to 10% of the original work. For specific recommendations about posting formats, practices for citing, and queries about specific pieces of content, we recommend that you contact the Copyright Office directly.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Open Educational Resources</strong></span></p>
<p>An alternative option to copyrighted materials that instructors might want to consider when constructing courses are Open Educational Resources (OER). These can include instructional resources, assessment items, multimedia, and textbooks that are freely available through Creative Commons licensing. Entire courses have even been made open through this license and may be valuable in providing inspiration or examples of content delivery. Most of these items allow instructors to pull down their own copies of these materials and to re-work and customize for use in their own courses. For more information on OER, please contact <a href="mailto:krystam@ualberta.ca" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Krysta McNutt</a>, Open Education Program Lead, Centre for Teaching and Learning.</p>
<p>More info: <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/centre-for-teaching-and-learning/grants/oer/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://www.ualberta.ca/centre-for-teaching-and-learning/grants/oer/index.html</a></p>
<p><strong>U of A Libraries</strong></p>
<p>Website: <a href="https://www.library.ualberta.ca" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://www.library.ualberta.ca</a></p>
<p><em><strong>Contact this group for the preparation of electronic resources listing any holdings from your course reading list</strong></em></p>
<p>The library is an excellent resource for selecting readings for your course and offer <a href="https://www.library.ualberta.ca/reading-lists" target="_blank" rel="noopener">a useful service that converts your final reading list into a list of clickable links</a> to any resources in their holdings or that exist online in the public domain. This file can be added directly to your eClass course. It is also possible to add a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/78/13/adding-the-library-resources-block" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Library Resources block</a> into your course and to have subject area librarians customize it for your area of specialization.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Academic Success Centre</strong></span></p>
<p>Website: <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/current-students/academic-success-centre/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://www.ualberta.ca/current-students/academic-success-centre/index.html</a></p>
<p><em><strong>Contact this group for validation of course content accessibility and instructions on meeting duty to accommodate</strong></em></p>
<p>Accessibility Resources can advise and collaborate with you to ensure that your course materials interact with tools they provide for students with disabilities. They are among the experts on campus in universal design practices and should also be contacted for making exam accommodations. They can be reached at <a href="mailto:arrec@ualberta.ca" target="_blank" rel="noopener">arrec@ualberta.ca</a>. AR has also provided a basic article on accessibility within eClass: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/327/13/accessibility-considerations-in-constructing-eclass-courses" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Accessibility Considerations in Constructing eClass Courses</a>.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Advanced and interactive content authoring tools</strong></span></p>
<p><em><strong>A number of tools that are not centrally supported can be used to create importable learning objects that present multimedia content, interactive lecture captures, or assessments</strong></em></p>
<ul>
<li>H5P (HTML5 Package) enables educators to create content such as interactive videos, quizzes and presentations. Existing H5P activities (created for example on <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/staff/h5p.org" target="_blank" rel="noopener">h5p.org</a> or <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/staff/h5p.com" target="_blank" rel="noopener">h5p.com</a>) may be <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/399/13/adding-h5p-interactive-content" target="_blank" rel="noopener">embedded into eClass</a> either by linking the URL or by uploading the file. </li>
<li><strong>New for June 2021:</strong> H5P templates can be used to <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/473/13/adding-h5p-interactive-activities-to-a-course-content-bank" target="_blank" rel="noopener">construct interactive activities directly in course Content banks</a>. These activities and those exported from H5P.org ot H5P.com can now <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/476/13/adding-gradable-h5p-activities" target="_blank" rel="noopener">push their grades directly into the gradebook</a>.  </li>
<li><a href="https://www.ispringsolutions.com/products" target="_blank" rel="noopener">iSpring</a> offers both paid and free tools for converting PowerPoint presentations to SCORM format and for creating SCORM surveys/quizzes. SCORM is an interoperability format supported by eClass which can integrate automatically with your course’s gradebook.</li>
<li><a href="https://articulate.com" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Articulate Storyline</a> creates interactive lessons that can include in-place assessment</li>
<li>The eClass lesson activity also offers some of these types of features in-system</li>
</ul>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding the Territorial Acknowledgement and Commitment to Concilia...]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-the-territorial-acknowledgement-and-commitment-to-conciliation]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[53fde96fcc4b4ce72d7739202324cd49]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 22 Dec 2023 19:12:55 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>This Territorial Acknowledgement and Commitment to Conciliation, with the video of the Sweetgrass Teachings from Elder Fernie Marty, Papaschase First Nation, is a resource available for all instructors to add to their courses in eClass. </p>
<p><em>This page was created in partnership with Indigenous Programming &amp; Research, Online Learning and Continuing Education, and pipikwan pêhtâkwan and created in consultation with the Indigenous Advisory Council. In the interest of maintaining the intended message, kindly refrain from making edits to the wording or title of this page. For questions regarding the use of this page in eClass, please contact online@ualberta.ca.</em></p>
<p>This documentation is for teaching staff how to import this content into their course shells. </p>
<p><strong><a href="https://eclass.srv.ualberta.ca/mod/page/view.php?id=7615397" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Content can be previewed here.</a></strong></p>
<h3><strong>To Copy the Territorial Acknowledgement and Commitment to Conciliation Into Your eClass Course:</strong></h3>
<ol>
<li aria-level="1">Navigate to your Course</li>
<li aria-level="1">Click the <strong>More</strong> tab at the top of your course page and click Course Import/Export:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import_1_720.png" alt="Select course import/export from the More menu" width="720" height="359" /><br /><br /></li>
<li aria-level="1">The page will automatically display courses that you have previously taught on eClass to import from. Navigate to the search field below and search for: <em>Territorial Acknowledgement and Commitment to Conciliation</em>. Press ‘Search’ and select the course in the table, then click the ‘Continue’ button.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import_2_720.png" alt="Search for Territorial Acknowledgement" width="720" height="392" /><br /><br /></li>
<li aria-level="1">The next step allows you to select content types from the course you are importing from. In this case, we want to just leave the defaults and click ‘Next’.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import_3_720.png" alt="Leave the boxes checked under import settings and click next" width="684" height="491" /><br /><br /></li>
<li aria-level="1">We now get another option to select specific content from the course we are importing from. We only have one item to copy, so we can leave everything selected and click the ‘Next’ button.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import_4_720.png" alt="Leave items selected and click next" width="720" height="439" /><br /><br /></li>
<li aria-level="1">The final page is just a summary review of what we have selected to import. Press the ‘Perform import’ button and you are all done. <br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import_5_720.png" alt="Scroll to the bottom of the summary and select 'Perform import'" width="720" height="648" /><br /><br /></li>
<li aria-level="1">You will receive a confirmation that the import is complete. You will also see a red error on the page, this is normal and you can ignore it. To finish, click on the ‘Continue’ button.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import_6_720.png" alt="Disregard the warning message and click continue" width="719" height="388" /><br /><br /></li>
<li aria-level="1">The Territorial Acknowledgement and Commitment to Conciliation resource should now be visible in the first topic of your course. You can activate edit mode in your course to move the resource to the desired location.</li>
</ol>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Course Settings ]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/course-settings]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3def184ad8f4755ff269862ea77393dd]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 28 Apr 2014 14:39:46 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Your eClass course has a number of settings that you can modify such as the course description, format, activity completion requirements, and how grouped students are managed.</span></p>
<p>To access your overall course settings, click on <em>Settings</em> found at the top of your main course page.</p>
<p><em><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/course_settings_1a.png" alt="" width="400" height="674" /></em> <br /><em><br /></em></p>
<p>The course settings page is divided into a series of sub-categories that are opened by clicking on their respective headers (or by clicking on <strong>Expand all</strong> near the top right).<br /><br /></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/course-settings-2.png" alt="" width="600" height="463" /> </p>
<ul style="padding-left: 30px;">
<li>General – The most important fields allow you to change the full name of your course and the course visibility for students. The course short name is set by the system in all credit courses so if you need to change this, contact eClass support. The date field customization in this area <strong>ONLY </strong>takes effect if your course is using the<strong> Weekly topic format.</strong></li>
<li>Description - The course summary is not viewable by students (except during self-enrollment) - editing it is not required. If you want to provide a description of your course, you should do that via a page resource or directly on the course main page.</li>
</ul>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/course-settings-3.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /> </p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/283/13/differences-between-the-available-course-formats-in-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Course format</a> – This block allows you to select from the available preset layouts for eClass content (and will refresh instantly as soon as you switch formats to provide the specific settings available for the format you select). Be sure to take note of the setting <em>Course layout</em> which allows you to 'display all sections on one page' or 'to display one section per page', an important choice depending on the amount of content in your course. Please see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/283/13/differences-between-the-available-course-formats-in-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Switching between the available course formats</a> for more information on the available formats and the different layouts they provide.</li>
<li>Appearance - Allows you to force a language or not, also setup the visibility of key items to students such as the grade book and the announcements forum.</li>
<li>Files and uploads - Setup the maximum file upload size for the course.</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/14/completion-tracking" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Completion tracking</a> - Toggle whether or not enable completion tracking.</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/14/setting-up-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Groups</a> – Force group splitting on all activities and resources in your course. This setting is required if you wish to split your gradebook into groups based on each sub-section of a cross-listed course. Even if you do not set this here, you can apply groups (or groupings) to individual activities and resources within the course so it is generally only used in combined courses.</li>
<li>Role Renaming – Rename key roles to vocabulary more familiar to learners.</li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Basic Instructor Icons in eClass]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/basic-instructor-icons-in-eclass]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f0935e4cd5920aa6c7c996a5ee53a70f]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 25 Mar 2014 10:10:49 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Instructors will typically encounter the following icons while working on eClass.</span></p>
<h4><strong>General icons</strong></h4>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/help.png" alt="Help icon" /> <strong>Help</strong> - Displays help information if you click on it.</p>
<h4> <strong>Dashboard icons</strong></h4>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><a id="edit-mode-toggle"></a><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/edit-mode-toggle.png" width="135" height="54" alt="" /> <strong>Edit mode toggle</strong> - Allows you to edit your <span style="text-decoration: underline;">eClass dashboard</span>, including your <span style="text-decoration: underline;">course</span> and <span style="text-decoration: underline;">gradebook</span> if you are an instructor.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/simple-upcoming.png" alt="" width="201" height="54" /> <strong>Simple/Upcoming Buttons</strong> - Allows you to view your <em>Course Overview List </em>(on your eClass course dashboard). The Upcoming tab is applicable to <strong>students only</strong> for their reference so that they can see whether a course has been created but is not yet available to them</p>
<p dir="ltr"><strong>Content Editing icons</strong></p>
<p dir="ltr">To add or modify content in your eClass course, you first need to <a href="#edit-mode-toggle">turn editing on</a>:</p>
<ul>
<li dir="ltr">To add new activities or resources, click on the <strong>Add an activity or resource <img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Add_activity_or_resource.png" alt="" /> </strong>in whichever content section area you want the content to appear. </li>
</ul>
<p>Once editing is turned on, eClass uses a consistent iconography to help you control the items in your course. These icons appear throughout your eClass course in the side blocks and on the main course content area. The content icons shown below can be used to edit both the course sections and to perform actions specific to each kind of activity or resource. The icons also appear in the expanded <em>Edit</em> drop-down menu to the right of each item. </p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/basicediting.png" alt="" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/EditTitleIcon.png" alt="Edit Title Icon" /> <strong>Edit Title - </strong><span lang="EN-CA">Allows you to change the title of the element from the course page.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/indent.png" alt="Indent icon" /> <strong>Move right</strong> - Allows you to indent content to help with visual organization.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/move.png" alt="Move icon" /><strong> Move</strong> - Allows you to move an item by dragging it from one section to another.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/edit.png" alt="Edit icon" /> <strong>Edit</strong> - Brings you to the editing interface for the element.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/copy.png" alt="" /> <strong>Duplicate</strong> - Creates a copy of the element.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/delete.png" alt="Delete icon" /> <strong>Delete</strong> - Deletes the element.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/visible.png" alt="Visible icon" /> <strong>Hide</strong> - Element is visible to students. Click to hide the element.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img style="font-size: 14px;" src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/invisible.png" alt="Hidden (invisible) icon" /> <strong>Show </strong><span style="font-size: 14px;">- Element is invisible to students. Click to show the element.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="text-decoration: line-through;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/groups.png" alt="Groups icon" /> <strong>Groups</strong> - A toggle that allows you to switch between grouping options.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/roles.png" alt="Roles icon" /> <strong>Assign Roles</strong> - Allows you to assign roles to an element.</p>
<h4><strong>Blocks</strong></h4>
<p>Blocks are located in the left and right columns. They are self-contained "widgets" that perform a small task or show a very specific piece of information and can appear (and be edited) on your dashboard or within your course. If you are editing on your eClass course page, changes will only be visible to you; if you edit the blocks within your course, the changes will be visible to students as well.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/hide.png" alt="Hide block icon" /> <strong>Hide Block</strong> - Block is visible. Click to hide the block content.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/show.png" alt="Show block icon" /> <strong>Show Block</strong> - Block is invisible. Click to show the block content.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/move.png" alt="Icon: move" /> <strong>Move Block</strong> - Allows you to move a block to another location on either side of the screen.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/move%20block.png" alt="" /> <strong>Move Gradebook item</strong><strong> </strong>- Allows you to reorder gradebook items by selecting the location marked by the dotted line box <img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/move%20block%20dotted%20line.png" alt="" /> .</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-size: 14px;"> </span></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Forums in eClass]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-forums]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a5e00132373a7031000fd987a3c9f87b]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 08 May 2014 15:00:08 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[

NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-onl...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Forums are a useful way to facilitate classroom discussion in an online discussion room format. They can be set up in a number of ways for different situations such as small group discussion, 1-to-1 conversation between instructor and student, question and answer forum, and many more. Forums can be a graded by the instructor through the ratings system and can also be turned into a peer-graded activity using ratings. Generally, the recommended forum type is the <strong>Standard forum for general use</strong>. Though, there are further details on all 5 types of forums available at our <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/474/42/description-of-each-forum-type" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Description of each forum type article.</a></span></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#adding">Adding a Forum</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#general">General</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#availability">Availability</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#attachments">Attachments and word count</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#subscription">Subscription and tracking</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#rss">RSS</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#locking">Discussion locking</a></li>
<li>8 <a href="#threshold">Post threshold for blocking</a></li>
<li>9 <a href="#whole">Whole forum grading</a></li>
<li>10 <a href="#ratings">Ratings</a></li>
<li>11 <a href="#common">Common module settings</a></li>
<li>12 <a href="#restrict">Restrict acess</a></li>
<li>13 <a href="#tags">Tags</a></li>
<li>14 <a href="#navigating">Navigating within forums</a></li>
<li>15 <a href="#sorting">Sorting posts</a></li>
<li>16 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<h4><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding a Forum</strong></h4>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click <strong>Add an Activity or Resource</strong> in the topic area where you wish to add content (the week, unit, etc.)</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">C</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">lick on the Forum icon</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">. A page showing forum settings will load.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Fill in the required settings and choose any other parameters if applicable.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Save using one of the buttons at the bottom when complete.</span></li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="general"></a>General</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Forum name" (Required field)</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Description": (Optional) Provides explanation and instructions for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display description on course page": The description of your forum will be displayed on the course page below the link to the forum.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Forum type":  Specify a forum type. See <strong>Notes</strong> for further details on the five types of forums.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forumgeneral.png" alt="The General settings for a forum" width="967" height="540" title="forum general settings" /></span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="availability"></a>Availability</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>"Due date": If enabled, this is the date and time that posting to the forum will be due. Note that while this is the date and time that the course calendar will display the forum to be due, this will not prevent students from posting, and you will have to use "Cut-off date" to prevent students from posting.</li>
<li>"Cut-off date": If enabled, then the forum will not accept posts after this date and time.</li>
</ul>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forumavailability.png" alt="The Availability settings of a forum." width="900" height="143" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="attachments"></a>Attachments and word count </strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Maximum attachment size": Controls the size of how large attachments submitted to forums are allowed to be.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Maximum number of attachments": Controls how many attachments may be made to any individual post.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display word count": Specifies whether the word count for each post should be displayed or not.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forumattachments.png" alt="The Attachments and word count settings of a forum." width="514" height="229" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="subscription"></a>Subscription and tracking </strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Subscription mode": Toggles whether or not students will receive emails whenever a post is made to the forum, or gives them the option to decide for themselves.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Read tracking": Toggles whether or not students are able to see what they have and have not viewed in the forum.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forumsubscription.png" alt="Forum subscription options" width="466" height="156" /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="rss"></a>RSS </strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"RSS feed for this activity": To enable the RSS feed for this activity, select either discussions or posts to be included in the feed.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Number of RSS recent articles": Specifies the number of articles (either discussions or posts) to include in the RSS feed. Between 5 and 20 is generally acceptable.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forumrss.png" alt="The RSS settings for a forum." width="507" height="175" /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="locking"></a>Discussion locking</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Lock discussions after period of inactivity": Automatically locks the discussion after the specified time has elapsed since the last reply. User with the capability to reply to locked discussions can unlock a discussion by replying to it. <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/180/29/how-to-lock-forum-topics" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Individual topics within forums</a></strong> can also be locked.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/discussionlocking.png" alt="The Discussion locking settngs for a forum." width="487" height="124" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="threshold"></a>Post threshold for blocking</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Time period for blocking": Students will be blocked from posted if the maximum number of posts in this given period is reached.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Post threshold for blocking": Specifies the maximum number of posts which a user can post in the given time period.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Post threshold for warning": Specifies the number of posts until the user is warned about the maximum number of posts allowed in a given period.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Users with the Forum Permission (Post Without Throttling) are exempt from post limits. (For details on setting up permissions in eClass, please contact the eClass team by phone or email.)</span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/postthreshold.png" alt="The Post threshold for blocking settings for a forum." width="558" height="207" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="whole"></a>Whole forum grading</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>See <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/393/15/whole-forum-grading" target="_blank" rel="noopener">article</a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="ratings"></a>Ratings</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/165/38/setting-up-forum-ratings-grading-forums" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">article</span></a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="common"></a>Common module settings</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Availability"</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of teacher or non-editing teacher).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Make available but now shown on course page' - A link to the activity must be provided from elsewhere, such as from a page resource. The activity would still be listed in the gradebook and other reports.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"ID number": An ID number identifies the activity for grade calculation purposes.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Group mode": The group mode defined at course level is the default mode for all activities within the course. Each activity that supports groups can also define its own group mode, though if the group mode is forced at course level, the group mode setting for each activity is ignored. This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'No groups' - Students are not segregated into groups.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Separate groups' - Only group members can see their own group while other groups remain invisible.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Visible groups' - Group members can see other groups but still work in their own group.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Grouping": A grouping is a collection of groups within a course. If a grouping is selected, students assigned to groups within the grouping will be able to work together.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Add group/grouping access restriction": Allows access only to students who belong to a specified group, or all groups.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forumcms.png" alt="The common module settings for a forum." width="639" height="310" /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="restrict"></a>Restrict access</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">article</span></a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="tags"></a>Tags</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">article</span></a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><strong> </strong></strong></p>
<p><strong><a id="navigating"></a>Navigating within forums</strong></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you ever need to return quickly to the main forum page listing all topics, click on the forum title.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can navigate to the previous or next post in a forum by clicking the topic title and arrows at the top and bottom of the current post and replies.</span></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a id="sorting"></a>Sorting posts</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You may sort posts by clicking on the headers in the forum activity to sort by ascending or descending order by:</span></p>
<ul>
<li>Discussion (text)</li>
<li>Started by (user)</li>
<li>Last post (date)</li>
<li>Replies (number)</li>
</ul>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forumsortorder.png" alt="options for sorting posts" width="900" height="259" /></p>
<h4><strong><a id="notes"></a>Notes</strong></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">There are five types of forums in eClass:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Standard forum for general use': Allows students to start multiple threads and reply as often as they'd like to any thread.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'A single simple discussion': Allows the instructor to create a single thread and students can reply to it as often as they'd like.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Each person posts one discussion': Allows each student to start one thread and reply as often as they'd like to any thread.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Q and A forum': Allows the instructor to post a single question and each student must reply to it once before being allowed to see other students' responses and replying to them.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Standard forum displayed in a blog-like format': A</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">llows the class to blog on a single topic with posts displayed in chronological order.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">See a more in-depth description of the five forum types <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/474/42/description-of-each-forum-type">at this link.</a></span></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Embedding Videos in eClass]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/embedding-videos-in-eclass]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[82161242827b703e6acf9c726942a1e4]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 10 Jul 2014 16:30:30 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p style="text-align: left;">Instructors have a few different ways to embed videos into their eClass course for students to watch. Please <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/407/23/lecture-recording-overview" target="_blank" rel="noopener">review our lecture recording overview</a> for information on <em>how to record</em> videos. </p>
<p style="text-align: left;"><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Please note: </strong></span>sharing <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/131/13/adding-urls" target="_blank" rel="noopener">via URL linking</a> or via embedding externally-hosted video from the three tools described below are the recommended processes for putting videos in eClass as opposed to uploading video files directly. <strong>Uploading videos directly into your course may</strong><strong> result in longer load times and performance issues. </strong></p>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#video-sharing-comparison">Video Storage Tools</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#obtain-embed-code">Obtain embed code</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#embed-video">Embed the video</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p style="text-align: center;"> </p>
<table style="height: 512px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" width="949"><colgroup> <col style="width: 20%;" span="1" /> <col style="width: 30%;" span="1" /> <col style="width: 30%;" span="1" /> <col style="width: 20%;" span="1" /> </colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong><a id="video-sharing-comparison"></a>Video Tool</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td><strong>Pros</strong></td>
<td><strong>Cons</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>YuJa Enterprise Media <strong>(Recommended)</strong></td>
<td>
<p>The new <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/486/13/using-the-yuja-enterprise-video-platform" target="_blank" rel="noopener">YuJa Enterprise Media platform</a> has been selected to be U of A's main centrally supported solution for hosting, streaming, and creating videos.</p>
</td>
<td>Dedicated video system including a range of new features including course media channels, automatic captioning, basic online video editing, in-video quizzing, and more. YuJa videos can not be downloaded.</td>
<td>Videos recorded in the system or uploaded by default are available only to UofA users (settings must be changed for public access.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Google Drive</td>
<td>Videos that have been uploaded into Google Drive can now easily be <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/403/44/embedding-google-drive-files-in-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener">embedded in eClass</a>. Note that this new process can only embed a single file per link; the old process described below would allow users to manually embed multiple videos in any content area of eClass.</td>
<td>Videos uploaded to google drive have fine-grained access controls to block access for anyone outside the UAlberta Google domain and also provide the ability for document owners to remove the option for users to download videos.</td>
<td>Video captions must be uploaded manually. Depending on sharing settings, playback can require users to sign in to the correct Google account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>YouTube</td>
<td>Videos uploaded to <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/448/23/embedding-youtube-videos-in-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener">YouTube can be embedded in eClass</a> if they have the option 'Allow embedding' checked.  </td>
<td>Videos can be shared in playlists, captions can be added automatically (and edited for corrections after creation), and analytics are available to review video usage.</td>
<td>Videos uploaded to YouTube can be shared outside the UAlberta Google domain. </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Embedding videos using the editor</strong></span></p>
<p>You can embed media anywhere in your eClass course as long as it has an HTML editing area (i.e. section headings, forum posts, online assignment submissions, essay questions, page resources, etc.)</p>
<p>The following example will demonstrate how to <strong>embed video from a University of Alberta google drive account</strong>. Generally, users will need to obtain an embed code for a video they want to be shown in their course.</p>
<p><strong></strong></p>
<p><strong><a id="obtain-embed-code"></a>A. Obtain embed code from video:</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">1. In the University Google Drive, open the context menu for the video you want, and click <strong>Share</strong>. <br /><br /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/google-drive-video.png" alt="" width="950" height="" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><a id="prevent-download"></a>2. Here, you can choose to add users or groups to whom you want the video Shared. You may also adjust the scope of access, e.g., to all of the University, to anyone, or to restricted to those listed.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/embedding-videos-2.png" alt="" width="510" height="503" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-size: 14px;"><strong>Note: </strong>You can also <strong>limit the ability for </strong><strong>users to download a video</strong> in the google drive settings as well. You can do this through the advanced settings under the gear icon at the top right and unchecking 'Viewers and commenters can see the option to download, print, and copy', so that users cannot directly download the video in the Google Drive interface:</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-size: 14px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/embedding-videos-3.png" alt="" width="511" height="287" /></span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> <span style="font-size: 14px;">3. To obtain the embed code, open the video preview (double-click, or right-click preview) and click on the 3-dots to open the menu. <strong>Open in new window</strong>.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/embedding-videos-4.png" alt="" width="914" height="628" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-size: 14px;">4. In the new window opened, click on the 3-dots and click </span><strong style="font-size: 14px;">Embed</strong><strong><span style="font-size: 14px;"> item...</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-size: 14px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/embedding-videos-5.png" alt="" width="917" height="698" /></span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-size: 14px;">5. <em>Embed item</em> settings will display an embed code for you to use.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-size: 14px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/embedding-videos-6.png" alt="" width="558" height="300" /></span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><a id="embed-video"></a>B. Embed the video:</strong> </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">For this example, we will embed the video into a <em>Text and Media area</em> resource.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">1. With Edit mode on, click <em>Add an activity or resource</em> and choose <em>Text and media area</em>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/embedding-videos-7.png" alt="" width="791" height="342" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><br />4. In the controls, dropdown the list of tools by click on the <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Toolbar%20Toggle.png" alt="" width="36" height="30" /> button, then click on the Edit HTML code button <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Edit%20HTML%20source.png" alt="" width="36" height="30" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">5. Here, you will paste your embed code into the box. <strong>Note:</strong> There may be existing or extraneous HTML code that you can delete before pasting.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/embedding-videos-8.png" alt="selecting Label in eClass" width="889" height="520" /><br /><br /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">6. Click </span><strong style="font-size: 11pt;">Save and return to course</strong>.<span style="font-size: 11pt;"></span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">7. The <em>Text and Media area</em> resource should display: </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/embedding-videos-10.png" alt="" width="642" height="582" /></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Quizzes]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-quizzes]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7ef605fc8dba5425d6965fbd4c8fbe1f]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 08 May 2014 16:29:30 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Quizzes are excellent ways to assess students' comprehension of course material. They can provide a secure, automatic way of collecting students' responses to questions that can be used as activities, weekly homework assignments, confidential feedback, etc.... as more than just quizzes. Quizzes where the answers do not require manual grading (<em>i.e.,</em> for essay questions) </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">synch</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> directly into your course grade book.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">There is a wide range of available question types, including drag and drop, calculated, calculated multiple choice, simple calculated, embedded answers, essay, matching, multiple choice, numerical response, random short-answer matching, short answer, and true/false. There are also a wide number of quiz delivery options and formats for quizzes. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This article covers the addition of a quiz to a course and discusses in full the wide range of settings available for different quiz delivery scenarios. To get going quickly with <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/286/45/adding-questions-and-editing-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">creating and adding quiz questions</a>, all that is required is to add the quiz name and restrict students from accessing it using the common module 'Availability' setting.</span></p>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li> 1 <a href="#adding">Adding a Quiz</a></li>
<li> 2 <a href="#general">General</a></li>
<li> 3 <a href="#timing">Timing</a></li>
<li> 4 <a href="#grade">Grade</a></li>
<li> 5 <a href="#Layout">Layout</a></li>
<li> 6 <a href="#behaviour">Question Behaviour</a></li>
<li> 7 <a href="#quiz-review">Review options</a></li>
<li> 8 <a href="#Appearance">Appearance</a></li>
<li> 9 <a href="#extra">Extra restrictions on attempts</a></li>
<li>10 <a href="#feedback">Overall feedback</a></li>
<li>11 <a href="#module">Common module settings</a></li>
<li>12 <a href="#restrict">Restrict access</a></li>
<li>13 <a href="#tags">Tags</a></li>
<li>14 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<h4><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding a Quiz</strong></span></h4>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on </span><strong>Turn editing on</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">, near the top right side.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Move to the topic area where you wish to add content (the week, unit, etc…) and click on the </span><strong>Add an Activity or Resource </strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">button.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the Quiz icon</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">A new page will appear with the </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">quiz settings.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">There is a wide range of settings where you can enter specific customizations for your quiz. All that is </span><strong>required</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> is the Name.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="general"></a>General</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Name" is required. Make this as meaningful as possible for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Description”: Optionally provides explanation and instructions for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Display description on course page”: The description of your quiz will be displayed on the course page below the link to the quiz.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quizgeneral.png" alt="general quiz settings" width="749" height="360" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="timing"></a>Timing</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Open the quiz": Determines when your students will be allowed to make attempts at the quiz. Students must complete the quiz between this time and the time specified in "Close the quiz".</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Time limit": Determines how long students will have during each attempt of the quiz. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"When time expires": Toggles what happens when the time expires. </span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Open attempts are submitted automatically': This default setting is a good choice because it handles most cases where submissions get left open and cannot be adjusted by instructors.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'There is a grace period when open attempts can be submitted, but no more questions <strong>answered</strong>’<br /><strong>Note:</strong> With a grace period for submission, students should be advised to click on the button "Submit all and finish" for their attempt to be recorded</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Attempts must be submitted before the time expires or they are not counted'</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Submission grace period”: If what to do when the time expires is set to “There is a grace period…”, this is the amount of extra time that is allowed.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Note</strong>: The timing settings that you specify here determine what options are available for students to review their quizzes after completion. See the 'Review options' section below.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiztiming.png" alt="quiz timing settings" width="954" height="274" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="grade"></a>Grade</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Grade category”: Controls the category in which the grades in this quiz are placed in the gradebook. (Not required)</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Grade to pass”: Determines the minimum required grade to pass. The value is used in activity or course completion, and in the gradebook, where pass grades are highlighted in green and fail grades in red.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Attempts allowed”: Determines how many attempts can be made while the quiz is open.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Grading method”: When multiple attempts are allowed, the following methods are available for calculating the final quiz grade:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Highest grade of all attempts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Average (mean) grade of all attempts</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">First attempt (All other attempts are ignored)</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Last attempt (All other attempts are ignored)</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quizgradesetting.png" alt="quiz grade settings" width="690" height="259" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="Layout"></a>Layout</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“New page”: </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Determines how many questions are displayed per page. </span><strong>We recommend that you only put a single question per page or set a small number of questions per page when building the quiz - if a student has spent a long time answering questions and runs into a network disconnection issue, they may lose their work.</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Forcing them to advance pages between questions saves their work in the event that something goes wrong.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Navigation method”</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">‘Free’ - Students can go back and forward to different questions via the question list.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">‘Sequential’ - Students must progress through the quiz in order and may not return to previous pages nor skip ahead.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quizlayout.png" alt="" width="742" height="184" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="behaviour"></a>Question behaviour</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Shuffle within questions”: Toggles whether or not the parts making up each question will be randomly shuffled each time a student attempts the quiz. This setting only applies to questions that have multiple parts, such as multiple-choice or matching questions.</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Note that if you have set questions and answers that require a fixed order you should set this to 'No'.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“How questions behave”: Determines how you want the students to interact with the questions in the quiz. The following are the most commonly used modes of behaviour:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">‘Deferred feedback’: Students have to enter an answer to each question and then submit the entire quiz before anything is graded or they get any feedback.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">‘Interactive with multiple tries’: Students have to submit each question as they go along to get immediate feedback, and if they do not get it right immediately, they can have another try for fewer marks.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">For more information about question behaviour modes, see </span><a href="https://docs.moodle.org/310/en/Question_behaviours" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this Moodle documentation</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Allow redo within an attempt”: Toggles whether or not the students will see a Redo question button when they have finished attempting the question. This allows them to attempt another version of the same question, without having to submit the entire quiz attempt and start another one. This option is mainly used for practice quizzes and only affects questions (e.g. not Essay questions) and behaviours (e.g. Immediate feedback, or Interactive with multiple tries) where it is possible for students to finish the question before the attempt is submitted.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Each attempt builds on the last”: Toggles whether or not each new quiz attempt will contain the results of the previous attempt, provided that the “Attempts allowed” option is enabled. This allows a quiz to be completed over several attempts.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/questionbehaviour.png" alt="question behavior settings" width="688" height="262" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="quiz-review"></a>Review options</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">These settings determine what students are able to see during the four phases of quiz timing: </span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'During the attempt': These settings are only relevant for some behaviours, like ‘Interactive with multiple tries’, which may display feedback during the attempt.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Immediately after the attempt': These settings apply for the first two minutes after ‘Submit all and finish’ is clicked.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Later, while the quiz is still open': These settings apply after this, and before the quiz close date.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'After the quiz is closed': These settings apply after the quiz close date has passed. If the quiz does not have a close date, this state is never reached.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span>The default option, checking the 'Marks' box, shows only how the student scored on the quiz (</span><i data-stringify-type="italic">i.e.,</i><span> their score only).</span></p>
<p><span aria-label="" class="c-mrkdwn__br" data-stringify-type="paragraph-break"></span><span>If you wish to allow students to review the quiz, you will need to check 'The attempt' to activate other review options for the appropriate time period.</span></p>
<p><span aria-label="" class="c-mrkdwn__br" data-stringify-type="paragraph-break"></span><b data-stringify-type="bold">Note:<span> </span></b><span>For summative exams like midterms and finals, the recommended settings would be to </span><b data-stringify-type="bold">uncheck all the review options</b><span> until quizzes have been reviewed and then released to students by checking the 'Marks' box in the 'Later' and 'After' columns.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/reviewoptions.png" alt="quiz review options" width="537" height="410" /></span></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Note</strong>: Students who have not attempted a quiz will not be able to view questions or answers until they attempt the quiz regardless of the review options settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="Appearance"></a>Appearance</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Show the user’s picture”: Toggles whether or not the student’s name and picture will be shown on-screen during the attempt, and on the review screen, making it easier to check that the student is logged in as themselves in an invigilated (proctored) exam.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Decimal places in grades”: Determines the number of digits shown after the decimal point when displaying grades. It only affects the display of grades, not the grades stored in the database, nor the internal calculations, which are carried out to full accuracy.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Decimal places in question grades”:  Determines the number of digits shown after the decimal point when displaying grades for individual questions.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Show blocks during quiz attempts”: Toggles whether or not normal blocks will be shown during quiz attempts.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quizappearance.png" alt="Quiz appearance settings" width="610" height="328" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="extra"></a>Extra restrictions on attempts</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Require password”: If a password is specified, a student must enter it in order to attempt the quiz.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Require network address”: Restricts quiz access to particular subnets on the LAN or Internet by specifying a comma-separated list of partial or full IP address numbers. This can be useful for an invigilated (proctored) quiz, to ensure that only people in a certain location can access the quiz. Note that this setting will apply to any review options you select in the settings above, so please leave this setting disabled if you require your students to have unrestricted access when reviewing the quiz. <strong>Please note</strong>: Changes to the mechanism of provisioning lab computers have altered the IP addresses available in campus computer labs. For more information about this, please contact IST eClass support.<br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Enforced delay between 1st and 2nd attempts”: Toggles whether or not a student must wait for the specified time to elapse before being able to attempt the quiz a second time.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Enforced delay between later attempts”: Toggles whether or not a student must wait for the specified time to elapse before attempting the quiz a third time and any subsequent times.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Browser security”</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">‘Full-screen pop-up with some JavaScript Security’: The quiz will only start if the student has a JavaScript-enabled web browser. The quiz appears in a full-screen pop-up window that covers all the other windows and has no navigation controls. Students are prevented, as far as it is possible from using facilities like copy and paste.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Require students to accept academic honesty statement”: Toggles whether or not students will be able to start an attempt until they have ticked a checkbox confirming that they are aware of the policy on academic honesty.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Allow quiz to be attempted offline using the mobile app”: Toggles whether or not a mobile app user can download the quiz and attempt it offline. Note that it is not possible for a quiz to be attempted offline if it has a time limit, or requires a network address, or uses any question behaviour other than ‘Deferred feedback’ (with or without CBM).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Quiz security can also be added to eClass quizzes by using <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/375/15/using-examlock-to-promote-integrity-in-eclass-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ExamLock</a>.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/extrarestrictions.png" alt="" width="653" height="503" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="feedback"></a>Overall feedback</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Overall feedback is the text that is shown after a quiz has been attempted. By specifying additional grade boundaries (as a percentage or as a number). The text shown can depend on the grade obtained.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/overallfeedback.png" alt="overall feedback settings" width="706" height="279" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="module"></a>Common module settings</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Availability": This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of teacher or non-editing teacher).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Make available but now shown on course page' - A link to the activity must be provided from elsewhere, such as from a page resource. The activity would still be listed in the gradebook and other reports.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“ID number": An ID number identifies the activity for grade calculation purposes.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Group mode": The group mode defined at the course level is the default mode for all activities within the course. Each activity that supports groups can also define its own group mode, though if the group mode is forced at the course level, the group mode setting for each activity is ignored. This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">No groups - Students are not segregated into groups.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Separate groups - Only group members can see their own group while other groups remain invisible.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Visible groups - Group members can see other groups but still work in their own group.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Grouping": A grouping is a collection of groups within a course. If a grouping is selected, students assigned to groups within the grouping will be able to work together.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Add group/grouping access restriction”: Allows access only to students who belong to a specified group, or all groups.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quizcms.png" alt="quiz common module settings" width="541" height="271" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrict"></a>Restrict access</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="tags"></a>Tags</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Note that at present, tagging questions offers no functional utility - this will be introduced in a future version of eClass.<br /></span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Once you have chosen all the settings, clicking </span><strong>Save and display</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> will immediately enable you to begin adding questions to your quiz. If you click </span><strong>Save and return to course</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">, you access the interface for adding questions by first clicking the quiz link on your course home page, then on the </span><strong>gear</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> icon in the top right of the quiz section, and then on </span><strong>Edit quiz</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">. For more detail on adding questions to quizzes, </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/286/13/adding-and-managing-quiz-questions" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">see the article Adding and Managing Quiz Questions</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<h4><strong><a id="notes"></a>Notes</strong></h4>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<ul>
<li><strong>Note</strong>: Students who have not attempted a quiz will not be able to view questions or answers until they attempt the quiz regardless of the review options settings.</li>
<li><span style="font-size: 11pt;">For random questions from large categories, you may run into an issue where not all of the multiple choice questions that students answered can be clicked on to view detailed statistics for that question. This can occur when more than 10 different questions from a single category have been viewed and answered. In this case, click on the last random question for that category to view all of the questions viewed by your students. If you have any questions about this, we can be reached at </span><a href="mailto:eclass@ualberta.ca" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-size: 11pt;">eclass@ualberta.ca</a><span style="font-size: 11pt;"> or at 780-492-9372.</span></li>
</ul>
</div>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">To review students' attempts once they have completed a quiz, enter the quiz and click the </span><strong>Attempts: xx</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> link above the</span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Attempt quiz now</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button. Alternatively, you can access the student attempts for the quiz, as well as their actual responses, statistics for each quiz question, and any items requiring manual grading (essays) by clicking on the </span><strong>gear</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> icon in the top right of the quiz section, then on </span><strong>Results. </strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">For more details please see this article: </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/112/15/quizzes---grading-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Quizzes - Grading Quizzes</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Hiding a quiz from the eClass course page will also hide the grade for that quiz in the gradebook.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Other articles about quiz construction you may want to see as well:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/109/13/quizzes---question-types" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Quizzes - Question Types</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/57/13/cloze-quiz-question-settings" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Cloze Quiz Question Settings</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/475/13/multiple-choice-quiz-question-settings" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Multiple Choice Quiz Question Settings</a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">Drag and drop Question Types</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/113/15/quizzes---editing-and-regrading-submitted-quiz-attempts" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Quizzes - Editing and Regrading Submitted Quiz Attempts</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/114/15/modifying-quiz-settings-for-select-users-overrides" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Modifying Quiz Settings for Select Users (Overrides)</span></a></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Smart Exam Monitor (SEM) - For Instructors]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/smart-exam-monitor-sem---for-instructors]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1a5b1e4daae265b790965a275b53ae50]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 17 Aug 2020 16:06:57 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only state that prohibits new courses, enrollmen...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and a full article on how to use SEM in Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/537/0/smart-exam-monitor-sem-in-canvas-for-instructors" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>Smart Exam Monitor (SEM) is a vendor-provided external tool that allows instructors to remotely proctor online exams. It can be added as a resource in eClass or Canvas courses.</p>
<p>SEM uses the student's <strong>webcam</strong> and <strong>microphone</strong> to confirm their identity and then record them during a remote exam attempt. Their onscreen activity is also recorded and the system intelligently monitors for suspicious activities. It is authorized <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1SYvcGHVhP0sm2xeL4Py1iNTU7i9-pv4E/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">in accordance with the UofA's Security and Privacy policies.</a></p>
<p>SEM can be used for remote proctoring a variety of assessment activities in eClass such as eClass <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/150/45/adding-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">quizzes</a> and <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/452/1/setting-up-assign2-assessments-to-be-monitored-remotely-using-sem" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Assign2</a>. It can be used in conjunction with <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/150/45/adding-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/453/1/using-sem-with-examlock---for-instructors" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ExamLock</a> and also <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/452/1/setting-up-assign2-assessments-to-be-monitored-remotely-using-sem" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Access restrictions</a> (see <a href="#common-practices">Common Practices</a>). It can also be used as a monitoring tool for other web-based activities.</p>
<p><strong>New in Spring 2026, </strong>support for SEM Version 1 has been discontinued by the vendor. SEM version provides  increased monitoring reliability and ease-of-use for students so is now the only SEM version available in Canvas. Instructors can review the <a href="https://edufide.com/docs-instructor-semv2" target="_blank" rel="noopener">vendor-supplied documentation</a> for more information on using the tool and provide their students the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/584/47/using-smart-exam-monitor-version-2-students" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using SEM Version 2</a>.<br /><br /> </p>
<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#requirements">System requirements for SEM</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#suitability">Determining whether to use SEM (and which version)</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#sem-tool">Adding SEM to your course</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#configuring-sem">Configuring SEM</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#exam-url">Exam Types (monitoring presets)</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#options">Monitoring options</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#common-practices">Recommended Practices</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong></strong></span></span></strong></p>
<h1><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="requirements"></a><span style="font-size: 14pt;">System requirements for using SEM:</span></strong></span></span></strong></h1>
<ul>
<li><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">Google Chrome browser</span></strong></li>
<li><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">Desktop or laptop computer (i.e., Windows, macOS)</span></strong></li>
<li><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">Chromebooks are supported, but iPads and tablets are <strong>not</strong>, i.e., no Apple iOS or Android devices, etc.</span></strong></li>
<li><strong>Please note:</strong> SEM <strong>does NOT</strong> function reliably with the <strong>LabConnect software </strong>provisioned in most on-campus computer labs. Instructors should arrange for a different proctoring mechanism in those environments.</li>
</ul>
<h1><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="suitability"></a><span style="font-size: 14pt;">Determining whether to use SEM:</span></span></strong></h1>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/425/1/delivering-remote-exams" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Guidelines for delivering remote exams</a></span></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1MbupID9a1Bgbkxj749hwF7nzqRkrIKGM8SXo4Os_53Y/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">SEM known Issues, system limitations, and recommendations</a></span></strong></p>
<h1><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="sem-tool"></a><span style="font-size: 14pt;">Adding SEM to your course:</span></strong></span></h1>
<p>(Video: <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1__TKDKPVdxKsxrBJZMRLr-hWpZFrJQ7V/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Setting Up SEM for base eClass Exams</a>)</p>
<p>1. Activate <strong>Edit mode</strong> in the top right of your course page:activated,</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/activateeditmode.gif" alt="click on edit mode toggle in top-right corner" width="198" height="81" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>2. Click on the 'Add an activity or resource' link:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/addactivityorresource.png" alt="add an activity or resource button" width="640" height="60" /></p>
<p>3. For SEM version 1 (for SEM version 2 see bullet <strong>5</strong>), select <em>Smart Exam Monitor</em>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/semactivitychooser.png" alt="Locating SEM in the activity chooser" width="513" height="723" /></p>
<p>4. At the next screen, enter a name and click "Save and return to course":</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/semactivityname.png" alt="enter a name and click &quot;save and return to course&quot;" width="703" height="511" /></p>
<p><br />5. To use SEM Version 2, users must be select that option from the dropdown list of preconfigured site-wide tools when selecting a 'basic' <strong>External tool</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/semv2/semv2-add-1.png" width="765" height="561" alt="" /></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/semv2/semv2-add-2.png" width="735" height="582" alt="" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><br /><a id="configuring-sem"></a>Configuring SEM:</strong></span></p>
<p>Now that you have added the SEM activity to your course, you can add SEM sessions within it to connect to an <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/150/45/adding-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">eClass quiz activity</a> that you have created. (To do this in SEM Version 2, please see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/staff/Knowledgebase/Article/Edit/semv2-add-2.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Creating an Exam Session in SEM V2</a>.)</p>
<p>1. Click on your newly created SEM activity.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/semlink.png" alt="newly created SEM activity in course page" width="808" height="105" /><br /><br /></em></p>
<p><a id="session-setup"></a>2. Click the '<strong>+ New Exam Session</strong>' button.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/sem-instruct-2a.png" alt="" width="550" height="264" /></p>
<p>3. Complete the fields:</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Exam Title</strong> (<span style="text-decoration: underline;">required</span>)</em>: <em>Visible to students when session is toggled available</em>.</li>
<li><em><strong>Description</strong> (<span style="text-decoration: underline;">required</span>)</em>: <em>Visible to students when session is toggled available</em>. Create a brief or generic description for students.</li>
<li><em><strong>Exam Instructions</strong> (<span style="text-decoration: underline;">required</span>)</em>: (<em>Visible to students when session is toggled available</em>. Write any special instructions or leave a generic statement.</li>
<li><strong><em>Exam password</em></strong>: <em>Visible to students only after the SEM session start time is reached</em>. Enter the password set in the activity SEM will launch. The password will be hidden until SEM reaches its start time where students are given a button to copy the password or copy/paste it from the screen. Enter the password EXACTLY as it is set in the activity and be sure there are no leading or trailing spaces.</li>
<li><em><strong>Date/Time Details</strong></em>: The date and start must be filled out completely, <strong>but <span style="text-decoration: underline;">the Time Zone</span> setting should be ignored</strong> (all exam start times assume Mountain Daily or Standard time offset).
<ul>
<li>Any SEM session that is toggled 'Open to students' (see below) will allow them to complete the SEM setup on their device. Once complete, they will see a timer counting down until the <em>Start time</em> is reached at which time a <em>Launch</em> button (if an Exam URL is entered) will appear for them.</li>
<li>The start date and time MUST match EXACTLY with the quiz activity (as in this example) or occur AFTER the quiz is open and available to students in eClass.<br /><br />A SEM session that 'launches' a closed or hidden quiz will cause confusion for students as they will not be able to open their exam and may not realize they need to refresh the quiz launch page after the actual start time in the quiz settings is reached.<br /><br /></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>Rec Duration (hrs)</strong>: This specifies the maximum number of hours <span style="text-decoration: underline;">that SEM can record</span> up to (i.e., this is NOT the same as the quiz length setting). <br /><br />This number should be your longest anticipated time for any test taker, including any accommodations plus 30 to 60 minutes for potential issues. For example, if you have a 60-minute exam with a 2x time accommodation, you should set the recording duration to 3 hrs. Students can add time if they require longer monitoring by clicking the <em>Add Time button</em> in the SEM tab. They can also disable the monitoring once their exam is complete by closing the SEM browser tab.</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/SEMInstruct3-1.png" alt="" width="600" height="487" /></strong></p>
<p> </p>
<h4><a id="exam-url"></a><strong>Exam Types (monitoring presets):</strong></h4>
<ul>
<li><strong><em>Open Book</em></strong>: For any eClass quiz where students are permitted access to course materials, online textbooks, or other resources.
<ul>
<li>Default toggles for this option:
<ul>
<li>AI Monitor (<span style="color: #339966;">On</span>)</li>
<li>Monitor Audio (<span style="color: #ff0000;">Off</span>)</li>
<li>Monitor Desktop (<span style="color: #ff0000;">Off</span>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong><em>Closed Book (Full Screen)</em> - recommended</strong>: For any eClass quiz or activity. These settings offer the highest security as they will force students into a full-screen browser view. Any attempts to leave the exam browser tab will be flagged.
<ul>
<li>Can be used to launch Crowdmark, Exam.med, Assign2, and static exam files hosted somewhere</li>
<li>Default toggles for this option:
<ul>
<li>AI Monitor (<span style="color: #339966;">On</span>)</li>
<li>Monitor Audio (<span style="color: #ff0000;">Off</span>)</li>
<li>Monitor Desktop (<span style="color: #339966;">On</span>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong><em>ExamLock</em></strong>: For use with <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/453/1/using-sem-with-examlock---for-instructors" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ExamLock</a>
<ul>
<li>The popular use case for using this combination: Prevents desktop screenshots during exams and provide exam continuity in case of internet disruptions.</li>
<li>Default toggles for this option:
<ul>
<li>AI Monitor (<span style="color: #339966;">On</span>)</li>
<li>Monitor Audio (<span style="color: #ff0000;">Off</span>)</li>
<li>Monitor Desktop (<span style="color: #ff0000;">Off</span>) - ExamLock will handle this operation.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h4><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="options"></a>Monitoring options:</span></strong></h4>
<p>The monitoring options determine (pre-set by the exam types above but still editable) what automatic flagging models are enabled:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>AI Monitor</strong><strong>:</strong> model uses the student webcam feed to identify and flag:
<ul>
<li>Use/presence of cell phones, laptops or other electronic devices</li>
<li>Other people in the room</li>
<li>Students who leave the testing area</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>Monitor Audio:</strong> model alerts for <strong>ANY </strong>audio activity (i.e., students communicating with one another). The system attempts to transcribe audio where possible.  Monitor Audio should be disabled if the exam will display audio or requires a student to speak aloud.</li>
<li><strong>Monitor Desktop:</strong> model will monitor and flag any navigation away from the exam or any Allowed sites. (Do not override the toggle to On for Open Book exams).<br /><br /></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/SEMInstruct4.png" alt="SEMInstruct4" width="700" /></p>
<p> </p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Exam URL</strong>: Entering a URL will give students a <em>Launch</em> button in SEM when the start date/time is reached. This URL can be anything you want students to immediately start with. The URL must begin with <em>http://</em> , <em>https://</em> , etc.</li>
<li><strong>Start Exam Template</strong>: <em>not required for eClass</em></li>
<li><strong>End Exam Template</strong>: <em>not required for eClass</em></li>
<li><strong>Allowed sites</strong>: Add any URL that a student is allowed to visit during an exam. e.g., Library, PDF files in your eClass course, and certain external URLs. Leave these fields blank if only the quiz is permitted.</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/SEMInstruct5.png" alt="SEMInstruct5" width="700" /></p>
<p><a id="sem-timing"></a>4. Save when complete.</p>
<p>Once the exam session is saved, you may click <strong>Open to students</strong>. Students can begin the SEM setup process and can start the SEM monitoring (along with <em>Launch</em> and <em>Copy Password</em> buttons) during the time specified in the SEM session settings.</p>
<p>The session will have <em>Edit</em> and <em>Proctor</em> buttons available.</p>
<p><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/SEMInstruct7.png" alt="SEMInstruct7" width="600" height="182" /><br /></strong></p>
<p></p>
<p><a id="common-practices"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Recommended practices:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>Multiple SEM tool links can be added to a course so it may make sense to have a monitoring session link for each different exam that needs to be proctored. </li>
<li>As an alternative to manually toggling sessions 'Open to students' shortly (or an hour) before the exam start time, it is possible to <strong>use<a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener"> access restriction settings</a></strong> to automate the visibility of the SEM tool link, i.e., set the SEM session 'Open to students' on when created and limit access to the tool link to a certain time:</li>
</ul>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/SEMwithrestrictions.png" alt="example of a SEM link with access restrictions applied" width="549" height="152" /></p>
<ul>
<li>Access restrictions can be used to <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/14/setting-up-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">group students</a><strong> into specific</strong> SEM tool links (eg. separate tools for sub-sections of a consolidated course or a number of different AR tools).</li>
</ul>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/semgroupsexample.png" alt="An example of a course using access restrictions to group SEM sessions" width="578" height="341" /></p>
<ul>
<li>Please note these <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1MbupID9a1Bgbkxj749hwF7nzqRkrIKGM8SXo4Os_53Y/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">additional warnings</a> about using Access Restrictions in relation to time limits.</li>
<li>It is recommended that you only have SEM sessions with <strong>at most about 600 students using them</strong>. If there are more than that, then when you are proctoring exams, then you should make multiple SEM sessions for students to take the exam, perhaps separated by last name (e.g. a last name starts with A-M session and a last name starts with N-Z section, for example).</li>
<li>A quiz's availability setting can be set to 'Make available but not shown' so that students do not accidentally bypass the SEM process (s<em>creenshot below</em>). If doing this, please note that any other course links to the quiz will also allow students to access it, i.e., calendar, upcoming events, gradebook, <strong>so it is imperative that quizzes have passwords to ensure students don't accidentally access without initiating a monitoring session.</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/semquizhidden.png" alt="set the quiz to be hidden from the course page in quiz settings" width="702" height="134" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>6. With all these items configured, once an exam start time is reached <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/434/1/using-smart-exam-monitor-sem---students" target="_blank" rel="noopener">students will be ready to launch their monitoring session</a>:<br /><br /></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/SEMInstruct8.png" alt="SEMInstruct8" width="600" height="187" /></p>
<hr />
<p> </p>
<p>Please consult <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/451/1/proctoring-and-reviewing-sem-exam-attempts" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Proctoring and Reviewing SEM Exam Attempts</a> for details on what to do during and after exam sessions.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Cloze Quiz Question Settings]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/cloze-quiz-question-settings]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[72b32a1f754ba1c09b3695e0cb6cde7f]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 24 Aug 2012 15:56:00 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[- NA -]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>Embedded Answer questions (or CLOZE questions) are a way of designing multiple choice, short answers and numerical answers that are inserted within a passage of text. They are useful when you want to have a single question have multiple sub-parts and when it makes better sense to have answer boxes or dropdowns within sentences.</p>
</div>
<p>The questions are written by including a specific syntax to code each type of question that gets translated by the system.</p>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#advisory">Embedded Answers (Cloze Questions) Advisory</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#structure">Cloze question structure</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#examples">Cloze question examples</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#mcq">Multiple choice example</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#short-answer">Short answer example</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#subquestions">Multiple subquestions example</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#check">Check question syntax</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#additional">Additional information</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="advisory"></a>Embedded Answers (<span style="background-color: #ffff00;">Cloze Questions</span>) Advisory</strong></span>: <span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>If your quiz ALREADY has attempts, editing questions can break quizzes. </strong><span style="color: #000000;">We recommend that no CLOZE questions are edited after a quiz has been opened. Questions should be dropped from the quiz by zeroing their score; or a duplicate of the quiz should be made and students moved to the second copy.</span></span></p>
<p>If you must edit Cloze questions, ensure that you <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>DO NOT</strong></span>:</p>
<ul>
<li>add or delete sub-questions within a question;</li>
<li>change the order of the questions in the text; or</li>
<li>change their question type (numerical, short-answer, multiple choice)</li>
</ul>
<p>We also recommend that you make any changes using the HTML text editor instead of the RTF editor in eClass to ensure that you do not accidentally inject new formats or behaviours into the Cloze question that you are modifying. Please contact eClass support if you have any questions about making edits to existing CLOZE questions.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> </p>
<p><strong><a id="structure"></a>Cloze question structure:</strong></p>
<p>The structure of a cloze question is as follows: </p>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/cloze-1.png" width="525" height="80" alt="" /></p>
<ol>
<li dir="ltr">Start the cloze sub-question with a curly brace:  <strong>{</strong></li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">Define a grade (number of points if correct) for each cloze sub-question with a <strong>positive integer. (Note: setting the question score to zero will prevent the entire quiz attempt from being graded (all attempts will be scored zero.)</strong></p>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">Define the type of cloze sub-question, and bound it with a colon on each side<strong>:</strong></p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li>For a <em>short answer</em> question where case is unimportant, use :<strong>SHORTANSWER:</strong> or :<strong>SA:</strong> or :<strong>MW:<br /><br /></strong></li>
<li dir="ltr">For a <em>short answer</em> question where case must match, use :<strong>SHORTANSWER_C:</strong> or :<strong>SAC:</strong> or :<strong>MWC:<br /><br /></strong>
<ul>
<li dir="ltr"><strong><span id="docs-internal-guid-16b1fcba-0451-c814-d0ae-26ca886f7ad5">Note:</span> </strong>The text input field for a short answer question will be the length of the longest option (correct or incorrect) plus a random number of characters (0 to 15% total length of the longest option). To make all short answer fields EXACTLY the same length, an option of 55 characters in length will need to be included in the question (nothing shorter is possible).<br /><br /></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">For a <em>numerical </em>answer, use :<strong>NUMERICAL:</strong> or :<strong>NM:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li dir="ltr"><strong>Note: </strong>If the correct answer is 5 and you allow an accepted error 0.1, you should type {1:NM:=5:0.1}.<br /> </li>
</ul>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">For a <em>multiple choice</em> question, displayed as a dropdown menu in-line the text, use :<strong>MULTICHOICE:</strong> or :<strong>MC:</strong></p>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">For a <em>multiple choice</em> question, displayed as a vertical column of radio buttons, use :<strong>MULTICHOICE_V:</strong> or :<strong>MCV:</strong></p>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">For a <em>multiple choice</em> question, displayed as a horizontal row of radio buttons, use :<strong>MULTICHOICE_H:</strong> or :<strong>MCH:</strong></p>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">For a <em>multiple choice</em> question with shuffled choices, displayed as a dropdown menu in-line the text, use :<strong>MULTICHOICE_S:</strong> or :<strong>MCS:</strong></p>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">For a <em>multiple choice</em> question with shuffled choices, displayed as a vertical column of radio buttons, use :<strong>MULTICHOICE_VS:</strong> or :<strong>MCVS:</strong></p>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">For a <em>multiple choice</em>  question with shuffled choices, displayed as a horizontal row of radio buttons, use :<strong>MULTICHOICE_HS:</strong> or :<strong>MCHS:</strong></p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="4">
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">Use a <strong>~</strong> as a seperator between possible answer options</p>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">A <strong>=</strong> should be placed immediately before the correct answer option</p>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">A <strong>#</strong> can be used to mark the beginning of a feedback message (optional)</p>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">Close the cloze sub-question with a curly brace: <strong>}</strong></p>
</li>
</ol>
<div> </div>
<p><strong><a id="examples"></a>Cloze question examples:</strong></p>
<p><a id="mcq"></a>a) <strong>Multiple choice</strong> example. Below is an example of a <em>multiple-choice</em> type question. The syntax that would be entered in the question text field is:</p>
<div align="baseline"> </div>
<div style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/cloze2.png" alt="" width="808" height="371" /></div>
<div style="padding-left: 40px;"></div>
<div>"The Capital of France is" is the question that you would like to ask. This can be any basic textual information.</div>
<div>"{}" encloses the Cloze codes.</div>
<div>"1" indicates the value of the question.</div>
<div>":MC:" indicates that the question is a multiple-choice question. </div>
<div>"#wrong" anything after "#" becomes an optional message.</div>
<div>"~" separates the Multiple choice options.</div>
<div>"%50%" means that if the student selects "Ile de France", the student receives 50% of 1 mark.</div>
<div>"=" indicates that if you select "Paris" you will get a full mark for the question.</div>
<div align="baseline"> </div>
<div align="baseline">The screenshot below indicates the question that is created by Cloze.</div>
<div align="baseline"> </div>
<div style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/cloze1.png" alt="" width="508" height="265" /></div>
<div> </div>
<div></div>
<div><a id="short-answer"></a>b) <strong>Short answer</strong> example. The syntax that would be entered in the question text field is:</div>
<div> </div>
<div>
<div style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/cloze3.png" alt="" width="753" height="307" /></div>
 </div>
<div>
<div>"A group of lions is called a" is the question that you would like to ask.</div>
<div>"{}" encloses the Cloze codes.</div>
<div>"1" indicates the value of the question.</div>
<div>":SAC:" indicates that the question is a short answer question where the case of the answer must match.</div>
<div>"=" indicates that 'pride' is the only answer that will score a mark for the question.</div>
<div align="baseline"> </div>
<div align="baseline">The screenshot below indicates the question that is created by Cloze.</div>
<div align="baseline"> </div>
<div style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/cloze4.png" alt="" width="530" height="256" /></div>
<div></div>
<p></p>
<div><a id="subquestions"></a>c) <strong>Multiple subquestions</strong> example. Several questions can be added as subquestions:</div>
<div></div>
<div style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images//cloze6.png" width="797" height="238" alt="" /></div>
<div></div>
<p></p>
<div>The subquestions in this example will appear as a short paragraph:</div>
<div></div>
<div></div>
<div style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images//cloze7.png" width="757" height="230" alt="" /></div>
<div></div>
<div>The questions are coded the same as the multiple-choice and short-answer questions as above. Any questions type can be combined.</div>
<p></p>
<div><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="check"></a>Check question syntax:</strong></span></div>
<div></div>
<div>You can verify your answers and also see whether there are errors in a question's syntax by clicking <strong>Decode and verify the question text</strong> then expanding the dropdown immediately below the decode button:</div>
<div></div>
<div></div>
<div style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/cloze5.png" width="500" height="348" alt="" /></div>
<div></div>
</div>
<div>
<div><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="additional"></a>Additional information:</strong></span></div>
<div></div>
<div>The following link gives more in-depth explanations and examples of how to use Cloze to create quiz questions.</div>
<div> </div>
<div><a href="https://docs.moodle.org/310/en/Embedded_Answers_(Cloze)_question_type" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://docs.moodle.org/310/en/Embedded_Answers_(Cloze)_question_type</a></div>
</div>
<div> </div>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Setting Up Groups]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/setting-up-groups]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f2217062e9a397a1dca429e7d70bc6ca]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 08 May 2014 15:26:49 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>When you combine multiple course sections in a single eClass course, students are automatically assigned to groups based on the course sections they registered in when registering for your course (LEC, LAB, SEM, etc.).</p>
<p>You can also create additional groups to divide students for other purposes such as participation in group projects or, in large courses, to filter and divide grading tasks among TAs.</p>
<p>If students are in multiple groups but need different groups for different group projects, you will also need to create groups of groups called <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/148/0/setting-up-groupings">Groupings</a> which we treat in a separate article and, briefly, <a href="#grouping">below</a>.</p>
<p>Activities that have groups enabled allow instructors and TAs to filter contributions with three different group modes:</p>
<ul>
<li>No groups: All students can view and participate in the activity.</li>
<li>Separate groups: Only students within the same group can see and participate together in this group activity.</li>
<li>Visible groups: Students can see all other groups' activities, but they can only participate in their own group's activities.</li>
</ul>
<p>There are two main steps to setting up groups:</p>
<ol>
<li>creating the groups you want to use, and</li>
<li>setting the group mode in the activity or content where you want group participation.</li>
</ol>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#creating">Creating Groups</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#adding">Manually Adding Users</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#autocreating">Auto-Creating Groups</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#conditions">Setting group visibility in course content (Group mode)</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#warning">Warning</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="creating"></a>Creating Groups</span></strong></p>
<p>To create Groups, </p>
<p>1. Click on the <strong>Participants</strong> tab at the top of your course page.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-group-a.png" alt="" width="617" height="324" /></p>
<p>2. Click on the <strong>Enrolled users</strong> dropdown menu and select <strong>Groups</strong>:<br /><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-group-b.png" alt="" width="685" height="577" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>3. On the <strong>Groups</strong> page, you will see two panels: the <strong>Groups</strong> panel on the left will list the different groups in your course, and the <strong>Members of</strong> panel on the right shows the members in the highlighted group.<br /><br /></p>
<p>4. Click the <strong>Create group</strong> button below the <strong>Groups</strong> panel.</p>
<p><br /><img style="font-size: 14.4444446563721px;" src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/createGroupCapture.png" alt="" width="848" height="717" /></p>
<p>5. Complete the setup with your group information.</p>
<ul>
<li>'Group name': Name your group; for example, 'Study Group 1'.</li>
<li>'Group description': Give your group a description so you can better remember what this group was defined for.<a id="enrollmentkey"></a><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-group-3.png" alt="" width="909" height="548" /></li>
</ul>
<p>6. Click the <strong>Save changes</strong> at the bottom of the page when you are finished.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="adding"></a>Manually Adding Users</span></strong></p>
<p>To manually add users to your group,</p>
<p>1. Click on the name of the group you just created in the <strong>Groups</strong> column to select it, then click the <strong>Add/remove users</strong> button beneath the <strong>Members of</strong> column.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding-users-groups.png" alt="" width="642" height="583" /></p>
<p>2. On the Add/remove users page, you will again see two columns: the left (Group members) shows the current members of your group, and the right (Potential members) shows the people enrolled in your course.</p>
<p>3. Click on a user's name to select them (highlighted in blue), then click the <strong>Add</strong> button between the two columns to move them into your group.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding-users-groups-2.png" alt="" width="873" height="571" /></p>
<p>4. You may also use the Shift key to select a block of users (click user, hold Shift, click another user). Or, you can use the Control key (Ctrl) (or Command key (Cmd) on a Mac) to select multiple users that are not in a row (hold Ctrl while selecting multiple users).</p>
<p>5. If there are too many users to show all at once, you may use the <strong>Search</strong> box below to narrow the list of potential group participants.</p>
<p>6. When you finsihed, click <strong>Back to groups</strong> at the bottom of the page.</p>
<p><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding-users-groups-3.png" alt="" width="874" height="591" /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="autocreating"></a>Auto-Creating Groups</span></strong></p>
<p>As an alternative to manually creating groups, you can create groups automatically while adding participants randomly.</p>
<p>1. Click the <strong>Auto-create groups</strong> button under the <strong>Groups</strong> panel.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/autocreate-groups.png" alt="" width="822" height="622" /></p>
<p>2. In<strong> Auto-create groups</strong> setup you can specify either the number of groups you would like to create, or the number of members you would like to have in each group:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/auto-create-groups-0.png" alt="" width="612" height="743" /></p>
<p></p>
<ul>
<li>'Naming scheme': Use @ to differentiate by letters, or # to differentiate by numbers. For example, Group @ = Group A, Group B, Group C. Alternatively, Team # = Team 1, Team 2, Team 3.</li>
<li>'Auto create based on': Choose either 'Number of groups' or 'Members per group'.</li>
<li>'Group/member count': Specify the number of groups or number of members per group.</li>
<li>'Select members with role': Select a particular role if you want to pull only users enrolled in your course in that role. <strong>Example:</strong> you could use this to create a group out of all the TAs. in your course.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Select members from grouping': Select students already belonging to a group in the given grouping. <strong>Example:</strong> you could use this if you wanted to take a specific grouping and create a larger group out of all the smaller groups currently assigned to the grouping.<br /></span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Select members from group: Select students already belonging to the given group. <strong>Example:</strong> you could use this if you wanted to take existing larger groups and further break them down into random smaller groups.<br /></span></li>
<li>'Allocate members': Randomly, alphabetical (by first or last name), by ID number.</li>
<li>'Prevent last small group': Check this box to distribute members to existing groups as evenly as possible. This could especially be needed if you have specified the number of groups (as opposed to members per group)</li>
<li>'Ignore users in groups': Check this box to have users already belonging to a group not be assigned to additional new auto-created groups.</li>
<li>'Grouping of auto-created groups': If you would like to add these groups to a grouping, you can do so here.</li>
<li>'Grouping name': If you are adding this group to a new grouping, specify the name of the grouping.<br /><br /></li>
</ul>
<p>3. Once you are done, you can <strong>Preview</strong> the groups or <strong>Submit</strong> them:</p>
<p><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/autocreate-groups-3.png" alt="" width="796" height="306" /></p>
<p>4. After creating your groups, the <strong>Groups</strong> page will display a number after each name indicating the number of participants assigned to each group.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/autocreate-groups-4.png" alt="" width="726" height="337" /></p>
<p><a name="conditions"></a> <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Setting group visibility in course content (Group mode)</strong></span></p>
<p>To restrict viewing and participation in activities using the groups you have created, you have to set the <strong>Group mode</strong> in the 'Common module settings' for that activity:</p>
<p>1. Go to your course page, and click on <strong>Edit mode </strong><b>at the </b>top right of your page.</p>
<p>2. Enter the settings for an activity or resource and choose <strong>Group mode</strong> under <em>Common module settings</em>:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-conditions-2.png" alt="" width="540" height="305" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>3. Save when you are done.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Group Mode Examples for Forums</span></p>
<ul>
<li>'No groups': Choosing ‘No groups’ for a Forum activity will allow all members of the course to view the forum, as well as post new discussions and replies, regardless of what group they belong to. This is always chosen for every activity by default.
<ul>
<li>Example: Help forum (no groups) - Anyone in the class can post a question, respond and see all discussions.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>'Separate groups': Choosing ‘Separate groups’ for a Forum activity will essentially create separate discussion rooms for each individual group. Course participants can only see and post to their own group's discussion; all other group's discussions are completely invisible.
<ul>
<li>Example: Graded group discussion (separate groups) - These forums will be graded by group so you cannot see any other group's discussion points.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>'Visible groups': Choosing ‘Visible groups’ for Forum activities will create separate discussion rooms for each individual group that can be viewed by all participants in the course. However, participants will only be able to post and reply to forums set aside for their own group.
<ul>
<li>Example: Group project discussion (visible groups) - These forums are set up for students to discuss their group projects, but all have different topics so they can read about what other groups are doing but can only contribute to their own.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Running multiple course sections in a single eClass course: You can run multiple course sections in a single eClass course and vary the activities while keeping the static content the same by using groups.</p>
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li>Example: A group is automatically generated for each of the sections in a combined course. You can create a Wiki on Topic One restricted to Group A1 and a Wiki on Topic Two restricted to Group A2. Each student will only see the Wiki Topic of the group they belong to (either A1 or A2). Meanwhile, the syllabus (which is group independent) can be seen by all students.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="notes"></a>Notes</span></strong></p>
<p><a id="grouping"></a>Assigning students to multiple groups will create a conflict in any individual activity when the system attempts to assign the activity to <strong>all the groups in your course</strong>. If you want participants to work with different groups on different activities, then you will need to combine the groups for a particular activity in a <strong>Grouping</strong>. Please <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/148/0/setting-up-groupings">see the article Setting up Groupings</a>.</p>
<p>To limit a specific activity or resource to only the members of a particular group, you will need to set <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/0/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Access restrictions</a> instead of using the group mode.</p>
<p>For eClass courses containing combined sections, a group will be automatically created for each individual section in the course (eg. a group each for LEC A1, and LEC A2).</p>
<p>Any activity in eClass can be set so that it uses visible groups (groups can see each other), separate groups (groups cannot see each other's work) or no groups. In these scenarios, the <strong>SAME</strong> activity is delivered to students along one of these methods (for giving each group access to their own separate activity or content, you must use <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/0/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Access restrictions</a>).</p>
<p>Ensure that you establish your group settings <strong>before</strong> your students begin participating in any activities where groups are being used. Changing group modes can cause problems in activities if you change group modes (visible, invisible, no groups) after students have begun to work in the activity. For example, if you set up a discussion forum and posts are made after group settings are added, posts made before the change are replicated in all groups’ forums.</p>
<p>You may wish to have groups set by default for your entire course - you can do this in your course settings. This does not automatically apply the group settings to already existing activities and resources but does apply them to any new ones created. The other benefit of setting a group mode at the course level is that the gradebook can be sorted based on sub-section groups. See <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/252/15/filtering-your-gradebook-by-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Filtering Your Gradebook by Groups</a> for more information.</p>
<p>Unless you have Visible groups enabled, switching a student from one group to another will remove their ability to see posts made to the first group forum while a member of that group. If Student Five was originally a member of Group A, he will not be able to view any posts or replies he made in Group A’s discussion forum after he is moved to Group B.</p>
<p>If a user is not in a group, they will be unable to view or participate in any group activities if group mode is set to Separate groups. If Group mode is set to Visible groups, students not placed in a group will be able to view discussions across all groups, but will be unable to contribute.</p>
<p>Instead of auto-creating or constructing groups by hand, it is also possible to have students self-select their group using an additional block in your course - see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/366/13/using-the-group-sign-up-block-instructors" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using the Group Sign-up Block.</a></p>
<p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong><a id="warning"></a>WARNING in regards to Group Assignments</strong></span>: <strong>Once submissions have been made, DO NOT alter the groups or groupings in any way.</strong> If groups or groupings need to be updated or changed, we recommend that you create new groups/groupings and re-deploy the assignment with the updated group settings. Failure to do so will result in lost student submission data and glitches with the assignment review.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[YuJa Video Platform Overview]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/yuja-video-platform-overview]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7d04bbbe5494ae9d2f5a76aa1c00fa2f]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 31 Aug 2021 20:40:19 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[This article provides a general overview for instructors using the Yuja enterprise video platform. The platform provides instructors and students with a place to upload videos, share them with course channels, tools for recording and editing, and a pathwa...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This article provides a general overview for instructors using the Yuja enterprise video platform. The platform provides instructors and students with a place to upload videos, share them with course channels, tools for recording and editing, and a pathway to <a title="Moving Zoom Recordings into YuJa" href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/501/23/moving-zoom-recordings-into-yuja" target="_blank" rel="noopener">import recordings directly from Zoom</a>. YuJa also provides users with fine control over playback and download access, enabling secure video sharing. </p>
<p>Instructors may choose to host videos in Yuja while embedding or sharing them elsewhere on Canvas, or they can create a course channel for students to browse all available course videos in one place. </p>
<p><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/536/55/enabling-yuja-in-your-canvas-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Instructors will need to add the tool to their courses</a> to begin using these features. For a comprehensive overview of using YuJa, instructors can also <a href="https://ualberta.yuja.com/V/Video?v=449046&amp;node=1846867&amp;a=650610929&amp;autoplay=1" target="_blank" rel="noopener">watch this recorded training session</a> <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">that YuJa delivered for the U of A (<em>The video</em></span><em> contains references to eClass/Moodle, but the YuJa interface itself should be the same.</em>)</p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;" data-darkreader-inline-border-top="" data-darkreader-inline-border-right="" data-darkreader-inline-border-bottom="" data-darkreader-inline-border-left="" data-darkreader-inline-bgcolor="">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#accessing">Accessing Yuja</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#basics">Yuja Basics</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#bestpractices">Yuja Best Practices and Recommendations</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#zoomrec">Setting Up Automatic Import of Zoom Meeting Recordings</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#vendordocs">Detailed Vendor Documentation</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#channels">Using Channels</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#editing">Editing in Yuja</a></li>
<li>8 <a href="#knownissues">Yuja Status Page</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="accessing"></a>Accessing Yuja</strong></span></p>
<p>When using the tool in conjunction with credit courses, the recommended process is to <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/536/55/enabling-yuja-in-your-canvas-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">create a YuJa linkage,</a> as this will automatically create a course channel on the platform and manage student access.</p>
<p>It is possible for users outside of Canvas to access the system directly at <a href="https://ualberta.yuja.com" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://ualberta.yuja.com</a> by selecting the 'University of Alberta CCID login' option to sign in:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/yuja-direct-ccid.png" width="447" height="299" alt="" /></p>
<p><strong>New in May 2026:</strong> students who have <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/en/information-services-and-technology/security/multi-factor-authentication.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">opted in to Multi Factor Authentication (MFA) for students</a> may also see their Duo mobile authentication screen when trying to access password-protected Yuja videos and will need to complete that process prior to gaining access to those:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/duo-mfa-screen.png" width="451" height="497" alt="" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="basics"></a>Yuja Basics</strong></span></p>
<p>Instructors looking to start quickly can view <a title="Uploading a Video to Yuja and Sharing it with Students" href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/534/53/adding-yuja-videos-into-content-areas-of-canvas" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Uploading a Video to Yuja and Sharing it with Students</a> - a short tutorial describing how to upload a video file and publish it to their course channel. </p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="bestpractices"></a>Yuja Best Practices and Recommendations</strong></span></p>
<p>Please see the following articles for more information about using Yuja within Canvas (or eClass):</p>
<p><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/489/50/using-yuja-for-students" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using YuJa (for Students)</a></p>
<p><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/523/50/adding-captions-to-yuja-uploads-students" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="Adding captions to Yuja uploads (Students)"><span>Adding captions to Yuja uploads (Students)</span></a></p>
<p><a title="Recording Videos Using YuJa" href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/493/23/recording-videos-using-yuja" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Recording Videos Using YuJa</a></p>
<p><a title="Sharing and Re-using YuJa videos" href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/499/23/sharing-and-re-using-yuja-videos" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Sharing and Re-using YuJa videos</a> (<em>article contains references to eClass</em>)</p>
<p><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/504" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Setting Video Permissions in Yuja</a></p>
<p><a title="Adding YuJa Videos into Course Content Areas" href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/496/50/adding-yuja-videos-into-content-areas-of-canvas1" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding YuJa Videos into Course Content Areas</a></p>
<p><a title="Creating Video Quizzes Using YuJa" href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/494/50/creating-video-quizzes-using-yuja" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Creating Video Quizzes Using YuJa</a> (<em>article contains references to eClass</em>)</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="zoomrec"></a>Setting Up Automatic Import of Zoom Meeting Recordings</strong></span></p>
<p>The YuJa platform can be configured to automatically move all of a user's Zoom cloud recordings into their personal media library <em><strong>and then remove them automatically to preserve cloud storage space</strong></em>. Please see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/501/23/moving-zoom-recordings-into-yuja" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Moving Zoom Recordings into YuJa</a>.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="vendordocs"></a>Detailed Vendor Documentation:</strong></span></p>
<p>YuJa has a very thorough <a href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us" target="_blank" rel="noopener">support portal</a> that can help answer additional questions. We have collected several useful articles in the sections below.</p>
<p><strong><a id="channels"></a>Using Channels</strong></p>
<p>Course 'Channels' are automatically created through the Canvas (or eClass) integration. Videos uploaded directly to channels or published from an instructor's <em>My media</em> area into a channel remain private and can be embedded in the Canvas course for students to view. Videos can equally be organized in the course channel, with students being given access to the full portal. The following videos outline the various features of media channels:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><a href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/articles/360050067694-Uploading-Media" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Uploading Videos</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><a href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/articles/360046800934-Publishing-Media-to-the-Media-Channels" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Publishing Videos</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><a href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/articles/360046425034-Managing-Media-Overview#managing-media-0-2" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Managing Media</a> </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><a href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/articles/360050858893-Using-the-Media-Channels" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using Channels</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><a href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/articles/360050070034-Managing-Media-Channels" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Managing Channels</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><a id="editing"></a>Editing in YuJa</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><a title="Overview of video editor" href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/sections/360009128694-Overview-of-Video-Editor" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Overview of Video Editor</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><a title="Overview of editing features" href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/sections/360009128714-Overview-of-Editing-Features" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Overview of Editing Features</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><a title="Advanced Options for Video Editor" href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/sections/360009128734-Advanced-Options-for-Video-Editor" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Advanced Options for Video Editor</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="knownissues"></a>YuJa Status Page</strong></span></p>
<p><a href="https://yujasystemstatus-1564678088336.site24x7signals.com/">https://yujasystemstatus-1564678088336.site24x7signals.com/</a><a href="https://yujasystemstatus-1564678088336.site24x7signals.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></p>
<p></p>
<p></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Security Features for Delivering eClass Quizzes]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/security-features-for-delivering-eclass-quizzes]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e7b24b112a44fdd9ee93bdf998c6ca0e]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 21 Aug 2018 11:34:53 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">Security features for online exams are important to ensure quiz integrity. eClass offers a range of features that provide varying levels of security which meet different needs. Most of the features listed below can be used in combination. In addition to these options, any high-stakes summative testing scenarios (midterms and finals) should also include some form of in-person proctoring, especially in campus labs.<br /><br /></span></p>
</div>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#password">Setting a Password</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#honesty">Honesty Checking</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#randomizing">Randomizing Questions</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#limiting">Limiting Access to Quizzes</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#delivery">Quiz Delivery</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#external">External Tools</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><strong><a id="password"></a>Setting a Password</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To protect quiz activities with a password, go to your quiz settings under <strong>Extra Restrictions on attempts</strong>, and specify </span><em>Require password.</em></p>
<p>Toggling the eyeball with hide or show the password to you so you can check if the supplied password is correct.</p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">Instructors must communicate this password to students so that they can enter it before doing their quiz.</span></strong></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-1" alt="" width="600" height="377" /></p>
<p><strong><a id="honesty"></a>Honesty Checking</strong></p>
<p>This option requires quiz takers to acknowledge the statement confirming the University of Alberta's academic integrity standards. This setting is located in the quiz settings under <strong>Extra Restrictions on attempts</strong>, after clicking on '<em>Show more...</em>' to expand the number of options.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-2" alt="" width="600" height="356" /></p>
<p>Quiz takers will see the following before beginning their attempt:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-3" alt="" width="600" height="421" /></p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Shuffling Questions and Answer Order<br /></strong></span></p>
<p>Randomizing the order of questions and answers is common way make it difficult for students to share their answers with each other. It is possible to randomize the questions as they appear, but it is also possible to randomize response order of answers per question (if applicable for the question type, i.e. multiple choice, matching...). To do this:</p>
<ul>
<li>If the quiz settings, under 'Question behaviour', toggle <strong>Shuffle within questions</strong> to <strong>Yes</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-4" alt="" width="600" height="189" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>When you edit the question from the Question Bank, ensure that the box is checked for <strong>S</strong><strong>huffle</strong> <strong>the choices</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-5" alt="" width="600" height="208" /><br /><br /></li>
<li><strong>Note: </strong>Multiple-choice questions are set to <em>Shuffle the choices</em> by default. This should be <strong>unchecked</strong> for questions that require answers to be in a specific order. i.e. if the last response option is "All of the above", etc.</li>
</ul>
<p>Shuffling the overall question order can be accomplished by checking <strong>Shuffle</strong> box at the top of the 'Edit quiz' page. This option is also available for any sub-sections of a quiz:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-6" alt="" width="600" height="215" /></p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="randomizing"></a>Randomizing Questions</strong></span></p>
<p>Questions in a quiz can be drawn from a collection (by category or tags). This functionality requires that questions have already been constructed and grouped into categories (or have been tagged) in the course questions bank (see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/173/13/using-the-question-bank" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using the Question Bank</a>.)</p>
<p>To add random questions, go to the 'Edit quiz' page and click <strong>Add</strong> &gt; <strong>a random question</strong>:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-7" alt="" width="600" height="198" /></p>
<p>In the modal that opens, choose the question bank category and then choose the number of questions that students should receive using the dropdown:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-8" alt="" width="600" height="515" /></p>
<p>After saving, the 'edit quiz' view will show a dice icon indicating a random question, along with the name of the category where the question comes from, as well as a link for you to see all possible questions from that category:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-9" alt="" width="600" height="524" /></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> This does not guarantee that every student will receive the same questions.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="limiting"></a>Limiting Access to Quizzes</strong></span></p>
<p>For high stakes exams, and in large classes where students attempt quizzes at different times, it is possible to limit access to a quiz using other options under 'Extra restrictions on attempts':</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-10" alt="" width="600" height="384" /><br /><br /></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Password</strong>: (<a href="#password">mentioned above</a>) Instructors can show the password (on whiteboard, etc) in an exam room for students present in the room.</li>
<li><strong>IP Address Restriction</strong>: If available, the IP address or a range of IP addresses for a computer or a lab room full of computers can be entered to restrict the quiz. Students accessing from any different IP will not be allowed to attempt the quiz. <strong>Please note:</strong> The changes to campus lab computer infrastructure have changed the existing IP addresses and have changed this functionality. For more information, please contact IST eClass support.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="delivery"></a>Quiz Delivery<br /></strong></span></p>
<p>eClass is able to strip away normal functions of a browser and alter the interface so that it restricts students from accessing anything else other than the quiz. This can be configured by expanding the options by clicking <strong>Show more... </strong>under 'Extra restrictions on attempts' and then setting <strong>Browser security</strong> to 'Full screen pop-up with some javascript security:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-11" alt="" width="600" height="359" /></p>
<p>The quiz activity will resemble the screenshot below for quiz takers:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-12" alt="" width="1000" height="433" /></p>
<p>The window can still be re-sized and will function normally and so proctors should advise quiz takers to start full screen and expanded. That way, it will be obvious if a student tries to do anything other than the quiz. The absence of browser navigation will restrict access to other websites.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="external"></a>External Tools</strong></span></p>
<p>Quizzes can also be delivered using several exam security and monitoring tools available on campus:</p>
<p>- <strong>Smart Exam Monitor (SEM) </strong>is a 3rd party tool that can be used for remote proctoring of online exams including recording webcams and screens. This tool can be paired with ExamLock. For more information see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/446/47/smart-exam-monitor-sem---for-instructors" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using Smart Exam Monitor</a>.</p>
<p>- <strong>Respondus LockDown Browser and Monitor</strong>. These tools are only available for <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/593/47/using-respondus-lockdown-browser-and-monitor" target="_blank" rel="noopener">use in Canvas</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Assignments]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-assignments]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[02522a2b2726fb0a03bb19f2d8d9524d]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 28 Apr 2014 15:50:36 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Assignments are one of the main forms of assessment in eClass. They allow students to submit files or enter text online for marking, and provide instructors with an easy-to-use interface in which to mark them. <br />File submissions can be in almost any format - word documents, PDFs, audio files, etc - and you can specify the type, number of files allowed, and the file upload size. <br /></span><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The assignment grading interface offers a 3-panel view for easy access of the various grading components and streamline online grading of PDF and MS word files (which are now automatically converted to PDF). Many advanced options exist for assignments including: offline assignments, having students submit in groups, grading via rubrics or worksheets, and even the generation of an offline marking spreadsheet to work from. <br />Grades entered in the assignment activity are automatically ported into the course gradebook. <br /></span></strong></p>
<p><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">This article covers the basics of setting up assignments - for more information see </span></strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/189/14/advanced-use-of-eclass-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Advanced Use of eClass Assignments</a><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li> 1 <a href="#adding">Adding an Assignment</a></li>
<li> 2 <a href="#general">General</a></li>
<li> 3 <a href="#availability">Availability</a></li>
<li> 4 <a href="#types">Submission types</a></li>
<li> 5 <a href="#feedback">Feedback types</a></li>
<li> 6 <a href="#submission">Submission settings</a></li>
<li> 7 <a href="#group">Group submission settings</a></li>
<li> 8 <a href="#notifications">Notifications</a></li>
<li> 9 <a href="#grade">Grade</a></li>
<li>10 <a href="#common">Common module settings</a></li>
<li>11 <a href="#restrict">Restrict access</a></li>
<li>12 <a href="#tags">Tags</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<h4><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding an Assignment</strong></h4>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">Toggle on<strong> Edit mode</strong>,<span style="font-weight: 400;"> <span>in the top right corner of your course page</span>.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Move to the topic area where you wish to add content (the week, unit, etc.) and click on </span><strong>Add an Activity or Resource</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the <strong>Assignment </strong>icon</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">A new page will appear with the activity-specific settings.<br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">There is a wide range of settings where you can enter specific customizations for your assignment. All that is <strong>required</strong> is the Assignment name.</span></li>
</ol>
<h4><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="general"></a>General</span></strong></h4>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Assignment name" is required. Make this as meaningful as possible for your students.<br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Description": Optionally provides explanation and instructions for students.<br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display description on course page": The description of your assignment will be displayed on the course page below the link to the assignment.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>New in 2023 </strong>"Submission page instructions":  This set of instructions is only shown on the submission page where a student edits and submits their assignment.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Additional files" such as answer templates can be included for students to download.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-assignment-1.png" alt="" width="941" height="982" /></span></p>
<p><a name="new2019"></a><a id="availability"></a><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Availability</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Allow submissions from": The time at which students may start submitting assignments.<br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Due date": The time at which students are expected to submit assignments. Any submission made after this date will be marked as late.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Cut-off date": The time at which assignments will no longer be allowed for submission.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Remind me to grade by": The expected date at which marking of the submissions should be completed. This date is used to prioritize dashboard notifications for teachers.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Always show description": Toggles whether or not students can see the assignment description before the "Allow submissions from" date.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-assignment-2.png" alt="" width="652" height="341" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a name="new2018"></a><a id="types"></a>Submission types</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"File submissions": Toggles whether or not submissions may be made as files.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Online text": Toggles whether or not students can submit an assignment using an embedded online text editor.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Maximum number of files uploaded": Toggles how many files a student is able to make before being blocked from submitting.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Maximum submission size": Controls how large submitted files may be.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">"Accepted file types": Can be restricted by entering a list of file extensions or selecting from a list. If the field is left empty, then all file types are allowed.</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Word limit": Toggles whether or not to set up a word limit for online text submission. See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/244/13/adding-word-count-tally-feature-to-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding word count tally feature to assignments</a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> for more details.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-assignment-3-new.png" alt="Submission types settings for an assignment" width="739" height="314" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="feedback"></a>Feedback types</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Feedback comments": Toggles whether or not graders can leave comments for the student upon grading.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Feedback files": Toggles whether or not the grader is able to upload files as feedback upon grading. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Offline grading worksheet": Toggles whether or not the grader can download a worksheet with the student's grades when marking.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Comment inline”: Toggles whether or not the submission text is copied into the feedback comment field during grading to make inline comments/edits easier.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-assignment-4.png" alt="" width="600" height="152" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="submission"></a>Submission settings</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require students to click submit button": Toggles whether or not students are required to click a button confirming that their submission is final. This is useful for early drafts of work to provide commentary on - you can access any work that your students have uploaded or entered before they click the 'Submit for grading' button. After that point, they can no longer upload new files.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require that students accept the submission statement": Toggles whether or not students will be forced to check a box before submitting their assignment that contains a statement about academic honesty. (The statement is: "The University of Alberta is committed to the highest standards of academic integrity and honesty. I understand the Code of Student Behaviour and am aware that all forms of academic misconduct will be addressed (</span><a href="http://www.governance.ualberta.ca/CodesofConductandResidenceCommunityStandards/CodeofStudentBehaviour/303OffencesUndertheCode/3032InappropriateAcademicBehav.aspx" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">the Code is available online for more information</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">)").</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Attempts reopened": </span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Determines how student submission attempts are reopened. The available options are:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Never - The student submission cannot be reopened.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Manually - The student submission can be reopened by a teacher.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Automatically until pass - The student submission is automatically reopened until the student achieves the grade to pass value set in the Gradebook (Categories and items section) for this assignment.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Maximum attempts": The maximum number of submission attempts that can be made by a student. After this number of attempts has been made the student's submission will not be able to be reopened.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-assignment-5.png" alt="" width="546" height="284" /></span></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="group"></a>Group submission settings</span> </strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Students submit in groups": If groups are enabled, toggles whether or not the assignment submitted will be as a group, or as an individual.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">For more information on having students submit in groups, see the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/258/15/group-submission-in-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Allowing Group Submissions</a></span>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-assignment-6.png" alt="" width="465" height="265" /></span></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="notifications"></a>Notifications</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Notify graders about submissions": Toggles whether or not graders (instructors, TAs, etc.) will be notified whenever a student submits an assignment.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Notify graders about late submissions": Toggles whether or not graders will be notified whenever a student submits a late assignment.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Default setting for “Notify students””: Toggles the default value of the “Notify students” checkbox on the grading form.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-assignment-7.png" alt="" width="521" height="203" /></span></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="grade"></a>Grade</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Grade": Allows you to select the type of grading used for the assignment. If “scale” is chosen, you can then choose the scale from the "scale" dropdown. If "point" is used, you can then enter the maximum grade for the assignment.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Grading method": Allows you to specify 'Simple direct grading' or grading via the two advanced methods: 'Rubric' or 'Marking guide'.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Grade category": Allows you to choose which category it will be assigned to in the gradebook.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Grade to pass": Determines the minimum required grade to pass. The value is used in activity or course completion, and in the gradebook, where pass grades are highlighted in green and fail grades in red.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"<span>Anonymous Submissions </span>": Toggles whether or not graders are able to see the name of the student who submitted it when grading. See <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/167/15/blind-marking" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Anonymous Submissions (Blind Marking)</a> for more information.<br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Hide grader identity from students": Turns off the display of which user scored each particular student's submission. This would be primarily useful for large enrollment courses where multiple TAs are grading student work and/or instructors want students to contact them with grade questions.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Use marking workflow": Marks will go through a series of workflow stages before being released to students. This allows for multiple rounds of marking and allows marks to be released to all students at the same time. See <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/261/15/using-a-grading-workflow-to-organize-marking-and-coordinate-release-of-grades" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using the Marking Workflow</a> for more information.<br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Use marking allocation": If enabled together with the marking workflow, markers can be allocated to particular students. See <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/262/15/splitting-up-grading-of-assignments-in-large-sections" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using Marker Allocation</a> for more information.<br /></span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For more details about actively grading student submissions within the assignment activity, see the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/189/14/advanced-use-of-eclass-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Advanced Use of the Assignment</a>.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-assignment-8.png" alt="" width="596" height="572" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="common"></a>Common module settings</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Availability": This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of teacher or non-editing teacher).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Make available but now shown on course page' - A link to the activity must be provided from elsewhere, such as from a page resource. The activity would still be listed in the gradebook and other reports.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"ID number": An ID number identifies the activity for grade calculation purposes.</span></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Group mode": The group mode defined at the course level is the default mode for all activities within the course. Each activity that supports groups can also define its own group mode, though if the group mode is forced at the course level, the group mode setting for each activity is ignored. </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">No groups - Students are not segregated into groups. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Separate groups - Only group members can see their own group while other groups remain invisible. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Visible groups - Group members can see other groups but still work in their own group.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Grouping": A grouping is a collection of groups within a course. If a grouping is selected, students assigned to groups within the grouping will be able to work together.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">"Add group/grouping access restriction": Allows access only to students who belong to a specified group, or all groups.</li>
</ul>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-assignment-9.png" alt="" width="600" height="271" /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrict"></a>Restrict access</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="tags"></a>Tags</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Questions and Editing Quizzes]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-questions-and-editing-quizzes]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[16a5cdae362b8d27a1d8f8c7b78b4330]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 24 Nov 2016 15:41:31 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>This article explains how to add quiz questions to an existing quiz on eClass. If you have not yet added a quiz, please see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/150/13/adding-quizzes" target="”_blank”" rel="noopener">Adding Quizzes</a>.</p>
<div>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#started">Getting started</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#adding">Adding questions</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#newquestion">Add 'a new question'</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#questionbank">Add 'from question bank'</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#random">Add 'a random question'</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#pages">Adding Pages and Headings</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#repaginating">Repaginating</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#managing">Managing Existing Questions</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#change">Change Maximum Grade</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#shuffle">Shuffling Question Order</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="started"></a>Getting started:</strong></span></p>
<p>1. After <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/150/45/adding-quizzes">adding and setting up your quiz</a>, you can start adding questions by clicking on the quiz activity on your course page.</p>
<p>2. If no questions have been added to your quiz, you can add questions by clicking the  <strong>Add questions</strong> button:</p>
<p></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/AMQnoQuestions.png" alt="" width="575" height="532" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>3. Once questions have been added, to edit an existing quiz, click on the <strong>Questions</strong> tab to open the editing page. From this page, you can add, remove, or modify questions.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz-edit-new-2.png" alt="" width="533" height="291" /></p>
<p>4. Please note that once one or more students have attempted the quiz, you will no longer have the option to add or remove questions, which will ensure a consistent experience for all students taking the quiz.</p>
<ul>
<li>If necessary, it is possible to give a question a mark of zero, and eClass will regrade the quiz accordingly.</li>
<li>You may also edit to allow more than one answer once a quiz is complete and a question has more than one correct answer or is determined to be unfair.</li>
<li>For more information on making changes to quizzes once they have been attempted, see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/113/15/quizzes---editing-and-regrading-submitted-quiz-attempts" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Editing and Regrading existing Quiz Attempts</a>.</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding questions:</strong></span></p>
<p>There are 3 ways to add questions to your quiz.</p>
<p>1. To begin adding a question to your quiz click on <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/AMQeditNoQuestions.png" alt="" width="570" height="339" /></p>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<p><strong><a id="newquestion"></a>Add 'a new question':</strong></p>
<p>1. To add and create a new question, click on <strong>Add</strong> then click on 'a new question'<strong>:</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/AMQaddQuestionType.png" alt="" width="425" height="503" /></p>
<p>2. With this option, you can build a new question based on a wide selection of <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/109/0/quizzes---question-types" target="_blank" rel="noopener">quiz question types</a>.</p>
<p></p>
<p><strong><a id="questionbank"></a>Add 'from question bank':</strong></p>
<p>1. To add from a question bank, click on <strong>Add</strong> then click on 'from question bank':</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/AMQaddFromQuestionBank.png" alt="" width="544" height="633" /></p>
<p>2. If you only want to add only one question to your quiz from the question bank, you can select the + icon to the left of your chosen question to add it.<br /><br />3. If you are working with a departmental or course-level question bank, you may be able to filter questions by specific <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/382/13/question-tagging" target="_blank" rel="noopener">tags</a></strong>. <br /><br />4. Multiple questions can be added by selecting the checkboxes for the desired questions and clicking on the 'Add selected questions to the quiz' button. <br /><br />5. You can display and select questions from different categories by using the category selection dropdown menu at the top of the screen.</p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div></div>
<span style="font-size: 11pt;"><strong>Important: </strong>Editing any part of a question that was added from a question bank will apply the change to the question anywhere it appears. </span><br /><br /><span style="font-size: 11pt;">If this question has been used in a previous exam, create a new question instead of editing the existing one. </span><br /><br /><span style="font-size: 12pt;">If you have duplicated a prior quiz, delete the question and create a new version of it instead of editing it to avoid this issue.</span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><strong><a id="random"></a>Add 'a random question':</strong></p>
<p>1. To add random questions, first, select the category containing your set of questions to be used.</p>
<p>2. Choose the number of questions from this category that you would like each student to answer. You may even filter questions by specific <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/382/13/question-tagging" target="_blank" rel="noopener">tags</a></strong>.</p>
<p>3. Click <strong>Add random question</strong> when done.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/AMQaddRandomQuestions.png" alt="" width="623" height="376" /></p>
<p>4. When 2 random questions are selected as above, 2 new questions are added to the quiz editing overview:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/AMQrandomQuestionAppearance.png" alt="Select “See questions” to view a list of the questions that could be presented to students" width="513" height="387" /></p>
<p>5. For random questions, each student could be asked to answer any questions added from the selected category.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Random questions are better drawn from a category with more, rather than fewer, questions.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="pages"></a>Adding Pages and Headings:</strong></span></p>
<p>1. We strongly recommend that <strong>only one question is put on each page</strong></p>
<p>2. Changes are saved whenever a student navigates between pages.  Saving pages when moving to a new page limits data loss in the event of an internet connection interruption, power failure, etc.</p>
<p>3. Nevertheless, some questions may have to be grouped together. For example, you may ask several questions about a single description-type question:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/AMQquizPageGroup.png" width="665" height="638" alt="" /></p>
<p>4. Page breaks can be added and removed manually clicking the icons to the left of the questions.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/AMQquizPageBreak.png" alt="" width="567" height="440" /></p>
<p>6. Quiz pages can have headings added to them to provide contextual information about the questions on the page.</p>
<p>7. Headings can be added by clicking the pencil icon near the top left, above the page number.</p>
<p>8. Headings for inserted pages must be added from the <strong>'Add'</strong> dropdown which only appears between pages where no heading exists:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz-edit-new-5.png" alt="" width="552" height="479" /></p>
<p>9. Press 'Enter' to save headings.</p>
<p>10. Section names are visible both to a student taking a quiz and to an instructor previewing a quiz:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/studentQuizPreview.png" width="514" height="414" alt="" /></p>
<p>11. The quiz navigation panel is on the right side of the quiz page attempt or preview:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/studentQuizSectionNav.PNG" alt="" width="231" height="208" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="repaginating"></a>Repaginating:</strong></span></p>
<p>The <strong>Repaginate</strong> button near the top left of the questions page can be used to re-organize the quiz with a set number of questions per page. This can be helpful after adding or reordering questions to restore your intended layout. <strong>Note: it is not possible to repaginate quizzes after any student attempts have been made.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/AMQrepaginate.png" alt="" width="393" height="99" /></p>
<p>Before any attempts are made, it is also possible to repaginate and/or specify that quizzes to display quizzes with one question per page on the quiz settings page. In the ‘Layout’ section of the quiz settings, set <strong>New page</strong> to 'Every question'. Selecting 'Repaginate now' will force the quiz to repaginate.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"> <img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/AMQquizPageLayout.png" width="493" height="122" alt="" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="managing"></a>Managing Existing Questions:</strong></span></p>
<p>1. There are multiple tools for arranging the format of your quiz:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/AMQpreviewEditDeleteQuestions.png" alt="" width="616" height="196" /></p>
<p>2. Existing questions can be edited and updated using the displayed icons. A brief description of the function of each of these icons is included below:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Move</strong>: Questions can be reordered either by clicking the Move icon and selecting a new question from the popup or by dragging and dropping it.</li>
<li><strong>Edit</strong>: Question text, answers, and feedback can be modified.</li>
<li><strong>Preview</strong>: Try a question from the student's perspective.</li>
<li><strong>Delete</strong>: Remove the question from the quiz.</li>
<li><strong>Edit Maximum Mark</strong>: The maximum mark for each question can be modified to weight questions differently. Start by selecting the pencil icon indicated in the screenshot above. After entering your desired value, save the new Maximum Mark by hitting ‘Enter’ on the keyboard. To cancel editing of the value, press the ‘Escape’ key.</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="change"></a>Change Maximum Grade:</strong></span></p>
<p>1. If the 'Maximum grade' is different from the 'Total of marks', the quiz will display a grade out of the maximum in the grade book:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/AMQmaximumGrade.png" alt="" width="412" height="193" /></p>
<p>2. The 'Total of marks' indicates the maximum amount of marks a student can get on the quiz.</p>
<p>3. The 'Maximum grade' indicates what the quiz will be scored out of in the gradebook and can be adjusted to match the grade breakdown in your syllabus.</p>
<p>4. Student grades are automatically scaled for display in the gradebook (e.g., in the screenshot above, 3/6 on the quiz would translate to 50/100 in the gradebook).</p>
<p>5. If you do not want a quiz to appear in the gradebook at all, you can set the Maximum grade to 0.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="shuffle"></a>Shuffling Question Order:</strong></span></p>
<p>1. Shuffling of questions from the 'Questions<i> </i>page affects the order in which the questions are presented to the student.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/shuffleQuestionsNew.png" alt="" width="436" height="325" /></p>
<p>2. Shuffling can be set independently for each section of a quiz and does affect the order of questions set in other sections of the quiz.</p>
<p>3. If you wish to shuffle the order of choices in multiple-choice or matching questions, first see the question behaviour section in our article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/150/45/adding-quizzes#behaviour">Adding Quizzes</a>.</p>
<p></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Setting Up Groupings]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/setting-up-groupings]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[47d1e990583c9c67424d369f3414728e]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 08 May 2014 15:26:45 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">A grouping in eClass is a set of groups. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">If you are creating different groups for different assignments and activities, all groups will be assigned to all assignments and activities all the time without <strong>Groupings</strong>, and students would need to submit on behalf of every group they belong to causing confusion and error conditions.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Once you have </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/0/setting-up-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">created groups</a><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">, you can create <strong>Groupings</strong> which can be used in two main ways:</span></p>
</div>
<ol>
<li>To enable students to be arranged into different groups for different activities (e.g., one set of groups for discussion and another for an assignment).</li>
<li>To assign eClass content to specific groups of users (e.g., assigning a document only to a specific subset of students in your course).</li>
</ol>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#creating">Creating groupings</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#adding">Adding groups to groupings</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#restrictions">Enabling grouping restrictions</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#examples">Grouping examples</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#restrict">Restrict access</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<h4><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="creating"></a>Creating Groupings:</span></strong></h4>
<p>Groupings are 'groups of groups,' so you have to create groups first in order to create groupings (see our article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/14/setting-up-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Setting Up Groups</a>).</p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">1. From your course homepage, click on the <strong>Participants</strong> tab </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">at the top of your course page:</span></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 80px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-grouping.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>2. Click on the <strong>Enrolled users</strong> dropdown and select <strong>Groupings</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 80px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-groupings-a.png" alt="" width="446" height="407" /> </p>
<p>3. Click on <strong>Create grouping</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img style="font-size: 14.4444446563721px;" src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-groupings-2.png" alt="" width="775" height="370" /></p>
<p>4. Give your grouping a name (required) and a description (if desired). Then, click <strong>Save changes</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-groupings-3.png" alt="" width="868" height="583" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>5. After you have created your grouping it will appear in a row on the Groupings Table. The table shows all course groupings, the groups in each grouping, the number of activities that have been assigned to the grouping, and the editing options for the grouping.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-groupings-4.png" alt="" width="779" height="298" /></p>
<h4><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="adding"></a>Adding groups to Groupings:</span></strong></h4>
<p>1. To add groups to a <strong>Grouping</strong>, click on the <strong>Show groups in grouping</strong> icon in the far right column:</p>
<p></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img style="font-size: 14.4444446563721px;" src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding-groups-to-groupings.png" alt="" width="819" height="317" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>2. Similarly to adding members to groups, adding groups to groupings also gives you a page with two columns: the left, 'Existing members'' shows groups that are part of your <strong>Grouping</strong> and the right, 'Potential members,' shows the groups available for you to add to your grouping.<br /><br />3. Click on a group's name in the 'Potential members' column to select it, then click the <strong>Add</strong> button between the two columns to move them to your grouping.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding-groups-to-groupings-2.png" alt="" width="874" height="516" /><br /><br /><br /></p>
<p>Note: you may also use the Shift key to select a block of groups (click user, hold Shift, click another user). Or, you can use the Control key (Ctrl) (or Command (Cmd) on a Mac) key to select multiple groups that are not in a row (hold Ctrl while selecting multiple groups).<br /><br />4. When you are done adding groups to the grouping, click <strong>Back to groupings</strong> at the bottom of the page.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding-groups-to-groupings-3.png" alt="" width="617" height="516" /></p>
<h4><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrictions"></a>Enabling grouping restrictions</span></strong></h4>
<p>To use the groups specified by a particular grouping in an assignment or activity, you will have to set the <strong>Groupings</strong> options. These settings no longer restrict access to members of the selected grouping - see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/staff/&lt;a%20href=&quot;#restrict&quot;&gt;">Restrict Access</a> below.</p>
<p>1. To change settings to add grouping options, click <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of your course page.<sub><br /></sub></p>
<p>2. Click the 3-dot dropdown and then <strong>Edit settings</strong><em>, </em>to the right of the activity name:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/enabling-grouping.png" alt="" width="756" height="307" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>3. Scroll down to <strong>Common module settings</strong> area and enter the following:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">a. Set the 'Group mode,' 'Visible groups' if your students should see but not affect other groups, or 'Separate groups' if your student should neither see nor affect other groups.  This setting is not required if your grouping contains only one group.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">b. Set "Grouping" to the specific grouping you have set up for this resource/activity.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/enabling-grouping-2.png" alt="" width="656" height="292" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>4. Click<strong> Save and return to course</strong>.</p>
<p></p>
<h4><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="examples"></a>Grouping examples:</span></strong></h4>
<p>Mixing up the groups for various group activities: if you have multiple group activities throughout your course, but don't want students to be working with the same people all the time, you can use groupings to set up different groups for your different activities.</p>
<ul>
<li>Example: You divide your class into 3 groups (A, B and C) and add these groups to a grouping called 'Wiki'. You then divide your class into 4 different groups (1, 2, 3 and 4) and add these groups to a grouping called 'Discussion'. When you create your activities, you set your Wiki to use the Wiki grouping (which includes groups A, B and C) and you set your Discussion forum to use the Discussion grouping (which contains groups 1, 2, 3 and 4). Your students will be in one group to complete the wiki and another for the discussion forum.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can also break the students in each section of a combined course up into smaller groups for group activities.</p>
<ul>
<li>Example: Divide the students in Lec A1 into three groups (A, B and C) and then add these groups to a Grouping A1 so that groups A, B and C can be used for group activities contained restricted to their lecture section.</li>
</ul>
<h4><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="restrict"></a>Restrict access:</strong><br /></span></h4>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">1. To limit an entire activity to a grouping, open the </span>Common module settings</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in the activity</span><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">, and click on </span>Add group/grouping access restriction<span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 80px;"></p>
<p style="padding-left: 80px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/topic-grouping-restriction-1.png" alt="" width="730" height="287" /><a id="restrict"></a></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">2. Open </span>Restrict access </strong>settings.</p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">3. Add the grouping from the <em>Grouping access</em> restriction if it has not already populated. </span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 80px;"></p>
<p style="padding-left: 80px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/topic-grouping-restriction-3.png" alt="" width="705" height="215" /></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Setting Up Accommodations for Fully Remote Exams]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/setting-up-accommodations-for-fully-remote-exams]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[821fa74b50ba3f7cba1e6c53e8fa6845]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 02 Oct 2020 13:00:50 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>This article outlines how instructors can set up exam accommodations for students who are taking fully remote exams. Instructors should also ensure they are familiar with the <strong><a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/current-students/accessibility-resources/exam/updated-accommodations-instructors.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">accommodation guidelines provided by the Academic Success Centre</a></strong>. In addition,<span> instructors working with student accommodations, should also remember to </span><b>create their class test definitions in <a href="https://clock.uss.ualberta.ca/ClockWork/user/instructor/login.aspx">ClockWork's Instructor Services Portal</a> 5 days before your scheduled exam and no later than the middle of March for end-of-term exams</b><span>.</span></p>
<p>This guide covers the different setups for accommodations across a range of <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/425/1/delivering-remote-exams" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong>different delivery methods available for delivering remote exams</strong></a>. Instructors may also need to consult <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/465/1/creating-custom-versions-of-exams-for-audio-accommodations" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Creating Custom Versions of Exams for Audio Accommodations</a> if that is required. <br /><br /></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#student-info">Individual Access Restrictions</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#overrides">Setting Overrides</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#different-sem-lengths">Setting Different SEM Durations</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#examlock-override">Setting Overrides in ExamLock</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#multiple-examlocks">Setting Up Multiple ExamLock Sessions</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><br /><a id="student-info"></a>Sharing Activities or Resources with Specific Students or Groups</strong></span></p>
<p>When a student requires access to a different format of an exam, for example, an audio file version, these can be shared with students through eClass. The <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/175/13/embedding-videos-in-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong>general guidelines for uploading media files</strong></a> apply but instructors should note that audio files <strong>will not embed and playback</strong> <strong>if the option to prevent users from downloading is applied</strong>. If this is a requirement, it is possible to request the Alternate Formats (AF) team to produce .mp4 exports with only audio that do function when that setting is checked.</p>
<p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong></strong><span style="color: #000000;">To <strong>Add restriction</strong>, go to the activity of your choice and click on the <strong>Settings</strong> tab at the top of that page. Then scroll down to <strong>Restrict Access</strong>.<br /></span><strong><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/exam-accoms-00.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br /></strong><span style="color: #000000;">Files, resources, or activities on eClass can have access restrictions applied to limit their use to specific time ranges and to specific users. </span><strong>It is important to note when restricting access to toggle the eyeball closed on any restriction that could reveal private information to the course at large:<br /><br /></strong></span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/exam-accoms-1.png" alt="" width="725" height="253" /></p>
<p>When more than a few students require access to a resource or activity, it can save time to <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/14/setting-up-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">add all the students into a group</a> through the course participants list and use that group as a criterion for restricting access.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="overrides"></a>Adding Time or Attempt Overrides for Quizzes or Assignments</strong></span></p>
<p>eClass quizzes (and assignments) have a built-in mechanism to change the delivery mechanism for particular users. The article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/114/15/modifying-quiz-settings-for-select-users-overrides" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong>Modifying Quiz Settings for Select Users</strong></a><strong> </strong>has more details but it is a straightforward process to provide a different exam duration or open/close time for specific users (or groups.)</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/exam-accoms-2.png" alt="" width="725" height="400" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="different-sem-lengths"></a>Setting Up SEM Monitoring for Different Periods</strong></span></p>
<p>When using <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/446/1/smart-exam-monitor---for-instructors" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Smart Exam Monitor</a> to have students provide a record of their academic honesty during remote exams, instructors can set up alternate exam durations in a couple of ways.</p>
<p>The easiest is to use the same SEM session for everyone and simply extend the monitoring duration to a time that encompasses the longest required time multiplier. The control of an individual's quiz duration is then handled by their quiz attempts directly in eClass or in ExamLock (see below).</p>
<p>If required (for example if all the students need to <strong>FINISH </strong>their exam attempts at the same time), it is possible to set up multiple SEM tools in a course and restrict access to them (see above for restricting access).</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/elx3-1.png" alt="" width="600" height="481" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p>A last point about monitoring is that in case a student encounters technical challenges or need additional time during a session, they are always afforded an alert that their monitoring session is going to close when the duration is going to expire and have an option to extend their monitoring session to provide a complete record of their exam.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="examlock-override"></a>Setting Up Individual Student Time Overrides when Using ExamLock</strong></span> </p>
<p>When delivering exams through <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/375/1/using-examlock-to-promote-integrity-in-eclass-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ExamLock</a>, it is possible to add additional time to each student requiring it by pre-populating the list of students and entering different exam durations. This is equally possible after the exam has already started as ExamLock checks for time extensions every 3 minutes and alerts the student if any have been added. This would be the method to use if a student encounters technical issues requiring additional exam time. </p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the ExamLock activity in eClass and then find the required exam based on its session code and click on the "Monitor" button (far right side of screen). </li>
<li>Click on 'Import Users' icon near the top-right of the screen to 'Import Users from eClass'. <br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/el-import-users-v2.png" alt="Highlighting the Import Users button at the top of an ExamLock session activity" width="501" height="141" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>You will now see a list of students and can search for a particular student's name (tip: make sure that "Rows per page" at the bottom-right of the webpage is set to "All" and then search quickly with <span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>ctrl/cmd+f</strong></span> and start entering the students name in the box that appears in the top right of the screen). <br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/eltimeadd-v2.png" alt="Going through the list of students and clicking on the clock icon to add more time." width="1121" height="195" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Once you find the student, click on the clock image to the right to add additional time. In the pop-up window, enter the amount of additional time in minutes that this student will get for this attempt. For example: a student with a 1.5x time accommodation on a 60-minute exam would get an additional 30 minutes. In the box you would put 30 and click "Save".<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/eltimeadd2-v2.png" alt="Adding thirty minutes of extra time on an Exam Lock attempt and clicking Save." width="493" height="223" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>If the clock icon now displays +## the time has successfully been added. <br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/eltimeadd3-v2.png" alt="The clock icon for the student now says plus thirty, signifying thirty minutes added to the student's time." width="1190" height="187" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="multiple-examlocks"></a>Setting Up Multiple ExamLock Sessions</strong></span></p>
<p>If numerous accommodations are required for the same quiz, it is also possible to create multiple ExamLock sessions: one exam for the intended duration, another for 1.5x the intended duration, and another for 2.0x the intended duration (assuming all 3 are required). <br />In ExamLock you can create as many sessions from a compatible eClass quiz as you need and each would have their own 5-letter session code that could be shared with the different students. <br /><br /></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/elx3-v2.png" alt="Showing multiple sessions for an Exam Lock exam as well as the plus button to add a new session." width="1336" height="371" /> <br /><br /></p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[eClass External Service]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/eclass-external-service]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[093f65e080a295f8076b1c5722a46aa2]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 30 Aug 2012 17:21:42 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
Contents:

1 Getting started
2 Course Creation
3 User Accounts
4 Course Enrollments
5 System Features



Getting started:

The eClass External system is available for use by any U of A Faculty or Staff with courses that require the participa...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#started">Getting started</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#creation">Course Creation</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#account-creation">User Accounts</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#enrollments">Course Enrollments</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#features">System Features</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><strong style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;"><a id="started"></a></strong><strong style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">Getting started:</strong></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>The eClass External system is available for use by any U of A Faculty or Staff with courses that require the participation of non-U of A (non-CCID) participants. The system is available for access at <a href="https://eclass-cpd.srv.ualberta.ca">https://eclass-cpd.srv.ualberta.ca</a> or through the regular eClass login portal:</p>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"> </div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/external-1.png" alt="" width="996" height="658" /><br /><br /><strong><span style="color: #ff0000; font-size: large;">Note: you should not follow any of these processes if you are teaching a regular Bear Tracks credit section!</span></strong><br /><br /></div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><a id="creation"></a>Here are some details about the processes for using the External system:</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"></div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Course Creation:</span></strong><br /><br />To create a new course, please go to <a href="https://cc.cloud.eclass.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://cc.cloud.eclass.ualberta.ca/</a> and select 'External courses' on the <strong>Course Type</strong> phase of the request process. You can select content copy just as you normally would for regular eClass courses.</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"> </div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/external-3new.png" alt="external course request" width="910" height="613" /><br /><br /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="account-creation"></a>User Accounts:</span></strong><br /><br />Users with CCIDs can access the system using their standard CCID and password. Before an instructor can add a user to the course, CCID users must have signed in at least once.</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"> </div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><strong>Non-CCID users</strong> must create an account before administrators or instructors can enroll them in a course.</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"> </div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">There are <strong>two processes</strong> for creating eClass External accounts:</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"> </div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">1) <strong>Users who already have an existing Gmail account</strong> (e.g.. xxxxxxx@gmail.com) can click the button <strong>Log in using your account on: Google (Non-UofA)</strong> to create (and sign into) eClass external:</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"> </div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/external-google-oauth.png" alt="" width="750" height="500" /></div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"> </div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">2) <strong>Users who do not have a Gmail account</strong> can use email verification to create an account by following the instructions at the bottom of the eClass External Login Page to manually create an account.</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"> </div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><strong>Please note: </strong>The account creation page is password-protected to thwart the creation of bots or non-human accounts. As a result, <strong>instructors will get the credentials to create an account via the course creation confirmation email. Otherwise, instructors must contact IST eClass Support to obtain special credentials that they will send to users for account creation</strong>. These credentials should only be sent to students by email and never published anywhere online.</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"> </div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/external-2.png" alt="" width="650" height="790" /></div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"> </div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="enrollments"></a>Course Enrollments:</strong></span></div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"> </div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">Users can be enrolled in courses:</div>
<ul>
<li style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">by being <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/23/30/adding-additional-users-to-my-eclass-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">manually</a> enrolled by the course instructor/admin</li>
<li style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">through <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/54/30/enabling-the-self-enrollment-method" target="_blank" rel="noopener">self-enrollment</a> (access-password optional)</li>
</ul>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="features"></a>System Features:</strong></span></div>
<p>eClass external is for the most part exactly the same as the main, production eClass. There are some integrations to external services where non-CCID user access is not permitted so these features are disabled on external.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>eClass Features Not Present on eClass External:</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 50px;">- U of A Google docs integration</p>
<p style="padding-left: 50px;">- U of A Library Reading Lists integration</p>
<p style="padding-left: 50px;">- Zoom meetings integration</p>
<p style="padding-left: 50px;">- Sensus Access file format converter</p>
<p style="padding-left: 50px;">- Edufide product integrations (Assign2 and Smart Exam Monitor)</p>
<p style="padding-left: 50px;">- YuJa Enterprise Video integration</p>
<p style="padding-left: 50px;">- STACK mathematical quiz question type</p>
<p> </p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">If you have any questions about the eClass External service, please contact us at <a href="mailto:eclass@ualberta.ca">eclass@ualberta.ca</a> .</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Restricting Access to An Activity or Resource]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a97da629b098b75c294dffdc3e463904]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 25 Mar 2014 11:41:13 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="color: #333333; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">In some cases, you may wish to set conditions which limit whether a student can access a resource, activity, or an entire topic or section based on any of number of different criteria, including time range, grade range achieved on previous activity, user information, group membership, or by accessing/completing another activity.<br /><br /></span></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#setup">To Set up a restriction</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#completion">Restrict availability based on completion of previous activity</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#date">Restrict availability by date</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#grade">Restrict availability by grade</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#group">Restrict availability by group</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#grouping">Restrict availability by grouping</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#userfield">Restrict availability by user field</a></li>
<li>8 <a href="#restrictionset">Restrict availability by a restriction set</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;"><br />
<p dir="ltr"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; text-decoration: underline;"><a id="setup"></a>To Set up a restriction:</span></strong></span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span style="color: #333333;">1. Make sure to activate <strong>Edit mode</strong> in the upper right corner of your course page. </span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span style="color: #333333;">2. Click on the three-dot icon (⋮), then on <strong>Edit settings</strong> to the right of the activity you would like to restrict access to (or conditionally release)</span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span style="color: #333333;">3. Scroll down to the 'Restrict access' section. </span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span style="color: #333333;">4. To add any restriction criteria, click the <strong>Add restriction</strong> button.</span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span style="color: #333333;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-new-1.png" alt="" width="401" height="175" /></span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span style="color: #333333;">A display will open with all the possible criteria you can select from:</span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span style="color: #333333;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-new-2.png" alt="" width="354" height="512" /></span></p>
<h4 style="color: #000000; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 14.6667px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #333333;"><strong><a id="completion"></a>Restrict availability based on completion of previous activity:</strong></span></h4>
<p style="color: #000000; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 14.6667px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"><span style="color: #333333;">To restrict the availability of an item on eClass based on the completion of another item, completion tracking must be enabled in your course. This sets up the possibility of having certain activities counted as complete. To see a more detailed description of how to do this, see the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Completion Tracking</a>. </span></p>
<p style="color: #000000; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 14.6667px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"><span style="color: #333333;">Once completion tracking is enabled, you can then restrict access to items based on whether any other item is marked as complete:</span></p>
<ol style="color: #000000; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 14.6667px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Add restriction..</strong><em>.</em> button.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Activity completion</strong>.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Toggling the eyeball icon (stroke through) to hide the activity completely will hide it from students until the prior activity is complete. If not hidden it will show greyed- out with the restriction criteria listed.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Select the activity/resource that must be marked complete. Previous activity with completion" can be selected rather than a specific activity. This can be used to avoid breaking the access restriction if an activity is removed or modified.  </span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Select the operator for completeness:</span>
<ul>
<li><span style="color: #333333;"><em>must be marked complete</em></span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;"><em>must not be marked complete</em></span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;"><em>must be marked complete with pass grade</em></span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;"><em>must be marked complete with fail grade</em></span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><span style="color: #333333;"><em><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-new-2a.png" alt="" width="848" height="218" /></em></span></p>
<p>**The same basic options in the screenshot above exist for all the different types of access restrictions listed below.</p>
<h4 dir="ltr"><span style="color: #333333;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="date"></a>Restrict availability by date:</span></strong></span></h4>
<ol>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Add restriction...</strong> button.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Date</strong>.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Toggle the eyeball icon to either hide the item completely or show it greyed out with the restriction criteria listed.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Select the date <span style="font-size: 14.6666669845581px;">and times you would like the resource to be available in the </span>drop-down menu</span></li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Note that times are based on the 24-hour clock.</span></li>
</ul>
<h4><span style="color: #333333;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="grade"></a>Restrict availability by grade:</span></strong></span></h4>
<ol>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Add restriction...</strong> button.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Grade</strong>.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Toggle the eyeball icon to either hide the item completely or show it greyed out with the restriction criteria listed.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Enter the grade type and grade range for the activity that a student must attain in order to gain access to the current resource.</span></li>
</ol>
<h4 style="color: #000000; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 14.6667px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"><span style="color: #333333;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="group"></a>Restrict availability by group:</span></strong></span></h4>
<ol style="color: #000000; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 14.6667px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Add restriction...</strong> button.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Group</strong>.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Toggle the eyeball icon to either hide the item completely or show it greyed out with the restriction criteria listed.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Select the group to limit that item to.</span></li>
</ol>
<h4 style="color: #000000; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 14.6667px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"><span style="color: #333333;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="grouping"></a>Restrict availability by grouping:</span></strong></span></h4>
<ol style="color: #000000; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 14.6667px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Add restriction...</strong> button.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Grouping</strong>.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Toggle the eyeball icon to either hide the item completely or show it greyed out with the restriction criteria listed.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Select the grouping to limit that item to.</span></li>
</ol>
<h4><span style="color: #333333;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="userfield"></a>Restrict availability by user field:</span></strong></span></h4>
<ol>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Add restriction..</strong><em>.</em> button.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>User profile</strong>.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Toggle the eyeball icon to either hide the item completely or show it greyed out with the restriction criteria listed.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">In the first field beside 'User profile field'<em>,</em> specify a field that can uniquely identify a user in your course (most often the CCID).</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Change the operator to 'Contains' or 'Doesn't contain' etc., depending on your needs.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Enter the student's unique identifier in the last box.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">If you need to open the resource or activity to a number of individual users, change the 'match' dropdown to 'any' as no user will have more than one CCID for example:</span></li>
</ol>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="color: #333333;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-new-multi.png" alt="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-new-multi.png" width="840" height="290" /></span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="color: #333333;">8. If you are setting this restriction for a large number of students, you would be better served to set up groups and groupings to selectively release the material.</span></p>
<h4 dir="ltr"><span style="color: #333333;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrictionset"></a>Restrict availability by a restriction set:</span></strong></span></h4>
<ul>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">See the following article: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/251/0/using-the-restriction-sets-for-conditional-release" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using Restriction Sets for Conditional Release</a></span></li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Transferring Content Between Courses]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/transferring-content-between-courses]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[072b030ba126b2f4b2374f342be9ed44]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 05 Sep 2012 15:08:56 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#intro">Introduction</a></li>
<li>1 <a href="#import">Using Import</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#select">Select a course to import from</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#include">Include activities and resources</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#specific">Select specific activities and resources</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#review">Review selections</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"></span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"><a id="intro"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Introduction:</strong></span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">You can copy material from another course only if you are registered as an instructor in the other course.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Content can be copied into your course during the course request process, and this is the best and preferred method. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">The course request system can copy your content from any existing eClass courses that you are an instructor for. You can access the system by going to </span><a href="https://eclass.srv.ualberta.ca/portal/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">https://eclass.srv.ualberta.ca/portal/</a><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"> and clicking the '</span><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Request your course in eClass</strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">' button on the left side.</span></p>
</div>
<p style="font-size: 14.6667px;">There are some situations when you may want to use an alternative method of transferring content:</p>
<ul style="font-size: 14.6667px;">
<li>If you have already requested your new course;</li>
<li>If you want the content from more than one other course to be used in your current course;</li>
<li>If you have already requested your new course and added content to it that you want to keep;</li>
<li>If you want to start your new course clean and add only a few files from a previous course.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-size: 14.6667px;">In these cases, you can use the procedure below to copy selected content from one course to another, but be cautious as <strong>there is no way to reverse the transfer once it is completed</strong>. For example, if all you want to copy is a single quiz or another item, we recommend that you contact the IST eClass Support team to discuss the best approach to meet your needs.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a name="import"></a>Using Import</span></strong></p>
<p>To use the Import function, you must be an instructor in both the course where the content is (source) and in the course where you want the content to go (destination). <span style="font-weight: 400;">Go into the destination course, click on the </span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><b>More </b></span><span style="font-weight: 400;">tab at the top of your course page </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">and click </span><b>Course import/Export</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import_1.png" alt="" width="802" height="400" /><br />
<p><a id="select"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Select a course to import from:</strong></span></p>
<p>Then select the source course from the list of available courses. If the desired course is not displayed, enter a part of its title into the search box and click <strong>Search</strong> to locate and then select it:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import_1-1.png" alt="Image: search dialog" width="786" height="428" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="include"></a>Include activities and resources:</strong></span></p>
<p>Once the target course has been selected, typically, instructors will need to include 'Include activities and resources', 'Include blocks', 'Include filters', and 'Include question bank'. Others may be needed if you have a special circumstance, but contact eClass Support if you have something unusual.</p>
<p>Note that <strong>Include activities and resources</strong>, will include, Assignments, Quizzes, Forums, Pages, and other similar activities.</p>
<p>Be very cautious if you are copying only some content, and be certain about what you are selecting. If you mean to copy only one item, and you copy a whole course, there is no way to undo it.</p>
<p>If copying a whole course, leave the selections, and click <strong>Next</strong> to proceed:</p>
<img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import_2.png" alt="" width="699" height="526" />
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="specific"></a>Select specific activities and resources:</strong></span></p>
<p>The next step is to select the resources or activities in your source course that you wish to import into the destination course by checking the box beside them (or deselect items not wanted). You can uncheck entire topics by clicking the bolded topic headings.</p>
<img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import_3.png" alt="" width="737" height="617" />
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="review"></a>Review selections:</strong></span></p>
<p>Review your selections carefully to ensure that you are not copying more than you want: <strong>there is no way to undo the import</strong> once you click <strong>Perform import</strong>:</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import_4.png" alt="" width="664" height="497" /></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="notes"></a>Notes:</strong> </span></p>
<ul>
<li>Imported activities will keep their original settings. For example, a quiz that closed in 2022, will not be accessible by students unless you change the Timing setting.</li>
<li>Check the availability of all imported activities.</li>
<li>The import process can only bring content into the topic number where the original content resided. Content in Topic 1 of the source will be copied into Topic 1 of the target. You may need to move and rearrange items in your new course.</li>
<li>If your target course has only 5 topics and if you try to import a file from Topic 10 in your source course, the item(s) will appear under an <strong><em>Orphaned activities</em></strong> section which can be restored by adding topics until you reach the topic number.</li>
<li>To add more topics to your course, click on <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of your main course page then scroll to the very bottom Click on <strong>Add topic</strong>. Your course must be in <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/283/13/differences-between-the-available-course-formats-in-eclass">Topics format</a></strong>.</li>
<li>Importing the entire content of a course will also import any customizations made to the source course's gradebook <strong>if the target course's gradebook has not yet been customized</strong>. If you need to copy over a customized gradebook <span style="text-decoration: underline;">only</span> from another course, please contact <a href="mailto:eclass@ualberta.ca">eclass@ualberta.ca</a>.</li>
<li>Importing automatically-graded activities (e.g., quizzes, assignments, etc) will produce a new gradebook item for that activity.</li>
<li><strong><span style="color: #ff0000;">Important:</span> Instructors should be aware that importing a single quiz from one course to another will also import the ENTIRE question bank from the previous course. </strong>There are some different processes available to instructors who need to copy quizzes. See our article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/358/45/creating-and-managing-large-question-banks#quizzes-across-courses" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Creating and Managing Large Question Banks</a> for more information or contact the IST eClass support team for information on which is the best process for your needs.</li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding a Clickable Link into eClass Content]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-a-clickable-link-into-eclass-content]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[31fefc0e570cb3860f2a6d4b38c6490d]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 24 Sep 2014 14:08:10 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">This article will explain how to add simple web links into any editable content area where the HTML editor is available. For instructors the main places would be: the content section headers of their course home page, as content within page resources, in descriptions of activities or resources, and in forum posts. For students, the main places for this would be in the content of online text assignment submissions and in forum posts.</span></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p>This example will show how to create a link in a forum post as this action is common to both instructors and students.</p>
<ol>
<li>First, go to the forum where you wish to post your link and click <strong>Add discussion topic</strong> or click <strong>Reply</strong> within a post<br /><br /></li>
<li>In the message area for the discussion topic, go to the HTML Editor (the content area), and click on the Link icon. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/linking-2.png" alt="" /><br /><br />Or, to create a hyperlink, highlight the text you would like the link to display, then click on the Link icon<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/glossary_fix.png" alt="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The <em>Create link</em> window will open; enter the text to be displayed in the "Text to display" box, paste your URL in the "Enter a URL" box and then click <strong>Create link</strong>. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/linking-3.png" alt="" /><br /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Your link will now show in colour in the Message editor <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/linking-5.png" alt="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Post to forum</strong> at page the bottom of the discussion post page and you will now have a link connecting to the website in your forum post.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Once you are finished, you can click on your link in your forum post to confirm that it works.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/linking-4.png" alt="" /></li>
</ol>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Creating and Managing Large Question Banks]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/creating-and-managing-large-question-banks]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[aa942ab2bfa6ebda4840e7360ce6e7ef]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 07 Aug 2018 14:00:19 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">This article discusses some considerations in using eClass to create and manage large sets of quiz questions. For courses without extensive question banks, you may instead refer to </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/286/13/adding-and-managing-quiz-questions" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">Adding Questions</a><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;"> and </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/173/13/using-the-question-bank" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">Using the Question Bank</a><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">.</span></p>
</div>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#question tagging">Question Tagging</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#options for bulk creation quiz questions">Options for Bulk Creation of Quiz Questions</a>
<ul>
<li><a href="#import-aiken">Basic import of text-based questions</a></li>
<li><a href="#respondus quiz authoring">Respondus Quiz Authoring Tool</a></li>
<li><a href="#digitizer">eClass Exam Digitizer</a></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>3 <a href="#creating and using categories in qb">Creating and Using Categories in the Question Bank</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#quiz-level">Quiz-Level Question Banks</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#reusing within courses">Re-Using Quiz Questions WITHIN Courses</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#quizzes-across-courses">Re-Using Specific Quizzes/Questions ACROSS Courses</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#reusing entire qb in new courses">Re-Using an Entire Course Question Bank in New Courses</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><a id="question tagging"></a><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/382/13/question-tagging" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Question Tagging</a></strong> - A guide to show how you can organize your question bank by tagging.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="options for bulk creation quiz questions"></a>Options for Bulk Creation of Quiz Questions</strong></span></p>
<p>Manually creating questions from scratch within eClass may be time consuming. Here are a few faster options available for building questions:</p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><em><a id="import-aiken"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Basic import of text-based questions</span></em></strong> - If instructors already have exam questions in text documents (e.g., MS Word), with some reformatting, questions can be imported directly after being converted into a .txt file:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/findqb1.png" alt="locating the question bank link" width="544" height="282" /></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/findqb2.png" alt="select import under the 'questions' dropdown menu" width="413" height="401" /></p>
<p>eClass accepts a wide range of other importation formats; each with its own uses:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/importfileformat.png" alt="list of file formats that can be imported to the question bank" width="453" height="295" /></p>
<p>AIKEN format is the simplest and can import a large number of questions using the format depicted below:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/large-qbank-3.png" alt="" width="414" height="350" /></p>
<p>Click <strong><a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Moodle_Quiz_Import_AIKEN.txt" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Here</a></strong> for a sample AIKEN file.</p>
<p>To learn more about other specific formats, please click <a href="https://docs.moodle.org/311/en/Import_questions" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Here</a> to see the following guide from Moodle.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> AIKEN format can only be used to import <span style="text-decoration: underline;">multiple-choice</span>, text-only quizzes. If images are required within questions, <a href="#respondus quiz authoring">Respondus</a> is currently the best option.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><em><strong><a id="respondus quiz authoring"></a>Respondus Quiz Authoring Tool </strong></em></span>- The U of A has a site-wide license for the Respondus Quiz Authoring Tool, a Windows-only application which can import, manage, and publish quizzes and questions. It can import a wider range of question types than the basic text import methods and can import the embedded images in MS Word files. Respondus can push questions directly into eClass courses or even specific quizzes via integration and has a slightly different question syntax requirement than AIKEN (see image below):</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/large-qbank-3a.png" alt="" width="525" height="159" /></p>
<p><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/12/1/obtaining-the-respondus-quiz-authoring-tool" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Obtaining the U of A Version of Respondus Quiz Tool</a></p>
<p><a href="https://web.respondus.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Respondus40QuickStartGuide.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Quick Start Guide for Using Respondus</a> (vendor documentation with the graphics matching the latest version of the software).</p>
<p><a href="https://web.respondus.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Respondus40UserGuideMoodle.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Full User Guide for Using the Moodle (eClass) Personality in Respondus</a> (full vendor user guide with screenshots showing older version of software but all functionality is the same).</p>
<p>An additional feature of Respondus that can be valuable is that a number of publishers have partnered with Respondus to provide question banks associated with some of their textbooks. The <a href="https://web.respondus.com/he/testbank/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Respondus Text Bank website</a> has a searchable interface allowing instructors to check if their particular text has any existing questions which can be downloaded into Respondus and then pushed into eClass courses. These types of questions can make 'homework' style quizzes as a formative assessment for students.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><a id="digitizer"></a><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/470/45/creating-quizzes-from-ms-word-files" target="_blank" rel="noopener">eClass Exam Digitizer</a></strong> -<strong> </strong>An eClass-developed tool that converts MS Word exam documents into eClass quiz questions. With a wider set of features than the basic AIKEN import, this web-based tool will work for Mac and PC users alike. The Digitizer is in open beta in hopes that it will assist some instructors with final exams in the coming terms. </p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="creating and using categories in qb"></a>Creating and Using Categories in the Question Bank</strong></span></p>
<p>The question bank in courses gives instructors flexible options for creating and organizing categories of questions. While optional, categories have several useful functions like having better organization of large numbers of questions. By default, all questions are created under a default category level. Organizing them into categories would allow you to better index and locate questions that you create. Coming up with a naming convention for your questions would also make indexing easier.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/fromqb.png" alt="" width="271" height="169" /></p>
<p>Adding multiple questions in one operation is only possible when questions reside within the same category:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/selectquestionsadd.png" alt="adding multiple questions to a quiz" width="652" height="568" /></p>
<p>Similarly 'Add random question' pulls a specific number of questions from the selected category. It is possible to create subcategories, which would be included when pulling random questions:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/nestedcategories.png" alt="Categories can nest" width="761" height="501" /></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/addrandom.png" alt="Adding a random question from a question bank category" width="538" height="570" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="quiz-level"></a>Quiz-Level Question Banks</strong></span></p>
<p>So far, we know of question banks at the Course-level, but there is also a more subtle quiz-level question bank which is accessed only from within the context of a particular Quiz activity:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quizqb.png" alt="" width="724" height="336" /></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quizqbcat.png" alt="locating the quiz's own question bank category" width="501" height="504" /></p>
<p>Questions stored at the <strong>quiz-level</strong> are not available at the <strong>course-level</strong> and is useful for copying a specific quiz from one course to another without having to copy the entire course-level question bank which occurs by default (<a href="#reusing within courses">see next topic</a>). Questions already added to any course-level category can be moved into the quiz context.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="reusing within courses"></a>Re-Using Quiz Questions WITHIN Courses<br /></strong></span></p>
<p>By default, questions added to a quiz or created from the course-level question bank are re-usable in other newly created quizzes (<a href="#creating and using categories in qb">see previous topic</a>).</p>
<p>Duplicating a quiz <strong>will not create extra copies of the questions</strong>. Unless the questions reside at the <a href="#quiz-level">Quiz-level</a>, editing questions in a duplicated quiz will alter the questions in previously deployed quizzes. Instructors who wish to practice version-management should duplicate questions from the question bank, and rename/re-categorize them using clear indexing logic.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a name="quizzes-across-courses"></a>Re-Using Specific Quizzes/Questions ACROSS Courses <br /></strong></span></p>
<p>The <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/60/13/transferring-content-between-courses" target="_blank" rel="noopener">import function</a> can be used to copy quizzes from one course in eClass to another. Unfortunately, due to the random question mechanism, <strong>this will always copy the original course's entire question bank along with any quiz imported </strong><strong>even if questions are stored at the quiz-level</strong>.</p>
<p>To copy<strong> a single qui</strong><strong>z</strong>, ensure that the questions are stored at the quiz-level. You can then backup the quiz and restore it in another course.</p>
<p>Alternatively, you can export and import <strong>categories</strong> <strong>of questions</strong>. This can be useful to select specific topics, concepts, etc. from one course and transfer them to another course.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/qbimportexport.png" alt="locating the import/export functions in the question bank" width="490" height="475" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="reusing entire qb in new courses"></a>Re-Using an Entire Course Question Bank in New Courses</strong></span></p>
<p>When you request your courses, you are given the option to copy content from a previous class you instructed which includes the question bank and quizzes. Instructors wanting to build questions from a clean slate can exclude this option during the copy process (see image below).</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/large-qbank-8" alt="" width="767" height="654" /></p>
<p>This may be useful for faculties or departments that want to manage quizzes and question banks at a departmental-level by pushing quizzes from Respondus into specific courses. For units requiring that kind of capability, <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/43/14/roles-on-eclass-moodle" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Category Question Editor and Sharer roles</a> will provide additional functionality - please contact IST eClass support for more information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Managing Secure Exam Sessions Using ExamLock]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/managing-secure-exam-sessions-using-examlock]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8bf1211fd4b7b94528899de0a43b9fb3]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 28 Jan 2019 14:27:53 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This article outlines how instructors can use ExamLock Manager to manage existing secure exam sessions and review student activity during quizzes. Instructors should follow the instructions for <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/375/14/using-examlock-with-eclass-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using ExamLock to Promote Quiz Integrity in eClass</a> to configure their quizzes and <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/386/45/creating-examlock-sessions-for-eclass-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">create exam sessions</a>. It is also recommended that instructors consult our <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/381/13/examlock-known-issues-instructors" target="_blank" rel="noopener">current list of known issues</a> before delivering exams using the tool and may find it helpful to review the latest <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/416/1/examlock-troubleshooting-during-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">troubleshooting steps for common issues during exams</a> in advance to be prepared in case of issues.</span></p>
<p>Instructors should contact eClass support <strong>in advance</strong> of any exams if they have questions and are also encouraged to <a href="https://forms.gle/xzVsPgiBZL4A6Bhe6" target="_blank" rel="noopener">register their exams</a>. </p>
<p><span><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Please note:</strong></span> if instructors elect to also hide eClass course content sections during their ExamLock exams, this should be done well before students launch their ExamLock attempts as otherwise there may be performance issues launching student sessions.</span></p>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#managing">Managing Entire Exam sessions</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#add-time-global">Adding extra time (global)</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#locking-all">Locking sessions</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#viewing-activity">Viewing session activity</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#individual-time">Managing individual students</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#viewing-activity">Reviewing Student Attempt Activity</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><a id="managing"></a>Managing Entire Exam sessions</strong></span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">On the ExamLock manager, instructors will see the list of all the exam sessions that they have created with action icons in each row to edit the session details, lock the session, and view session activity.</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="add-time-global"></a>Adding extra time:</span></strong><br /><br />During an exam, if there have been disruptions or students need a longer time to complete the quiz, instructors can extend the time of the quiz for <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>all</strong></span> the attempts. <br /><br />To add extra time for <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>all</strong></span> students, click the <strong>Edit session settings</strong> button (pencil icon) in the row for the session:<br /><br /></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-12a.png" alt="" width="682" height="264" /></p>
<p>Then, enter the desired time extension, <strong>in minutes</strong>, into the <strong>Extra time</strong> field:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-14.png" alt="" width="559" height="366" /><br /><br />Any students who have not yet submitted <strong>and have more than 2 minutes remaining on their own quiz timer</strong> will receive an alert in their quiz attempt indicating that they have received an extension. From that point onwards, their quiz timer will show the time added.<span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><br /><br /><a href="#Adding_individual_accommodations">See below</a></strong></span><strong> for adding extra time to an individual student's attempt. </strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="locking-all"></a>Locking sessions:</span></strong> After an exam session has been launched, or after it has been completed, you have the option of locking the session so no further attempts can be started or restarted. Existing attempts can be submitted normally when a session has been locked. To lock a session, click the <strong>Lock</strong> icon in the row for the session:<br /></span></p>
<p><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-12b.png" alt="" width="664" height="270" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Session locking might be used in large course sections during exams where it is not possible to account for all the students submitting attempts - locking would prevent students from launching sessions from un-proctored locations and can also be used to ensure that students aren't quitting and resuming their exam session in cases where close proctoring is not possible. <strong>Locking should be standard practice after exams are completed and submitted if not all students have completed the exam.</strong><br /></span></p>
<p><br /><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="viewing-activity"></a>Viewing Session Activity</strong></span></span></span></span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The <strong>Session Activity</strong> button allows instructors to manage individual student attempts and review any flagged attempts. These functions are available before, during, or after an exam has been completed. </span></span></span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-14a.png" alt="" width="867" height="183" /><br /></strong></span></span></span></span></p>
<p>The session activity page displays all students who have accessed the quiz, along with their current status (the help icon describes all the available statuses.) <br />By <strong>pre-loading,</strong> all students in the course will be populated in the session list (whereas otherwise, they appear when they launch their attempt in ExamLock). <br /><br /><a id="Adding_individual_accommodations"></a><br /><br />Pre-loading allows instructors to manage any <strong>students with accommodations</strong> by adding additional time for their attempt only. To add more time to individual students, you will have to click on the Clock Icon beside the student's name to add more time just for them <br /><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></span></span></span></span><br /><a name="switch-device"></a> <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-15.png" alt="" width="1274" height="400" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The exam activity page can be filtered to show only attempts that have been flagged, allowing instructors in large live exams to more easily check for potential issues. <br /></span></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-jan20-1.png" alt="" width="850" height="330" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="individual-time"></a>Managing individual</strong> <strong>students</strong>:</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For each student you can add extra time to their attempts, lock/unlock their attempt, or allow them to switch devices using the icons at the right:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-15.png" alt="" width="1274" height="400" /></span></p>
<p>The <strong>Device switch </strong>toggle will allow a student to switch to a different machine in case of a machine crash or a battery problem. This<strong> </strong>toggle will allow the student to re-launch the last saved attempt using ExamLock on a different/new device. Device switching takes the student's last saved data from the Examlock cloud manager and pre-fills a new ExamLock attempt on the new device. Students should select the option to <strong>Resume exam</strong> once they have input the exam session code. <strong>This should only be used if a student has access to a different machine - it will not function on the original machine.<br /></strong></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-15a.png" alt="" width="953" height="391" /><br /><br /></p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="reviewing"></a>Reviewing Student Attempt Evidence:</strong></span></span></span></span></span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The interface for viewing evidence shows the attempt details at the top left and a bar representing the total duration of the exam. Any flagged events are listed as red ticks in the horizontal bar and appear in a list below the timeline. Clicking on any of the ticks in the horizontal bar will show the screenshots for 30 seconds on either side of that time. </span></span></span></span></span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-16.png" alt="" width="559" height="336" /></p>
<p>The list of flagged events shows when they occurred. The types of events that are captured include:</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-16a.png" alt="" width="559" height="336" /><br /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Once displayed, clicking on a particular screenshot will enlarge it to provide more detail:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-16b.png" alt="" width="800" height="772" /><br /></span></p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">At the bottom of the evidence view of a particular student attempt, instructors can mark an attempt as clean in case a student has been flagged for a harmless infraction (eg. their monitor went to sleep or a windows update alert popped up) and the instructor has already reviewed the evidence. To do this:</span></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-jan20-2a.png" alt="" width="600" height="579" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The student’s status will now be updated in the overall class list:</span></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-jan20-2.png" alt="" width="850" height="325" /></p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Setting Up Course Blogging in eClass]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/setting-up-course-blogging-in-eclass]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3636638817772e42b59d74cff571fbb3]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 03 Jul 2014 13:43:58 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>There are two major kinds of blogs in eClass:</p>
<ul>
<li>Blogs that can be added to course pages</li>
<li>Personal blogs that are external to eClass but are included in a course via the HTML editor. These blogs are generally available to all users at the U of A (or the broader internet).</li>
</ul>
<p>This page explains how instructors can setup blogs that are contained within a specific course, using both the built-in Forum blog tool and the inclusion of external blog feeds.</p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#builtin">Built-in blogging features in eClass</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#create">To create a blog forum</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#post">To post to the blog forum</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#external">External blogging tools</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#linkto">Link external blog to eClass</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#grade">Grading external blogs</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<h4><strong><a id="builtin"></a>Built-in blogging features in eClass</strong></h4>
<p>The most common blogging feature used in an eClass course is the blog forum. A blog forum functions like a standard forum; the difference is that the blog forum displays the user's first post as the main entry and nests all the replies underneath. <br />The posts are also displayed in reverse chronological order -- that is, with the most recent entries at the top.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong><a id="create"></a>To create a blog forum</strong>:</p>
<ol>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ol>
<li>Toggle on<strong> Edit mode</strong>.</li>
<li>Choose a content section where you wish to add the blog and click the link '<strong>Add an activity…</strong>'.</li>
<li>Choose <strong>Forum</strong>.</li>
<li>Complete at least the Required fields.</li>
<li>In 'Forum type', choose '<strong>Standard forum displayed in a blog-like format</strong>'.</li>
<li>Configure other forum options if so desired.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save and Display</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<h4 style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong><a id="post"></a>To post to the blog forum:</strong></h4>
<ol>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add discussion topic</strong>.</li>
<li>To post, click <strong>Post to forum</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Students have 30 minutes to edit the post.</p>
<p>Instructors can edit posts any time.</p>
<h4><strong><a id="external"></a>External blogging tools</strong></h4>
<p>If you want to set up a separate blog for each student, there are several useful blogging tools that can be linked externally within eClass. <br />One example is using Google Apps via the University of Alberta account. By default, each student with a UAlberta email has access to a (Google) Blogger account. <br />Blogger’s URL is: <a href="https://www.blogger.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://www.blogger.com/</a></p>
<p><strong>Other popular blogging tools include:</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://www.weebly.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Weebly</a></p>
<p><a href="https://wordpress.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Wordpress</a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.tumblr.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Tumblr</a></p>
<p><a href="http://blogger.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Blogger</a></p>
<p><strong><a id="linkto"></a>Once an external blog has been created, you can link them within eClass using one of the following options:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Option A:</strong> Adding a page with blog links</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Add activity or resource</strong>.</li>
<li>Under Resources, choose <strong>Page</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter some text and highlight it.</li>
<li>Click on the <strong>Insert/Add Link</strong> icon.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-a-link-1.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Paste the blog’s URL where specified. You can specify to have the link open in a new window if desired.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-a-link-2.png" alt="" width="371" height="303" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Option B:</strong> Adding a block with blog links</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Turn editing on</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>Add a block</strong> to your course and choose <strong>Text</strong> and a new Text block will appear</li>
<li>Configure the block by clicking on the gear icon and choose the 'Configure (new Text block) block'.</li>
<li>Configure the block where needed.</li>
<li>Add the Blog links using the same procedure from Option A (Step 3-5). (There may be slight visual differences.)</li>
<li><strong>Save changes</strong> when complete.</li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="grade"></a>Grading external blogs:</strong></span></p>
<p>You can grade external blogs using the built-in grading tools in eClass if you have students post their blog URLs in a standard <strong>Forum</strong> or in an <strong>Assignment</strong></p>
<p>If using an <strong>Assignment</strong>, be sure to allow <strong>Online text</strong> as a submission type in the Assignment settings:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-a-link-3.png" alt="" width="619" height="257" /></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Embedding Google Drive Files in eClass]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/embedding-google-drive-files-in-eclass]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[bbf94b34eb32268ada57a3be5062fe7d]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Sun, 15 Mar 2020 12:40:33 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>This article shows how instructors can quickly embed Google Drive files including videos into their eClass courses. This process occurs through an external integration provided by the Google suite 'Assignments' tool and only functions for files inside the ualberta Google domain.</p>
<p><strong>Note that a known issue can sometimes cause issues for students viewing or accessing Google drive files embedded using this mechanism. </strong>This issue occurs most commonly on video files due to underlying access limits in Google so whenever possible, it is recommended that instructors, <strong>especially those in large enrollment courses</strong>, first place the content or file in a shared Google drive before embedding in eClass (<a href="#shared-drive">see below for more details</a>.)</p>
<p>It should also be noted that Google Docs, including Sheets, will embed as Read-Only documents, so shared documents meant for collaboration should be linked a different way, such as using the 'share' link with <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/131/13/adding-urls" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="Adding URLs">a URL activity</a>. </p>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#embed-file">To embed a file</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#share-embedded">Share embedded file</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#sharedrive">Share a Google Drive</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="embed-file"></a>To embed a file:</strong></span></p>
<p>1. Turn editing on by clicking <strong>Edit mode</strong> in the top right of your course page and select <strong>Add an activity or resource </strong> in the desired content section area.</p>
<p>2. In the activity chooser, select the 'Google File Embed' activity: </p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/ACgooglefileembed.png" alt="Activity chooser highlighting google file embed" width="722" height="614" /></p>
<p>3. In the 'Add an External tool' dialog, add a descriptive name to identify your file.</p>
<p>4. Nothing else is required and you should <strong>NOT click Select Content. </strong></p>
<p>5. Click <strong>Save and Display </strong>to attach content from your UAlberta Google Drive.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/g-embed-2.png" alt="" width="667" height="613" /></p>
<p>6. If you are not already authenticated into Gmail or Google Drive, you will be required to sign in with your @ualberta.ca account. External personal Google accounts will not work.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/g-embed-3.png" alt="" width="686" height="372" /></p>
<p>7. When you're signed in, click your account to 'Select' it (in case you are signed into multiple Google accounts in the same browser):</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/g-embed-4.png" alt="" width="500" height="" /></p>
<p>8. A file dialog will open where you can navigate to and select and <strong>Add </strong>the desired file in your Google drive:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/g-embed-6.png" alt="" width="667" height="447" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/g-embed-7.png" alt="" width="748" height="655" /></p>
<p>9. You will see a confirmation dialog to attach the file to your course.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Note</strong> This may change the file-sharing settings on the file in Google to allow anyone with the link to access. If a greater level of privacy is required, you can open the sharing settings in your Google Drive and adjust the settings for the specific item:</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/g-embed-8.png" alt="" width="737" height="515" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="share-embedded"></a>Share embedded file:</strong></span></p>
<p>10. Right-click on the file you are embedding and select <strong>Share</strong>: </p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/g-embed-9.png" alt="" width="774" height="537" /></p>
<p>11. Select sharing with <strong>University of Alberta</strong> users only:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/g-embed-9a.png" width="505" height="501" alt="" /></p>
<ul>
<li><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Note</span></strong>: There will be a Google dialog that displaying that the link will be available to 'anyone with the link', regardless of your previous sharing settings. Never before shared documents will be shared with 'anyone with the link' settings, while other variants of sharing will remain as specified.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="sharedrive"></a>Share a Google Drive:</strong></span></p>
<p><a id="shared-drive"></a>12. To share files in large-enrollment courses, it is recommended that instructors move or add the files to <strong>Shared drives</strong>.</p>
<p>13. To create a <strong>Shared drive </strong>for a course, enter Google  Drive, open the 'Shared drives' area in the left nav drawer, click <strong>New</strong>, then enter the details and <strong>Create</strong>: </p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/google-embed-shared-drive.png" alt="" width="771" height="536" /></p>
<p><a href="https://uofaprod.service-now.com/sp?sys_kb_id=65344f09db2807000b523ade9d9619eb&amp;id=kb_article_view&amp;sysparm_rank=1&amp;sysparm_tsqueryId=35384de5db4cbc1073d46a1913961963" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Please see here</a> for more information about <strong>Shared drives</strong></p>
<p>14. The file will now be embedded in your course and available for students:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/g-embed-10.png" alt="" width="850" height="" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Note:</strong></span> If you transfer a Google File Embed activity <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/60/13/transferring-content-between-courses" target="_blank" rel="noopener">from one course to another</a>, either from copying content from one course to another during course creation or from the Import function in the previously linked article, it will not copy over the video. It will just be an empty Google File Embed activity that you have to add the file to again.</p>
<p>If you need the link to transfer over, and if you don't want to re-add the video and don't need the video embedded in eClass, consider adding a shareable link from Google Drive to your eClass. To do this, go to your Google Drive, right-click on the file that you want to share, click on <strong>Get shareable link</strong>, make sure to change the sharing settings under "Get link" to <strong>University of Alberta: Anyone in this group with this link can view</strong>, and then click <strong>Copy link</strong>. This will copy a link that you can put into your course.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/EmbedGoogleDriveNew1.png" alt="Getting a Shareable link from Google Drive" width="655" height="526" /></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Quizzes - Question Types ]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/quizzes---question-types]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2723d092b63885e0d7c260cc007e8b9d]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 25 Mar 2014 12:32:29 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">The following is a summary of the question types available on eClass for use in quizzes:</span></p>
</div>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>All-or-nothing Multiple choice:</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Allows the selection of multiple responses from a pre-defined list of choices but uses all-or-nothing grading (100% or 0%)</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">. For more information, review <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/475/13/multiple-choice-quiz-question-settings" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Multiple Choice Quiz Question Settings</a> article<br /><br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Calculated:</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> The student is required to enter a numerical value (and units if required) in the text field provided. This question type allows instructors to randomize numerical question delivery to students through the use of wildcard formula variables. Every time the quiz is taken, the question variables are changed based on a data set created within the question so that a new question is presented to each student. See the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/staff/Adding%20Calculated Quiz Questions">Adding Calculated Quiz Questions </a></span></span><span style="font-weight: 400;">for more details.</span></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Calculated multichoice:</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Like multichoice questions which have choice elements that can include formula results from numeric values that are selected randomly from a set when the quiz is taken.</span></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Calculated simple:</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> A simpler version of calculated questions which are like numerical questions but with the numbers used selected randomly from a set when the quiz is taken.<br /><br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/515/13/drag-and-drop-into-text-question-type" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong>Drag and drop into text</strong></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">: Missing words in some text are filled in using drag-and-drop. This question type stores previous question settings to save time when adding questions.<br /><br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/517/13/drag-and-drop-markers-question-type" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Drag and Drop Markers</a>:</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Markers (like pins) are dragged and dropped anywhere onto an uploaded background image</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.<br /><br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/516/13/drag-and-drop-onto-image-question-type" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong>Drag and</strong> </a><strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/516/13/drag-and-drop-onto-image-question-type" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Drop onto image</a>: </strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">Images or text labels are dragged and dropped into specifically marked drop zones on an uploaded background image</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.<br /><br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Embedded answers (Cloze):</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Cloze questions allow you to create embedded short answer questions and multiple choice questions and are the equivalent of a ‘fill-in-the-blank’ question type. The creation of these question types requires special codes that are discussed in the</span> article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/57/13/cloze-quiz-question-settings" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-size: 11pt;">Cloze Quiz Question Settings</a>. <span style="font-weight: 400;">With this question type, you can create multiple sub-questions, which all contribute to an overall question grade.</span></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Essay:</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> In response to a question, students type out a paragraph response in the provided text area. It is also possible to let students upload file(s) as their response to an essay-type question. Essay quiz questions are the only question type that requires instructors to manually grade students’ responses. Instructors can limit the file attachment size within an essay question. The file size maximum can be as low as 10KB or as high as 400MB. </span>Quiz essay questions can now have <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/174/45/adding-essay-questions">soft-limit</a> (click link for further details) maximum and minimum word count limits applied.</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Matching</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">: The student is required to "match" a series of static questions with their corresponding answers, which are provided in a randomized list. At least two questions and three answers must be provided; additional ‘incorrect’ matches may be given by providing an answer with a blank question. Each match is equally weighted to contribute towards the grade for the total question.</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Matching questions can only deliver plain text answers - it is not possible to reliably display complex mathematical notations via MathJAX as the answer choices.<br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">If a matching question needs to be revised, please note that adding or removing answer choice variants will result in a "Deleted Choice" display bug that students will see once the quiz is regraded.</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">If answers need to be revised, we recommend that you maintain the same matching choices: For example (original) A, B, C -- (revised to) C, B, A will work fine.</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">But, if (original) A, B, C is changed to A, B only, or A, B, C, D, the "Deleted Choice" bug will occur. If you do this by accident, manually changing the choices back to how they were will restore the answers and get rid of the "Deleted Choice" issue.<br /><br /></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Medical Calculated</strong>: An extended version of calculated questions which does not display trailing zeros.<br /><br /></li>
<li><strong>Multiple choice</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">: The student chooses their response from a list of pre-defined options with the option to visually strike out any answers they have eliminated from contention. You may choose to set up a multiple-choice question that only allows one correct answer, or that has multiple correct answers allowed. If you allow only one answer, at least one choice must be worth 100%; if allowing multiple answers, all positive grades must add up to 100%. See the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/475/45/multiple-choice-quiz-questions-settings" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Multiple Choice Quiz Question Settings</a> for more details about this question type. This question type now stores previous question settings to save time when adding questions (<a href="#New in 2022">see below for more details</a>).<br /><br /></span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Music Theory</strong>: Enables the creation of several types of music theory exercises.<br /><br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Numerical:</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Students enter a numerical value in the text field provided. There may be several possible correct answers with different grades, but at least one answer must be worth 100%. Possible answers may also accept a margin of error. As with the short-answer question type, the order in which possible answers are presented on the settings screen is important, as student responses are compared against them in the order they appear. When a match is found, the evaluation process stops, and the student is assigned the corresponding grade.</span></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Random short-answer matching:</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Like a Matching question, but created randomly from the short answer questions in a particular category.<br /><br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Short answer:</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> In response to a question, students type out a word or short phrase in the provided text box. There may be several possible correct answers with different grades, but at least one answer must be worth 100%. In the question set-up screen, the order in which these possible answers are presented is important, as student responses are compared against them in the order they appear. When a match is found, the evaluation process stops, and the student is assigned the corresponding grade. Answers may or may not be set up to be case-sensitive, and the wildcard symbol (*) may be used in possible answers to match any series of characters. This question type now stores previous question settings to save time when adding questions (<a href="#New in 2022">see below for more details</a>).<br /><br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>STACK</strong>: STACK questions provide mathematical questions for the eClass quiz. These use a computer algebra system to establish the mathematical properties of the student's responses.<br /></span></span>
<p id="yui_3_17_2_1_1686327341932_758">This question type was piloted by the Department of Math before being added to eClass, and they have developed support resources for question construction. Please contact George Peschke (gepe@ualberta.ca) for more information.</p>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>True/False</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">: Students respond to a question by indicating that the statement is either ‘true’ or ‘false’.<br /><br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Description</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">: Not actually a question. Used to add instructions, a rubric, or other content to the activity. See <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/286/13/adding-and-managing-quiz-questions#pages">this example</a>.</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="New in 2022"></a>Stored question settings </strong></span></p>
<p>To save time when building quiz questions, the following question types now store the last saved question's settings which get re-used when creating the next one of that question type:</p>
<ul>
<li>Multiple choice</li>
<li>Short answer</li>
<li>Drag and drop into text</li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding H5P Interactive Activities to a Course Content Bank]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-h5p-interactive-activities-to-a-course-content-bank]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2050e03ca119580f74cca14cc6e97462]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 18 Jun 2021 16:07:43 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Instructors can now add H5P interactive activities directly to their eClass courses. </span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">H5P ( </span><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p.svg" alt="" width="35" height="15" />) activities are interactive learning objects based on a range of open-source templates that can <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/476/13/adding-gradable-h5p-activities" target="_blank" rel="noopener">now be used as gradable activities</a>. The name is an abbreviation for HTML5 Package.</p>
<p>Any pre-existing H5P activities created and/or hosted on <a href="https://h5p.org" target="_blank" rel="noopener">h5p.org</a> or <a href="https://h5p.com" target="_blank" rel="noopener">h5p.com</a> may also be uploaded into a course <strong>Content bank</strong>. Existing activities or content created using the in-system H5P editor tools must then be subsequently displayed in the course through the editor or by using the H5P gradable activity.</p>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#adding">Adding content to a Content bank</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#unlisting">Unlisting Content bank items</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#available">Available H5P Interactive Content Types</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding content to a Content bank:</strong></span></p>
<p>1. Access the <strong>Content bank</strong> from the <strong>More</strong> dropdown at the top of your course page:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-contentbank-1.png" alt="" width="821" height="425" /></p>
<p>2. The <strong>Content bank</strong> lists all previously added content (or content copied forward from previous terms) and provides the option to <strong>Add </strong>or <strong>Upload </strong>H5P activities:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-contentbank-2.png" alt="" width="728" height="506" /></p>
<p>3. Add activities by clicking <strong>Add</strong> and scrolling through the <a href="#available">list of available activities</a> to select content:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-contentbank-3.png" alt="" width="719" height="415" /></p>
<p>4. The available content types allow for a range of different types of interactivity from answering embedded questions to recording audio to dragging objects. Instructors can customize the templates to include their own images, videos, or presentations, and then add the specific interaction allowed by the template.</p>
<ul>
<li>The range of content types is inter-operable and by default many of the recommended, 'fuller' activities are constructed using the 'smaller' ones as building blocks. <a href="#available">See below for a table</a> of what the different content templates do and to access links to specific instructional materials for the most popular types.</li>
</ul>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="unlisting"></a>Unlisting Content bank items:</strong></span></p>
<p>By default, your creations are set to 'Public' and may be searched by other H5P authors or Instructors in the same eClass course.</p>
<p>If you wish to hide the visibility of your content bank item,</p>
<p>1. Click on the item in your content bank:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-contentbank-hide-1a.png" width="493" height="251" alt="" /></p>
<p>2. From the <strong>More</strong> dropdown menu, choose 'Make unlisted'.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-contentbank-hide-1" alt="" width="764" height="447" /></p>
<p>3. When you return to your content bank, you will see an indicator showing that the item is now unlisted:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-contentbank-hide-2" alt="" width="517" height="232" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="available"></a>Available H5P interactive content types:</strong></span></p>
<p> </p>
<table dir="ltr" style="height: 3508px;" border="1" width="1037" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10"><colgroup><col width="100" /><col width="359" /></colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr style="background-color: #d3d3d3;">
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Accordion&quot;}" data-sheets-hyperlink="https://eclass-future-uat.lmc.ualberta.ca/contentbank/edit.php?contextid=2979633&amp;plugin=h5p&amp;library=H5P.Accordion%201.0" data-sheets-hyperlinkruns="{&quot;1&quot;:0,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;https://eclass-future-uat.lmc.ualberta.ca/contentbank/edit.php?contextid=2979633&amp;plugin=h5p&amp;library=H5P.Accordion%201.0&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;">
<p><strong>H5P Content Types </strong></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 8pt;"><strong>(links to H5P examples)</strong></span></p>
</td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;I'm getting several errors anytime I try to create one:\nInvalid permissions detected when trying to create a directory. Turn debugging on for further details.\n^^ could have been initial disk errors; this works fine for me - https://eclass-future-uat.lmc.ualberta.ca/mod/page/view.php?id=5213685&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Accordion&quot;}" data-sheets-hyperlink="https://eclass-future-uat.lmc.ualberta.ca/contentbank/edit.php?contextid=2979633&amp;plugin=h5p&amp;library=H5P.Accordion%201.0" data-sheets-hyperlinkruns="{&quot;1&quot;:0,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;https://eclass-future-uat.lmc.ualberta.ca/contentbank/edit.php?contextid=2979633&amp;plugin=h5p&amp;library=H5P.Accordion%201.0&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-accordion" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Accordion</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;I'm getting several errors anytime I try to create one:\nInvalid permissions detected when trying to create a directory. Turn debugging on for further details.\n^^ could have been initial disk errors; this works fine for me - https://eclass-future-uat.lmc.ualberta.ca/mod/page/view.php?id=5213685&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">An accordion-style content nesting tool to display static content.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Arithmetic Quiz &quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/agamotto-tutorial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Agamotto</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;seems a little basic but functional - the linear algebra seems OK. cautious yes. simple enough that a paragraph should explain it all&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;"><span data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Creates a slideshow, where you can scroll through multiple photos by draging the progress bar from left to right. Photos \nsmoothly transition into one another.&quot;}" data-sheets-userformat="{&quot;2&quot;:4993,&quot;3&quot;:{&quot;1&quot;:0},&quot;10&quot;:0,&quot;11&quot;:4,&quot;12&quot;:0,&quot;15&quot;:&quot;Arial&quot;}">Creates a photo slideshow that lets users scroll through multiple photos by dragging a progress bar.</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Arithmetic Quiz &quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-arithmetic-quiz" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Arithmetic Quiz</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;seems a little basic but functional - the linear algebra seems OK. cautious yes. simple enough that a paragraph should explain it all&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">A fairly basic mathematic quizzing tool that asks random arithmetic or linear algebra questions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Audio &quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;">Audio</td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;functions. may need the option to style away direct media upload option (story already made for doing that for video - paste link); couldn't find an audio url that worked (YouTube did not). upoad worked fine and seemed to allow upload of apple music .m4a which fails most of the time elsewhere. audio plays - see label in topic 1 - https://eclass-future-uat.lmc.ualberta.ca/course/view.php?id=60076#section-1&quot;}" data-sheets-hyperlink="https://eclass-future-uat.lmc.ualberta.ca/course/view.php?id=60076#section-1" data-sheets-textstyleruns="{&quot;1&quot;:0}{&quot;1&quot;:332,&quot;2&quot;:{&quot;2&quot;:{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:1136076},&quot;9&quot;:1}}" data-sheets-hyperlinkruns="{&quot;1&quot;:332,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;https://eclass-future-uat.lmc.ualberta.ca/course/view.php?id=60076#section-1&quot;}{&quot;1&quot;:408}" style="width: 739.562px;">Tool to embed audio files stored in YouTube or other media storage services.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Audio Recorder &quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/audio-recorder" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Audio Recorder</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Make an audio recorder. Users can download and playback their recordings.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Inserts an audio recorder that allows users to record small snippets of audio. Users can download and playback their recordings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Branching Scenario (beta) &quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-branching-scenario" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Branching Scenario</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Interactive presentation - much like the Lesson activity but H5P and likely nicer looking than moodle's&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">A presentations delivery activity that branches based on user responses.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Chart &quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-chart" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Chart</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Simple chart creator. Can be used to create either pie or bar charts. Works well, super quick.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Simple chart display tool that can be used to create either pie or bar charts.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Collage&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-collage" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Collage</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Creates a collage of images. Not super customizable, but works. Only editing options are a selection of layouts, zoom in or out on images, and margins between images.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Creates a collage of images with the option to allow a selection of layouts and the option to zoom in or out on images.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Column&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-column" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Column</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Allows you to combine 2 or more h5p elements into one element. For example, I can add a chart and a collage into one h5p element.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Allows users to combine 2 or more other content types into one acitvity. For example, to combine a chart and a collage into one activity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Column&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-course-presentation" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Course Presentation</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Allows you to combine 2 or more h5p elements into one element. For example, I can add a chart and a collage into one h5p element.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Instructors can create a slide-based presentation of their learning material with elements such as slide titles, links, pictures, audio and video clips, as well as various quiz question types seamlessly embedded right into the presentation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Dialog Cards &quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-dialog-cards" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Dialog Cards</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Simulates cue card memorization. You enter in text and/or an image for one side of the card, and then enter text for the other side of the card. Students are then able to look at the front side of the card, answer the question in their head, and then flip over the card to see if they got it correct. They are then able to manually check off whether their answer was correct or incorrect, and receive a summary at the end of the activity.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Activity simulates cue card memorization by entering text and/or an image for one side of the card, and then entering text for the other side of the card. Students are then able to look at the front side of the card, answer the question in their head, and then flip over the card to see if they got it correct. Students can then manually check off whether their answer was correct or incorrect, and receive a summary at the end of the activity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Dictation&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-dictation" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Dictation</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;You can upload an audio clip, or a record a new one, and then type in what was said in the audio. Students are then able to listen to the audio, type in their answer, and if it matches what you entered, they get 100%. Works well, think this one might get used a lot in language courses.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Instructors can record or upload an audio clip, and then insert text matching what was said in the audio. Students are then able to listen to the audio, enter their answer, and receive a correct score if it matches the entered text.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Documentation Tool&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-documentation-tool" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Documentation Tool</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;You are able to add a text page, a goals page, and a goals report page. On the text page, instructors can add text or images (to give background for the assignment I assume). On the goals page, students are able to set their own goals, and then on the goals report page, they are able to rate how they did on each goal. There is also an export page where they can export the entire activity to a docx file.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Instructors can set up a structured form for student text entry including text or images, broken into different phases. Students can then export their completed report as a docx file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Drag and Drop Drag Text&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-drag-and-drop-question" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Drag and Drop</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;I was able to create options but was not able to drag those options.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Adds an activity where students can drag responses (text or images) onto pre-created drop zones on an image or background. Can be used as a part of the Question Set activity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Drag and Drop Drag Text&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/documentation/content-author-guide/tutorials-for-authors/drag-the-words" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Drag Text</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;I was able to create options but was not able to drag those options.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Instructors can create text-based challenges where users are asked to drag words into blanks in sentences.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Essay&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-essay" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Essay</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Seems functional. It is looking for specific keywords and phrases. You can add wildcards, but they are expecting something where the wildcard is. For example, if the keyword is \&quot; *tiger \&quot;, then it will look for something before the word \&quot;tiger\&quot;, just writing \&quot;tiger\&quot; will not work. Not really for essays, more for short answer type quizzes.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Tool to allow students to input free form text with options for semi-automated feedback. May be most useful for short answer type quiz questions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Fill in the Blanks&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-fill-in-the-blanks" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Fill in the Blanks</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;H5P fill in the blanks activity. - Instructions for syntax located in the Important Instructions icon.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Constructs an activity where students can fill text answers into sentences or paragraphs with the option for multiple correct answers and hints on each blank.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Find Multiple Hotspots&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/find-multiple-hotspots" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Find Multiple Hotspots</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Seems functional. It allows you to upload an image, set up \&quot;Hotspots\&quot; that you can click on, and if you click on the correct hotspot, it marks it as correct. There appears to be no penalty for clicking on an incorrect hotspot.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Instructors can have students identify multiple regions on an image and receive score for getting them correct but there appears to be no penalty for clicking on an incorrect hotspot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Find the Hotspot&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/image-hotspot-question" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Find the Hotspot</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Same as \&quot;Find multiple hotspots\&quot;, only you can only click one hotspot. If you are wrong, you can retry. You can have multiple different hotspots, but ultimately you only choose one&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Creates content very similar to "Find multiple hotspots" but there is only a single correct answer. Distractors can be set with appropriate feedback and students are allowed to retry as many times as they want.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Find The Words&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/find-the-words" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Find The Words</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Lets you set up a word search and appears to work just fine. Also lets you set the words and available letters.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Instructors can set up a word search by entering a set of words and then setting a range of options (range of letters to search from, word orientation, whether to show solution.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Flashcards&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-flashcards" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Flashcards</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Works exactly as you expect a flashcard to work. No issues and lets you add question text and an optional answer.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Creates a set of cards containing a picture or question on one side of the card and a corresponding text on the other side. The learner is asked to type a word or expression corresponding to the picture, before turning the card over and revealing the correct answer.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Guess the Answer&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-guess-the-answer" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Guess the Answer</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;This one is odd in that it seems to just be an image or video and the ability to reveal what string of text represents that image or video. Seems to work but is a worse version of flashcards&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Provides the ability to have students guess the corresponding text which matches an image or video. Very similar to (but a bit more basic) the flashcards content type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Iframe Embedder&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/iframe-embedder" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Iframe Embedder</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;The name is self-explanitory... it embeds a website via iFrame. Bad part is it does not allow scrolling seemingly. Meaning if you embed an infinite scroll website it will just cut off.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">This tool allows instructors to quickly embed websites via iFrame. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Image Hotspots&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-image-hotspots" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Image Hotspots</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Gives you the ability to add hotspots or points on the image where users can click on to reveal descriptive text, pictures, or a video.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Images can be enhanced by adding hotspots or points on the image where users can click on to reveal descriptive text, pictures, or a video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Image Juxtaposition&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/image-juxtaposition" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Image Juxtaposition</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Seems to place images overtop of eachother? Unsure what the use case for this is but it seems like its \&quot;working\&quot;, whatever it is working to do.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Enables students to compare 2 similar images by dragging one over top of the other to evaluate differences.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Image Pair&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-image-pairing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Image Pair</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;This is basically a matching question using images. Seems to work as expected.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Constructs a matching question using images. Can be used as a part of the Question Set activity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Image Sequencing&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-image-sequencing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Image Sequencing</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Allows you to create an activity where students need to re-arrange a set of images into the correct order. Works as expected.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Allows instructors to create an activity where students need to re-arrange a randomized set of images into the correct order.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Image Slider&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-image-slider" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Image Slider</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Allows you to make an slideshow of images. Works well!&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Enables instructors to upload a series of images as a slideshow.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Interactive Book&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/content-types/interactive-book" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Interactive Book</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Allows you to create a book where you can have pages of different H5P content, from questions to other H5P content found on this list. Works well!&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Allows instructors to create a book with the pages containing content constructed out of the other different H5P content types, from questions to image sliders or collages. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Interactive Video&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-interactive-video" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Interactive Video</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Allows you to take a video (on your computer or even a Youtube video), and add labels, images, and even questions. Works well!&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Enables quiz questions and other interactions like pop-ups or elaborating text to be overlaid onto linked YouTube and other hosted videos.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;KewAr Code&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/content-types/kewar-code" target="_blank" rel="noopener">KewAr Code</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;This is a QR code generator. I notice that the default size is very large, where I have to zoom out on the screen to get it in full. I notice that there is a maximum size field, but it asks for it in \&quot;CSS notation\&quot;, and I'm not sure what CSS statement it means. &quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Allows instructors to generate scannable QR codes of different types (events, urls, texts, etc.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Mark the Words&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/documentation/content-author-guide/tutorials-for-authors/mark-the-words" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Mark the Words</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Allows you to write a paragraph/sentence/page, and you can mark words with an asterisk before and after a word, like \&quot;You can find an answer *here*, *there*, and *everywhere*.\&quot;, and the student would then have to click on the words \&quot;here\&quot;, \&quot;there\&quot;, and \&quot;everywhere\&quot; to get it right. Works well!&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Allows instructors to construct text-based games with marked words defined by some question or query and students would then have to click on the matching words. Words are marked by enclosing in asterisks to indicate correct answers. Can be used as a part of the Question Set activity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Memory Game&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-multichoice-question" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Memory Game</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;It's one of those memory games where you have to flip two cards at a time and try to get matches in as few turns as possible. Fun, but of limited relevance to a university.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Enables the creation of a memory game where learners have to flip two cards at a time and try to match the image pairs in as few turns as possible. Instructors can insert additional information to be delivered when matches are made. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Multiple Choice&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-multichoice-question" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Multiple Choice</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Allows you to set one multiple choice question only. Works well, If you set multiple right answers, you have to select all of them.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Inserts a standard multiple choice question where multiple correct answers must all be selected to score. Can be used as a part of the Question Set activity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Personality Quiz&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/personality-quiz" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Personality Quiz</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Allows you to define traits, and then asks questions that can be connected to those traits, and in the end, it gives you an answer. Works fine!&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Allows instructors to define personality traits and then define questions where specific responses map to specific traits. At the end of the quiz, students will see which 'personality' they match the best with.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Question Set&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-question-set" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Quiz (Question Set)</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;This allows you to make seven different questions (multiple choice, drag and drop, fill in the blank, mark the text, drag text, true/false, essay). The drag and drop is a little hard to figure out (you have to make the drop zones, then make text/images to drag, and then you have to associate the drop zones with their options), and for \&quot;fill in the blank\&quot;, \&quot;mark the text\&quot;, and \&quot;drag text\&quot;, you have to mark the answer with asterisks, like \&quot;This is the *answer* to the question.\&quot; However, the second asterisk often changes to a quotation mark, and you have to change it back. (Note: I might have just made a mistake here). \n\nOverall, it works, though!&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Instructors can use any of the other H5P question types (multiple choice, drag and drop, fill in the blank, mark the text, drag text, true/false, essay) and collect them in sequence to create a quiz. There are options for structured and video feedback as well.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Single Choice Set&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/documentation/content-author-guide/tutorials-for-authors/single-choice-set" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Single Choice Set</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Basicallly a multiple choice quiz where each question has one answer. Works well!&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Adds a basic multiple choice quiz where each question has one answer. Can be used as a part of the Question Set activity.</td>
</tr>
<!--<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Speak the Words&quot;}"><a href="https://h5p.org/speak-the-words" target="_blank">Speak the Words</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;You ask the students to say a word or phrase, and they record themselves saying it, and it grades on if they said it correctly. It is admittedly very finicky.&quot;}">You ask the students to say a word or phrase, and they record themselves saying it, and it grades on if they said it correctly. It is admittedly very finicky.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Speak the Words Set&quot;}"><a href="https://h5p.org/speak-the-words-set" target="_blank">Speak the Words Set</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;You ask students to say a word, they record themselves saying it, and uses a voice to text coverter to grade the students.  The converter was quite innacurate in my tests, but for simple one word responses it might work.&quot;}">You ask students to say a word, they record themselves saying it, and uses a voice to text coverter to grade the students. The converter was quite innacurate in my tests, but for simple one word responses it might work.</td>
</tr>-->
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Summary&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-summary" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Summary</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Simple quiz where students are asked to choose between two statements. Can add as many questions as you like.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Constructs a simple statement-based quiz where students are asked to choose between different options and is meant to be delivered as a formative review after viewing content.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Timeline&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/documentation/content-author-guide/tutorials-for-authors/timeline" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Timeline</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Creates an interactive timeline where you can add a description for a specific date. Works well&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Allows instructors to build a presentation that is structured as an interactive timeline where each content entry is specified at a date/time and these are arranged in chronological order</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;True/False Question&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-true-false" target="_blank" rel="noopener">True/False Question</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Creates a one question true or false activity. Works, not sure what this would be used for though.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Creates a single-question true or false activity. Can be used as a part of the Question Set activity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Virtual Tour (360)&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-virtual-tour" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Virtual Tour (360)</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Pretty neat. Allows you to add an image and a description, however it is built for panoramic (360) images. One image=one scene, so if you had a series of 360 images, this would work well.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Enables the addition of the existing h5p overlays (questions, text elaborations, descriptions) over top of uploaded panoramic (360) images. </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Creating and Printing Quiz Attempts for Individual Students ]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/exporting-quiz-attempts-for-individual-students]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[59b90e1005a220e2ebc542eb9d950b1e]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 08 Jun 2023 15:12:25 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><strong>New in June 2023, </strong>instructors can create attempts for students within the quiz activity. These attempts would reflect any random answer ordering or question ordering <em><strong>specific to those students</strong></em>. Once created, these attempts can be easily printed, giving instructors the option to fill in the answers in the students attempt (to allow grading to occur automatically). It is also possible to view and/or print student's completed attempts including answers to provide secure review or retain copies.</p>
<p>This new functionality can be used if students need to complete a quiz but do not have internet access and will also streamline the process of creating print or PDF copies of exams to share with the Academic Success Centre for alternate format conversion.<br /><br /></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>- <a href="#limitations">Limitations of use</a></li>
<li>- <a href="#create-attempts">Creating Student Attempts</a></li>
<li>- <a href="#print-attempts">Printing Student Attempts</a></li>
<li>- <a href="#submit-attempts">Submitting Answers for Students</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><br /><a id="limitations"></a>BEFORE printing exams, it is essential that instructors are aware of the limitations of this workflow:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>Several quiz question types <strong>CANNOT</strong> be converted to static/paper form including the drag-and-drop types, multi-answer (Cloze) questions that contain dropdown boxes, and STACK online computational questions.</li>
<li>Creating attempts using this workflow <strong>actually launches</strong> student attempts on eClass so if quizzes have time windows or time limits for completion, the countdown will start for those attempts. Students <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/114/15/modifying-quiz-settings-for-select-users-overrides" target="_blank" rel="noopener">can be given overrides</a> that work around the timer so that that any offline processes can occur in an appropriate time. <strong>Instructors CANNOT submit attempts for students if the countdown timer has elapsed or the exam completion window has closed.</strong> </li>
<li>When you are submitting answers for students, if you have a multiple choice questions that allows the user to select multiple answers at once (a select all that apply question), when you are in the <a href="#submit-attempts"><strong>Submit student responses </strong></a>interface, then you will only be able to select one answer. If two or more answers are correct, you cannot choose them all. Right now, there is no workaround for this issue, so it is best to not use "Select all that apply" questions.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="create-attempts"></a>Creating Student Attempts</strong></span></p>
<p>To access the attempt creation interface, open a quiz, click the <strong>Grades </strong>tab from the top header, and then select <strong>Create student attempts</strong> from the options dropdown at top left:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-attempts-1.png" width="625" height="505" alt="" /></p>
<p>This page is similar to the standard quiz results table with additional columns is opens a table that lists all students in the course with new columns <strong>Attempt sheets</strong>, <strong>Answer sheets</strong>, <strong>Submit student responses</strong>, and <strong>Create attempt.</strong></p>
<p>In a particular student's row, click <strong>Create attempt, </strong>then confirm to launch their attempt and pull any random values. <strong>N</strong><strong>ote: </strong>if a student has already attempted the quiz, there is no option to create their attempt:</p>
<p><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-attempts-2.png" width="1200" height="266" alt="" /><br /><br /></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="print-attempts"></a>Printing student</span><span style="text-decoration: underline;"> attempts</span></strong></p>
<p>Once created, a number of new options appear in a student's row - <strong>Attempt sheet</strong>, <strong>Right answer sheet</strong>, and <strong>Submit student responses</strong>:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-attempts-3.png" width="925" height="415" alt="" /></p>
<p>Click <strong>Attempt sheet</strong> to display the student's entire attempt with random question/answer ordering in a printable form. This page displays all the questions as they would appear to students so should be proofed to ensure all the questions are working correctly:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-attempts-4.png" width="675" height="435" alt="" /></p>
<p>Scroll to the very bottom right to <strong>Print</strong> the page. This triggers a standard browser interface for printing with options to save as pdf or send to a printer device for a paper copy:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-attempts-5.png" width="550" height="337" alt="" /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><br /><a id="submit-attempts"></a>Submitting answers for students</span></strong></p>
<p>If a student has completed an exam on paper, instructors can use the <strong>Submit student responses</strong> link to transcribe their answers into eClass. Instructors could equeally score the paper copy themselves and enter the total score directly into the eClass gradebook. Entering the answers <strong>as the student</strong> allows the automated grading actions of the quiz to do the scoring and pass values to the gradebook.</p>
<p>The student's answers can be directly entered into the page but must be saved by clicking the green <strong>Submit answers on behalf of [student name] and finish attempt</strong> button at the very bottom right:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-attempts-6.png" width="875" height="209" alt="" /></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Writing AIKEN Format Quiz Questions]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/writing-aiken-format-quiz-questions]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[96da2f590cd7246bbde0051047b0d6f7]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 17 Jul 2014 11:03:42 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>When importing questions from the Question Bank there are several formats that easily transfer into eClass quizzes.  One approach is to write questions using the AIKEN format. The AIKEN format allows you to create multiple choice or true/false questions using a plain text file. </p>
<p>To set up AIKEN format questions:</p>
<ol>
<li>Using a word-processing application (e.g. <em>MS Word</em>) or text editor (<em>Notepad</em> on Windows or <em>TextEdit</em> on Mac), type out your questions using the following AIKEN conventions:
<ul>
<li>write the entire question on one line</li>
<li>add the response choices starting with an upper-case letter (ie. A, B, C) followed by a period or parenthesis.  For example, A.  or  A)</li>
<li>In the next line after the final response choice, type "ANSWER: " in all upper-case letters <strong>with a space after the colon</strong>.  Then, type in the letter of the correct response for that question.</li>
<li>For example:
<ul>
<li>What is the capital city of Alberta?<br />A. Barrhead<br />B. Calgary<br />C. Edmonton<br />D. Toronto<br />ANSWER: C</li>
<li>Nunavut is a Canadian province.<br />A) True<br />B) False<br />ANSWER: A</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>When you are finished adding all the questions in the document, click <em>Save As</em> and ensure that your file is being saved as a <strong>.txt</strong> (plain text) file in <strong>UTF-8 format</strong>.  Note: If you do not see this option in TextEdit, select <em>Format</em> in the top menu and choose <em>Make plain text</em>. Then save the file as .txt<br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><img style="display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/savetxt.png" alt="" width="800" height="598" /></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Detailed Features of the eClass Mobile App ]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/detailed-features-of-the-eclass-mobile-app]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ffd52f3c7e12435a724a8f30fddadd9c]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 14 Dec 2018 13:18:38 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>The eClass mobile app, currently in a public beta release, offers faculty, students, and staff easy access to eClass course content. <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/374/10/using-the-eclass-mobile-app" target="_blank" rel="noopener">The app is available for download here.</a></p>
<p>This article describes some of the differences between the app and regular desktop access as well as the main expected uses for the app. Overall, <em><strong>the app should be thought of as a tool for students and instructors to access course content on-the-go</strong></em>. </p>
<p><strong>Please note</strong>, that there are some major differences between the functionality in the mobile app and the regular browser-based experience:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Instructors should not plan to perform any major administrative functions using the app such as constructing their courses or grading students.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Students may encounter issues viewing content on mobile and should not plan on using the mobile app as their sole option for accessing eClass.<br /></strong></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>General Interface Differences:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>The Dashboard page (course list) uses a standard version that is missing many of eClass’s customisations including re-ordering, highlighting, and hiding.</li>
<li>Course content is displayed one section per page with options added for navigating between sections.</li>
<li>The different course formats available in the regular browser view are not available in mobile. Note that this may drastically change the display of content between the browser version of eClass and the app.</li>
<li>The online text editor has a different look and includes a different set of options.</li>
<li>The right-side blocks available in the desktop view are not available in the mobile view.<br /> </li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Student Activity Differences:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>Forum posts and replies can be added through the app by clicking the large green plus icon near the bottom right. Files and photos from the device can be attached to a post and as assignment submission (but cannot added through the system editor within posts.)</li>
<li>Quizzes can be taken using the mobile app with an alternative for offline delivery. Note: quizzes containing the ‘All-or-Nothing Multiple Choice’ question type cannot be completed in the app.</li>
<li>Many of the U of A’s custom developed plugins are not yet available in the app but instead display a link to launch the mobile browser view of that tool. These include:
<ul>
<li>Tab display</li>
<li>Group peer assessment</li>
<li>Anonymous forum</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>LTI external tools do not function reliably including Zoom meeting links.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Instructor / Course Administration Differences:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>Many administrative functions are not possible in the mobile app including adding or changing course participants, viewing or modifying groups, viewing course usage reports, creating or editing course content, and modifying the gradebook setup.</li>
<li>No grading table is available for instructors. Student grades can be viewed (not entered) by clicking Participants &gt; [Student name] &gt; Grades.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Known Issues:</strong></span></p>
<p>In addition to the above known functional differences, there are a number of known bugs and issues in the app functionality that are under investigation or which are already being repaired (some by Moodle HQ and some by the eClass team). These include:</p>
<ul>
<li>Many of the blocks in the right-hand block drawer, including the "Library Resources" block, will not display in the app.</li>
<li>Styling and display of activity completion restriction messages on course content items.</li>
<li>The ‘Add New Discussion’ button in forums that do not yet have posts is not currently working (posts can be added via the green plus icon).</li>
<li>Improving display for custom local activities and resources by replacing the generic puzzle piece icon with actual existing icons.</li>
<li>Android navigation back button and the bottom application navigation options do not function consistently.</li>
<li>Android app looks for any installed audio recording apps for doing audio recording submissions. Fails when none are detected.</li>
<li>Embedded google drive videos will not play.</li>
<li>Kaltura video content will only load on the second attempt.</li>
<li>Some filters, such as the MathJax filter for displaying mathematical notation, may not display properly.</li>
<li>At the top of a course, a student might see a percentage bar. This relates to the percentage of activities that are able to be marked as complete that are marked as complete. This does not relate to course completion or the grade that you have on the course. </li>
</ul>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Images to eClass]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-images-to-eclass]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[66f041e16a60928b05a7e228a89c3799]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 24 Aug 2012 15:59:56 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[- NA -]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva,arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">
<p>You can add images into any editable content area on eClass. If you are a <strong>student</strong>, you would normally be doing this in a discussion forum, an online assignment submission (not an assignment requiring a file upload), or a collaborative page such as a wiki or glossary. If you are an <strong>instructor</strong>, you might be doing this in any of the course construction areas of eClass: topic headers, pages, forums, activity/resource descriptions, etc.</p>
<p>This article explains how to add an image to a forum post as this use case is relevant to both students and instructors.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the discussion forum, then click on <strong>Add discussion topic</strong>; or enter an existing discussion topic and click<strong> R</strong><strong>eply</strong>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Add a subject, then in the message body area, click on the 'Insert/edit image' icon (small mountain) in the toolbar as shown below.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding images to eclass.png" alt="adding images to eclass" width="2206" height="1044" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on <strong>Browse</strong> <strong>repositories</strong>.<strong><br /></strong><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-image-2.png" alt="" width="527" height="439" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Then, click on <strong>Choose File</strong>. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-image-3.png" alt="" width="840" height="567" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Once you found your file, click on <strong>Upload this file </strong>and you will see a new window open with a preview of the image you have just uploaded. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-image-6.png" alt="" width="823" height="537" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Next enter a description for the image (also known as the alt-text) - adding a meaningful, accurate description is an essential part of accessible course design and should be standard practice when uploading images. If the image is not meant to relay information, check the box "This image is decorative only". Then click on <strong>Save image </strong>to finalize your upload of the picture file. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-image-4.png" alt="" width="521" height="529" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Complete your message and scroll to the bottom and click <strong>Post to forum</strong> to submit your message containing the image.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-image-5.png" alt="" width="701" height="393" /></li>
</ol>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Creating Quizzes from MS Word Files using the Exam Digitizer]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/creating-quizzes-from-ms-word-files-using-the-exam-digitizer]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[26337353b7962f533d78c762373b3318]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 05 Apr 2021 22:28:58 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[This article outlines how U of A instructors can convert exams authored in MS Word files into quizzes in Canvas using the Exam Digitizer. This custom-built question creation helper tool is web-based tool that functions on Mac or PC. This tool is being rel...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This article outlines how U of A instructors can convert exams authored in MS Word files into quizzes in Canvas using the Exam Digitizer. This custom-built question creation helper tool is web-based tool that functions on Mac or PC. This tool is being released as an open beta in late 2025 (for Canvas), to assist any instructors. Any functional issues encountered should be reported to eclass@ualberta.ca.</p>
<p>Instructors can access the system at: </p>
<p><span style="font-size: 14pt;"><a href="https://digitizer.cloud.eclass.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://digitizer.cloud.eclass.ualberta.ca/</a></span></p>
<p>U of A instructors can access the tool from any modern browser where they can upload files that will then be converted into an xml format (QTI) that is compatible for import into Canvas. The format can create the following question types: multiple choice (including images), essay, and true/false questions.</p>
<p>A walkthrough of using the tool is available in the following video:</p>
<p><a href="https://universityofalberta.instructuremedia.com/embed/e58ee30b-3991-4b23-878f-bf57b9222999" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using the Exam Digitizer for Canvas</a>  (running time ~6 minutes)</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Usage Notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>- All users must sign in with their CCIDs to use the tool.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Grading Forums, Glossaries, and Databases Using Ratings]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/grading-forums-glossaries-and-databases-using-ratings]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9766527f2b5d3e95d4a733fcfb77bd7e]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 26 Jun 2014 10:53:23 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Ratings can be useful for instructors who wish to track or grade forum posts, glossary entries, and database entries and link them directly to the course gradebook. They can also be used as a collaborative activity by allowing students to rate each other's posts anonymously.</span></p>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#methods">Aggregation methods</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#setting">Setting up Ratings</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#whocan">Who can rate activities</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#restriction">Time/date restrictions</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"><a id="methods"></a>Aggregation methods:</span></strong></span></p>
</div>
<p>Ratings for each individual student can be tallied (aggregated) in several ways:</p>
<ul>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;">Average of ratings <span style="font-weight: 400;"> - The mean of all ratings.</span></li>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;">Count of ratings<span style="font-weight: 400;"> - The number of rated items becomes the final grade. Note that the total cannot exceed the maximum grade for the activity.</span></li>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;">Maximum rating<span style="font-weight: 400;"> - The highest rating becomes the final grade.</span></li>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;">Minimum rating<span style="font-weight: 400;"> - The lowest rating becomes the final grade.</span></li>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;">Sum of ratings<span style="font-weight: 400;"> - All ratings are added together. Note that the total cannot exceed the maximum grade for the activity.</span></li>
</ul>
<p>The aggregation method will determine how students are scored (rated) on individual student posts, replies or entries. For example, you might select 'Maximum rating' if you wanted students to achieve a minimum standard and if they had a number of posts, replies or entries to try and achieve that standard. You could score (rate) them multiple times but they would only receive the highest score given.</p>
<h4><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="setting"></a>Setting up Ratings:</strong></span></h4>
<p>1. In the 'Ratings' section of your activity's settings page, choose the required aggregation method in the 'Aggregate type' dropdown menu:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum_ratings.png" alt="" width="692" height="433" /> <br /><br /></p>
<p>2. The 'Scale' section gives a number of choices on how students’ posts, replies or entries will be rated. Because ratings are assigned from a drop-down menu, numeric ratings are limited to discrete intervals. If students will be assessed a whole number rating, you should set 'Scale' <em style="font-weight: 400;">Type</em> to <strong>Point</strong> and specify the desired maximum score. <br /><br />3. Otherwise, you should set 'Scale' <em style="font-weight: 400;">Type</em> to <strong style="font-weight: 400;">Scale</strong>. The following are some examples of commonly used scales:</p>
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><em>Half Points</em> and <em>Quarter point</em> scales can be used to give posts fractional numeric ratings.</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><em>Pass/Fail</em> and <em>Complete / Non-Complete</em> can be used to give a student’s post a mark of either 0 or 1 but will be displayed as Pass, Fail, Complete, or Non-Complete.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">More details on other scales can be found by clicking on the </span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><b>Grades </b></span><span style="font-weight: 400;">tab </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">at the top of your course main page</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Then under the 'Grader report' drop-down, click on 'Scales'</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">. It is also possible to</span> <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/63/15/creating-and-using-custom-scales" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Create and Use Custom Scales</span></a>:</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum_scales.png" alt="" /></p>
<p><br />4. Choose a 'Scale' type:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum_ratings2.png" alt="" width="766 height=" 350="" /></p>
<p><br /><br />5. The <em style="font-weight: 400;">Like</em> scale can be used to rate forum posts, glossary entries and database entries by the number of likes, similar to ‘liking’ something on social media. The <em style="font-weight: 400;">Like</em> scale is unique because the only assignable grade is <em style="font-weight: 400;">Like</em> and is, therefore, most often used with the <em style="font-weight: 400;">Count of ratings</em> Aggregate type. Numerically, a <em style="font-weight: 400;">Like</em> is worth 1 mark.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-ratings-3.png" alt="" width="713" height="423" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="whocan"></a>Who can rate activities:</span></strong></p>
<p>Note that by default, only administrative roles in the course are allowed to rate forum posts, glossary entries and database entries. If you want to set your forum up so that students can 'Like' each other's posts, please follow the instructions in the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/176/13/allowing-students-to-rate-forum-posts" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-weight: 400;">Allowing Students to Rate Forum Posts</a>.<br /><br /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restriction"></a>Time/date restrictions:</span></strong></p>
<p>6. If you wish to add time restrictions to specify which ratings will be calculated, select the checkbox next to "Restrict ratings to items with dates in this range" and enter the desired range of dates.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum_ratings3.png" alt="" width="699" height="424" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>7. Click <strong>Save and return to course</strong>, or <strong>Save and display</strong>, at the bottom of the page when you are done.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Preparing and Adding Content to eClass ]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/preparing-and-adding-content-to-eclass]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c8ffe9a587b126f152ed3d89a146b445]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 28 Apr 2014 14:37:24 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Generally, there are two ways to add content to a course: creating new 'Page' resources (HTML files with content added directly to eClass) and uploading existing documents as 'File' resources. </span><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"></span></p>
</div>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#first">Dragging and Dropping Existing Files</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#second">Adding activities and resources</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#third">Adding Page resources</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#fourth">Uploading Files</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="first"></a>Dragging-and-Dropping Existing Files</strong></span></p>
<p>If you have a file such as a PDF, and you want to add it to your course page, then the easiest way of adding content would be to drag-and drop it into your course, where it will be added where you choose to drop it.</p>
<p>To start this process, go into your course and make sure that you click on the <strong>Turn editing on</strong> button in the top-right of your course main page, below the gear icon.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/DragAndDrop1.png" alt="The Turn editing on button in the top-right of your course." width="1605" height="158" /></p>
<p>To add a file, find the file you want to add. Then, if your course has topics, drag the file into the topic you want it in. If you don't have topics, just add it into the main page of your course.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/DragAndDrop2.png" alt="Dragging and dropping a file into eClass" width="1342" height="629" /></p>
<p>The file will then be added to your course. If you want to change the name and other settings, click on <strong>Edit</strong> next to the file you added, and in the drop-down menu that appears, click on <strong>Edit settings</strong>.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/DragAndDrop3.png" alt="Showing how to edit settings." width="1335" height="472" /></p>
<p>You will then be taken to a page of settings. Some important ones to look for are:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Name" is required. Make this as meaningful as possible for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Description": Optional provides explanation and instructions for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display description on course page": The description of your file will be displayed on the course page below the link to the file.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Select files": You may upload the file(s) here.<br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display": Together with the file type and whether the browser allows embedding, determines how the file is displayed.<br /></span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Automatic' - The best display option for the file type is selected automatically.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Embed' - The file is displayed within the page below the navigation bar together with the file description and any blocks.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Force download' - The user is prompted to download the file.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Open' - Only the file is displayed in the browser window.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'In pop-up' - The file is displayed in a new browser window without menus or an address bar.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'In frame' - The file is displayed within a frame below the navigation bar and file description.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'New window' - The file is displayed in a new browser window with menus and an address bar.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/DragAndDrop4.png" alt="The settings for a file." width="1605" height="891" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For more information about adding files, please see the following article: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/126/13/adding-files" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding Files</a>. </span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="second"></a>Adding activities and resources</strong></span></p>
<p>We recommend using HTML (Page resources) for content that you would need to update online regularly. These are easily entered online using the built-in eClass editor and can also be printed off by students. File resources would be a good choice if you already have a lot of documents created. File resources cannot be edited online so you must upload new versions of the files each time you make changes.  </p>
<p>Both these resource types are available in editing mode through the <strong>Add an activity or resource</strong> button.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding-content-1.png" alt="" width="793" height="333" /></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/ACfilepage.png" alt="Activity chooser showing file and page activities" width="807" height="1075" /><br /><br /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="third"></a>Adding Page resources</strong></span></p>
<p>Detailed instructions for adding pages can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/127/13/adding-pages">here</a>.</p>
<p>When you are adding resource content within eClass using the standard editor, ensure that you click the top left icon to show the full range of editing icons available as in the image below. The editor features most of the standard editing options.</p>
<p>You can also copy and paste content into this editor. Most formatting will not be copied - the only formatting preserved should be bold, italic, and underlined text.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="fourth"></a>Uploading Files</strong></span></p>
<p>If you want to upload existing files (as File resources), we recommend that they be in PDF format. PDF files open automatically in the browser and cause fewer problems and less confusion. Existing PDF files can be added by drag-and-drop from your desktop or another folder, as shown above at the top of the article. You can find more information in the following article: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/126/13/adding-files" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding Files</a>.</p>
<p>When dragging and dropping files into the files area (see screenshots in Adding files article), ensure that you have the correct file format and the desired file name. eClass will attempt to detect the file type but if it is not explicit, it may identify the file type incorrectly which can cause users problems when viewing or downloading.</p>
<p>Once added to your course, if you need to edit file information such as the name, license information or view file size and date, open editing by click on Edit &gt; Edit settings on the right of the resource.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding-content-4.png" alt="" width="846" height="347" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p>Then click on the file icon in the Content area.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding-content-5.png" alt="" width="1091" height="409" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p>Make required changes in the popup dialogue, and click update to save your changes.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding-content-6.png" alt="" width="510" height="556" /></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding URLs]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-urls]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1afa34a7f984eeabdbb0a7d494132ee5]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 28 Apr 2014 14:58:28 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">eClass allows you to add hyperlinks (URLs) to resources on the Internet and to customize those links as necessary.</span></p>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#adding">Adding a URL</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#general">General</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#appearance">Appearance</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#variables">URL variables</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#common">Common module settings</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#restrict">Restrict access</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#completion">Activity completion</a></li>
<li>8 <a href="#tags">Tags</a></li>
<li>9 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
<h4><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding a URL</strong></h4>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on </span><strong>Edit mode</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> at the top right of your course page. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Move to the topic area where you wish to add content (the week, unit, etc.) and click on the </span><strong>Add an activity or resource</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> link.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on <strong>URL</strong>.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">A new page will open with the URL settings.</span></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="general"></a>General</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Name" is required. Make this as meaningful as possible for your students.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;"> An "External URL" is required. Enter the URL here.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Description" is optional. You may provide explanations or instructions here for your students.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display description on course page" toggles whether or not the description of the URL will be displayed on the course page below the link to your URL.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-url-1.png" alt="" width="768" height="338" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="appearance"></a>Appearance</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display": Together with the file type and whether the browser allows embedding, determines how the file is displayed.</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Automatic' - The best display option for the file type is selected automatically.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Embed' - The file is displayed within the page below the navigation bar together with the file description and any blocks.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Open' - Only the file is displayed in the browser window.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'In pop-up' - The file is displayed in a new browser window without menus or an address bar.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'In frame' - The file is displayed within a frame below the navigation bar and file description.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'New window' - The file is displayed in a new browser window with menus and an address bar.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Pop-up width (in pixels)": You may enter the pop-up width here, provided that the ‘In pop-up’ option for the display is enabled.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Pop-up height (in pixels)": You may enter the pop-up height here, provided that the ‘In pop-up’ option for the display is enabled.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display URL description": Toggles whether or not the resource description will be displayed, provided that either ‘Automatic’, ‘Embed’, or ‘In frame’ is enabled for the display.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-url-2.png" alt="" width="416" height="259" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="variables"></a>URL variables</span> </strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setting allows you to pass internal information and parameters as part of the URL.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-url-3.png" alt="" width="774" height="353" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="common"></a>Common module settings</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Availability": This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of teacher or non-editing teacher).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Make available but now shown on course page' - A link to the activity must be provided from elsewhere, such as from a page resource. The activity would still be listed in the gradebook and other reports.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"ID number": An ID number identifies the activity for grade calculation purposes.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-url-4.png" alt="" width="500" height="119" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrict"></a>Restrict access</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="completion"></a>Activity completion</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Completion tracking": Activity completion is tracked, either manually or automatically, based on certain conditions. Multiple conditions may be set if desired. If so, the activity will only be considered complete when ALL conditions are met. A completion image with text such as "Done" next to the activity name on the course page indicates when the activity is complete. </span></span>Note: In order to set activity completion options, completion tracking must be turned on in your main course settings. See our article on <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking">Completion Tracking</a>.</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require view":</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Student must view this activity to complete it: A tick will only appear once the student views the activity.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Expect completed on": This setting specifies the date when the activity is expected to be completed. The date is not shown to students and is only displayed in the activity completion report.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-url-5.png" alt="" width="612" height="121" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="tags"></a>Tags</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<h4><strong><a id="notes"></a>Notes</strong></h4>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">It is also possible to add URL links to your course in page resources, within label resources, or in the headers of a topic (content section). Basically, anywhere that the eClass content editor is available you have the option of adding links. The following article outlines that process: </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/187/0/adding-a-clickable-link-into-eclass-content" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Adding Clickable Links into eClass</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you are adding a very long list of links such as a reading list or a list of supplemental websites, it may be especially beneficial to add a <strong>Page</strong> resource. Instead of having a long list of single links using the URL resource, creating a <strong>Page</strong> would allow you to create a single link on the main course page (for example: 'Reading List') within which you could copy and paste your list of links so that your students would click within the page to see a list of links and the content on your main course page would stay a bit more focused.</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using Restriction Sets for Conditional Release]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-restriction-sets-for-conditional-release]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[19f3cd308f1455b3fa09a282e0d496f4]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 21 Jul 2015 08:41:58 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#conditional">Conditional release based on activity completion</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#restricting">Restricting access</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#sets">Restriction Sets</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"></div>
<h3><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="conditional"></a>Conditional release based on activity completion:</strong></span></h3>
<p>In order to conditionally release a resource or activity in your course based on the completion of another course item, you will need to make sure that Completion Tracking is enabled in your course. Please see our article on <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Completion Tracking</a>.</p>
<p>Once you have enabled completion tracking in your course, you can set up completion criteria within the activities or resources in your course. In essence, these settings allow you to specify how students can interact with any activity or resource in your course in order to mark it as ‘Complete’. You can allow students to simply read or access an item before it is considered complete, or to manually mark items as complete. In the case of activities, you can also specify that a certain number of posts be made to a forum or that a passing grade be achieved in a quiz before the activity can be marked complete.</p>
<p>After setting some completion criteria for an item in your course, you can then restrict access to other resources or activities based on that item within Restrict Access settings.</p>
<h3><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="restricting"></a>Restricting access:</strong></span></h3>
<p>Restrict Access settings are available within the 'Common module settings' area of all activities and resources in your course. Here, you can restrict student access to any item based on a number of different criteria:</p>
<ul>
<li>Activity Completion</li>
<li>Date</li>
<li>Grade</li>
<li>Group</li>
<li>User Profile</li>
</ul>
<p>The settings and selection mechanisms for these different criteria has not changed and is described here: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/0/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Restricting Access to An Activity or Resource</a>.</p>
<h3><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="sets"></a>Restriction Sets:</strong></span></h3>
<p>You can add multiple access restrictions in combinations. This is especially useful in cases where you require multiple conditions to be met, or when you would like to grant access to your item based on the completion of one of several possible conditions.</p>
<p>For example, let’s say that you have a discussion forum that you want to release to students, but only after a certain lecture has occurred on a specific date AND the student has achieved the requisite score on the previous topic’s practice quiz.</p>
<p>1. To do this, you would click the <strong>Restriction set</strong> option in your restrict access settings. This will create a nested area where you can create any combination of conditions.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-new-3.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>2. For this example, we would Click the <strong>Add restriction</strong> button in the nested restriction set.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-new-4.png" alt="" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>3. Choose the date restriction with the required information.</p>
<p>4. Then click the nested <strong>Add restriction</strong> button once again.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-new-5.png" alt="" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>5. Add the grade criterion (second criterion).</p>
<p>6. After both restrictions have been added, we can confirm at the top of the nested area that each student <strong>MUST</strong> match <strong>ALL</strong> of the nested criteria before they can access this forum.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-new-6.png" alt="" /><br /><br /></p>
<p> </p>
<p>7. Alternatively, you can also change the restriction set criteria to allow the students to have completed ANY of the listed criteria, or none of the listed criteria by selecting ‘MUST NOT’ in the available dropdowns.</p>
<p>8. For more complex restrictions, restriction sets can be nested inside of one another allowing for the usage of both <strong>AND</strong> and <strong>OR</strong> sets for a single activity or resource.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding YuJa Videos into Content Areas of Canvas]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-yuja-videos-into-content-areas-of-canvas1]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b534ba68236ba543ae44b22bd110a1d6]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 02 Mar 2022 21:03:38 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[This article outlines how to add YuJa videos through the standard Canvas editor available in most content areas in the system.


Contents:

1 Introduction
2 Adding a video to a content area (example)
3 Uploading media
4 Recording media
5 Adding m...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This article outlines how to add YuJa videos through the standard Canvas editor available in most content areas in the system.</p>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#intro">Introduction</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#example">Adding a video to a content area (example)</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#upload">Uploading media</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#record">Recording media</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#adding">Adding media to a course</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><a id="intro"></a>For instructors, common spots for adding media would include the content sections of pages, quizzes, assignments, and discussions.</p>
<p>For students, media would most commonly be added to Discussion posts or in assignments requiring <strong>online entry submissions</strong>. This article will show the process from a student's point of view when adding a video to a Discussion post, but the process is common to all content entry locations.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="example"></a>Adding a video to a content area (example)</strong></span></p>
<p>To add YuJa videos in a discussion post, for example, click the <strong>+Add Discussion</strong> button, add a topic, open the content editor, then select the <strong>YuJa</strong> button:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/canvas-yuja-atto-1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: If the YuJa button is hidden, you can find it under the plug-in button marked above.</p>
<p>YuJa videos can also be added to any content editor in quizzes, assignments and pages.</p>
<p><a id="upload"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Uploading media</strong></span></p>
<p>The first time a student accesses YuJa, no media will be available to select, so they should select <strong>Upload media</strong> or <strong>Record content</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-atto-2.png" alt="" width="668" height="118" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>When uploading, it is possible to <strong>drag and drop</strong> or <strong>browse</strong> to upload existing video files. Once selected, these will appear in a progress bar below the uploader while they are in progress:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-atto-3.png" alt="" width="590" height="376" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p><a id="record"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Recording media</strong></span></p>
<p>If students do not have their own media content to add, they can record content.</p>
<p>To record, students will first need to download the YuJa desktop capture application and should select the desktop recording option (browser recording is recommended only if a user is working on a machine that does not have the desktop capture application installed):</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-atto-4.png" alt="" width="596" height="399" /></p>
<p>Once launched, the capture application allows users to select the video, audio, and screen feeds:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-atto-4a.png" alt="" width="592" height="341" /></p>
<p>More information on recording videos in YuJa can be found in <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/493/23/recording-videos-using-yuja" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Recording Videos Using YuJa</a> and on the <a href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/sections/360009152093-YuJa-Software-Capture" target="_blank" rel="noopener">YuJa support portal</a>.</p>
<p><a id="adding"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Adding media to a course</strong></span></p>
<p>Once they have uploaded or recorded a video, <strong>students will need to re-launch the Yuja Media Chooser from the Discussion editor</strong>. They should now see the media they have added, which can then be selected and inserted:</p>
<p></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-atto-5.png" alt="" width="500" height="372" /></p>
<p>Once the YuJa video title appears in the discussion topic content area, it can be posted into the forum or assignment by clicking <strong>Insert Content</strong>.</p>
<p>The resulting Discussion post will display the video in the message frame. Since it is hyperlinked from YuJa, it does not increase the file storage in the course.</p>
<p></p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using the DemoStudent Block to Test the Student Experience]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-the-demostudent-block-to-test-the-student-experience]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d1fe173d08e959397adf34b1d77e88d7]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 28 Aug 2013 20:52:36 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">Instructors have the ability to view their course as how a student would see it for the purposes of testing and ensuring that course content meets the instructor's presentation expectations. There are two ways this can be done:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">Role switching (fast) - used for quick previews</li>
<li style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">DemoStudent Role - may be used for more extensive testing involving user/groups/role/grade specific access, permissions, interactivity, etc.</li>
</ul>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#switch-role">Switch role (Quick)</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#demostudent-block">DemoStudent Block</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#tips-notes">Tips and Notes</a><a href="#anchor"></a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="switch-role"></a>Switch Role to Student</strong></span></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">Under your profile image on the upper-right corner of eClass, choose <strong>Switch role to...</strong> and the click on the role you wish to quickly switch to on the following page.</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/DemoStudent01.AddBlock.png"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/demostudent-1.png" alt="" width="244" height="332" /><br /></a></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"> </p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/demostudent-2.png" alt="" width="668" height="550" /></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="demostudent-block"></a>Using the DemoStudent Block</span></strong></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">For more extensive course testing as a student, use the <em>DemoStudent View</em> by first adding the <strong>DemoStudent block</strong>.</p>
<p>With the <strong>Edit Mode on</strong>, click on <strong><em>Add a block</em></strong> on the right pull-out pane.</p>
<div><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/demostudent-3.png" alt="" width="511" height="591" /></div>
<p>With the DemoStudent Block added you can <strong>Create a DemoStudent</strong> by clicking on the button. This will create a DemoStudent account/profile that will follow the format <em>DemoStudent YourLastName</em>.</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/demostudent-4.png" alt="" width="318" height="479" /></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;" align="baseline">After creating your DemoStudent, the block will change options to show <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><em>Switch to DemoStudent</em></span> or <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><em>Unenrol DemoStudent</em></span>.</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/demostudent-5.png" alt="" width="314" height="448" /></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;" align="baseline">The DemoStudent block updates to show what view you are currently in. If you are in the DemoStudent view and want to change back, click on the <strong>Return to my Instructor role</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/demostudent-6.png" alt="" width="316" height="172" /></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;" align="baseline">Please note that, while in any Demo Student mode, all student-based restrictions will apply, (i.e., you will not see hidden content or access content that imposes restrictions on students.)</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;" align="baseline">You can also check to see what mode you are in by looking at your profile on the upper-right in eClass.</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/demostudent-7.png" alt="" width="378" height="56" align="bottom" border="0" hspace="0" vspace="0" /></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><strong><a id="tips-notes"></a>Tip:</strong><br />To work faster and not have to frequently switch between modes, we recommend that you use different browser sessions: one for the Instructor view and another for the Student view. You can use any combination of your preferred browser and a different browser, incognito/private browser window, other profiles on the browser, etc. This way, you can make changes in the Instructor window, and refresh the Student window to view them.</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">You may see a message in the DemoStudent block when you switch to the DemoStudent view with a message, "This course is currently unavailable to students", which indicates that your course is closed for access and you should open your course so that your DemoStudent will be able to view it. See <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/42/0/controlling-student-access-to-your-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Controlling Student Access to Your Course</a>.</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">The DemoStudent Block is only visible to Instructors.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">DemoStudents cannot post to forums, save grade data, or appear in the grader report.</span></li>
<li style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">DemoStudents can be added to groups. Keep in mind that the eClass nightly roster sync will revert the cohort enrollments and remove the DemoStudent from the group.</li>
<li style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">Deleting the block will not automatically unenroll a DemoStudent from the course. You must click <em>Unenroll DemoStudent</em> for this to occur. You may also unenroll the DemoStudent from the Participants page as well.</li>
<li style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">Certain HTML/CSS styles do not appear correctly in the DemoStudent view.</li>
</ul>
<div> </div>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using the Group Sign-Up block (Instructors)]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-the-group-sign-up-block-instructors]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5ef698cd9fe650923ea331c15af3b160]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 25 Sep 2018 11:25:23 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>As an extension of the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/List/Index/33/working-with-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Groups/Groupings</a> functionality, the <strong>Group Sign-up block</strong> allows students to create or join pre-created groups for collaborating in eClass activities <em>without the instructor needing to manually add them to the groups</em>. The block allows instructors to pre-create groups in a grouping they want students to self-select into or allow students to create and then join their own groups.</p>
<p>This article describes how instructors can use the Group Sign-up block in their eClass course. The block can additionally be used in conjunction with a pre-survey to have students create well-matched teams for group work. For more information on that option see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/471/33/advanced-use-of-group-sign-up-block" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Advanced Use of the Group Sign-up block</a>.</p>
<p> </p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#initial-setup">Initial setup</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#Adding-the-block">Adding the block</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#Students-interact-with-the-block">Students interaction with the block</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#Final-steps">Final steps: Associate groups to activities</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p> </p>
<p><a id="Initial-setup"></a><strong> Initial set up</strong></p>
<p>The Group Sign-up block <strong>requires</strong> that there is a grouping in the course in which the groups will be added/self-created. Instructors must create a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/148/44/setting-up-groupings" target="_blank" rel="noopener">grouping</a> - basically a collection of groups to serve a purpose in a course activity (projects/assignments/discussions/etc). This grouping will be used so students can either <span style="text-decoration: underline;">sign-up for groups</span> or <span style="text-decoration: underline;">will allow students to create their own groups</span>. Any groups created will be associated specifically with this grouping and will categorize the groups created to differentiate them from other associated activities.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="Adding-the-block"></a>Adding the block</strong></span></p>
<p>1. <strong>Add the Group Sign-up Block</strong>. (<a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/133/13/adding-blocks" target="_blank" rel="noopener">How to add blocks</a>)</p>
<p>2. Once the block is added, click <em><strong>Edit skills group settings</strong></em> to specify the parameters:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-signup-1.png" alt="" width="259" height="141" /></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-signup-7.png" alt="" width="827" height="937" /></p>
<p>3. The 'Inputs' section is only required if using the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/471/33/advanced-use-of-group-sign-up-block" target="_blank" rel="noopener">advanced features of the block</a>.</p>
<p>4. Under 'Outputs':</p>
<ul>
<li>Choose the grouping created in the <a href="#Initial-setup">Initial setup</a></li>
<li>Decide whether students can create groups for themselves, name them, add other classmates, and/or view other group members</li>
<li>Set a maximum group size and a group formation deadline</li>
</ul>
<p>5. <strong>Save changes</strong>.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="Students-interact-with-the-block"></a>Student usage of the block</strong></span></p>
<p>After you save changes, students can access the Group Sign-up block. The sign-up block allows them to:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Create</strong> (if enabled)/<strong>Edit a group</strong></li>
<li><strong>Join existing group</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-selfcreated-signup-3.png" alt="" width="292" height="150" /></p>
<p>For more information on how students interact with it, please see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/345/10/using-the-group-sign-up-block-students" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using the Group Sign-Up block (Students)</a>.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="Final-steps"></a>Final steps: Associate groups to activities</strong></span></p>
<p>1. Create an activity.</p>
<p>2. After specifying the parameters for your activity, scroll down to the '<strong><em>Common module settings</em></strong>' section.</p>
<p>3. Under the '<em><strong>Grouping</strong></em>' dropdown, choose the grouping that you created in the <a href="#Initial-setup">initial step</a>.</p>
<p><strong>* Note</strong>: If you are using an <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/134/13/adding-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Assignment</a> activity, you may be interested in <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/134/13/adding-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Group submission settings</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Switching between the available course formats in eClass]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/switching-between-the-available-course-formats-in-eclass]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0f49c89d1e7298bb9930789c8ed59d48]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 18 Oct 2016 15:56:33 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-weight: 400;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">Course formats in eClass are options that organize and structure your course content differently, </span><strong style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;"><em>without affecting the content itself.</em></strong><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;"> Feel free to try out different formats: switching between formats never affects the content of the course by adding or deleting elements you have created.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">There are eight formats that can be used in your course:</span></p>
</div>
<ul>
<li>Weekly format</li>
<li>Topics format</li>
<li>Collapsed Topics</li>
<li>Collapsed Topics with Collapsed Labels</li>
<li>Onetopic format</li>
<li>Social format</li>
<li><strong>New in June 2023 - </strong>Card/List format</li>
<li><strong>New in June 2023 - </strong>Tiles format</li>
</ul>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#change">Changing the course format</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#weekly">Weekly format</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#topics">Topics, Collapsed Topics, and Collapsed Topics with Collapsed Labels</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#highlight">Highlight Topics, Collapsed Topics, and Collapsed Topics with Collapsed Labels</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#onetopic">OneTopic format</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#social">Social format</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#card-list">Card/List format</a></li>
<li>8 <a href="#tiles">Tiles format</a></li>
<li>9 <a href="#additional">Additional notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><strong></strong></p>
<p>1. <strong><a id="change"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Change course format</span></strong></p>
<p>You can change your course’s format by clicking on the Settings tab at the top of your main course page and scrolling down to the Course format section:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/switch_settings.png" alt="Course settings" width="490" height="120" /></p>
<p>Then expand the <strong>Course format</strong> drop-down</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/switch_formats_list.png" alt="" width="480" height="237" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>2. <a id="weekly"></a><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Weekly format</span></strong> names each content section (or topic) in your course with a date range of one week. To modify when the weeks start, change the “Course start date” under <em>General</em> while editing your <strong>Settings</strong>. Note: this setting ONLY modifies the date ranges for the displayed weeks and nothing else in your course.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/weeks2.PNG" alt="" width="746" height="346" /></p>
<p>The current week will be highlighted as the current topic and is automatically updated each week.</p>
<p><a id="topics"></a>3. <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Topics</span></strong>, <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Collapsed Topics</span></strong>, and <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Collapsed Topics with Collapsed Labels</span></strong> are very similar layouts, each organizing the course into content sections with editable names and headers.</p>
<p>Both of the collapsed types are useful for making your course content more compact.</p>
<p>The differences can be seen in the image below showing the three formats applied to the same course with the same content:</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Topics format:</strong></span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/compare1.PNG" alt="" width="650" height="394" /></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Collapsed Topics format:</strong></span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/compare2.PNG" alt="" width="715" height="316" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"></p>
<ul>
<li><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Collapsed Topics with Collapsed Labels format:</span></strong></li>
</ul>
<p></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/compare3.PNG" alt="" width="701" height="389" /></p>
<p></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The <strong><em>Collapsed topics with Collapsed labels</em></strong> format activities and resources must be indented under a label to be collapsed inside of it. Indenting can be done by clicking <strong>Edit → Move right</strong>. <strong>New in June 2023, </strong>indents are not visible in a course until the page has been reloaded (the same thing applies to notifications for hidden sections.)<br /><br /><strong>New in 2023:</strong> The <strong>Labels</strong> activity used in collapse labels format has been renamed to <strong>Text and media area</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/moveRight.png" alt="" width="605" height="234" /></p>
<p><em>Collapsed Topics with Collapsed Labels</em> is a very rigid layout designed specifically to be used only with labels consisting of a single-line of unformatted text.</p>
<p><a id="highlight"></a>4. <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Highlight Topics, Collapsed Topics, and Collapsed Topics with Collapsed Labels</strong></span></p>
<p>To set the current topic in these three formats, click <strong>Edit mode</strong> in the top right of the course and then click on <strong>Edit</strong> in the top right corner of the topic that you would like highlighted, then on <strong>Highlight</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/highlightTopic.png" alt="" width="662" height="392" /></p>
<p>The current topic will be highlighted:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/highlightedTopic.png" alt="" width="541" height="353" /></p>
<p>If you are using a layout with collapsed topics, whichever topic you set as the current topic will be opened by default. This helps students to find the content currently being covered in the course.</p>
<p>It is possible to set up <em>Collapsed Topics</em> or <em>Collapsed Topics with Labels</em> to behave like the <em>Weekly format</em>. After changing your course format to one of these two modes, the page will refresh and you will be given some additional options under <em>Course format</em> in your course’s settings. Under <em>Set structure</em>, select <strong>Week</strong> to mimic the behavior of weekly format while maintaining the use of collapsible topics. </p>
<p></p>
<p>5. <a id="onetopic"></a><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">OneTopic format</span></strong> places each topic on a separate page and adds a series of links at the top of the course allowing users to navigate between the pages:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/onetopic.PNG" alt="" width="757" height="157" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>More information about the Onetopic format can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/353/13/onetopic-course-format-features" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</p>
<p></p>
<p>6. <a id="social"></a><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Social format</span></strong> is unique in that it does not behave like the other topics. In social format, the course is just a single forum with no additional activities or resources.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/social.PNG" alt="" width="552" height="264" /></p>
<p><a id="card-list"></a>7. <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Card/List format</strong></span> displays course section either as a standard list or as course cards (similar to the tiles format below) but also automatically adds a header banner image at the top of the course. Summary information about the course content is displayed for the course and for each sub-section, along with the user's completion progress:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/card-list-format.png" width="985" height="773" alt="" /></p>
<p><a id="tiles"></a>8. <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Tiles format</strong></span> allows instructors to display the content sections of a course as square tiles with their content nested underneath them. This format allows a very compact view and removes the course index from the left edge of a course. The top topic (section 0) is excluded from the tiled view so instructors should reduce the number of content items in that section.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/tiles-format.png" width="1050" height="849" alt="" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="additional"></a>Additional notes:</strong></span></p>
<ol>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li>To change the number of topics or weeks in a course please see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/32/13/adding-extra-topicsweeks-to-your-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding Extra Topics/Weeks to your Course</a>.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Introduction to Badges]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/introduction-to-badges]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[63923f49e5241343aa7acb6a06a751e7]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 08 Aug 2016 16:33:05 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>Badges are a gamification feature in eClass intended to make learning more interesting for students. This article will introduce basic Badge usage in eClass and is tailored to instructors who are new to Badges.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Three steps are required to use badges in a course:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Adding/Creating a new badge</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Managing the badge</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Setting up criteria for the new badge</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enabling the badge so that it can be awarded to students</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Adding/Creating New Badges</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">In the tabs above your course, dropdown <em>More</em> and choose <em>Badges</em>.</span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-intro-1.png" alt="" width="500" height="291" /><br /><br /></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on <strong>Add a new badge</strong>.</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br /></span><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-intro-2.png" alt="" width="600" height="261" /><br /><br /></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">On the next screen, enter all of the required badge information.</span></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-intro-3.png" alt="" width="600" height="523" /><br /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">         <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-intro-4.png" alt="" width="600" height="261" />        </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-intro-5.png" alt="" width="600" height="242" /><br /><br />       </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    4. Click <em>Create badge</em> and you will return to the Badges main screen for further configuration options.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Managing Badges</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Once a badge has been created, you will gain access to options for managing them from the Badges area initially accessed.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-intro-6.png" alt="" width="600" height="257" /><br /><br /></p>
<ol>
<li>By default, it will display all the badges and give you a dropdown to add badge criteria.</li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You will now specify the criteria that students will need to meet for receiving the badge. Badges may be awarded based on:</span></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Manual issue (this article's example)</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Course completion</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Other awarded badges</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Activity completion</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Please see the article on <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/276/13/advanced-use-of-badges">Advanced Use of Badges</a> for information on the other criteria types.<br /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this example, to set up <em>Manual issue by role</em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> criteria:</span></span></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Choose </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Manual issue by role</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in the drop-down badge criteria menu.<br /></span><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-intro-7.png" alt="" width="600" height="326" /></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Select the role or roles of issuer(s). </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Specify whether the badge must be awarded by a person from each of the selected roles (e.g. awarded by </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Instructor</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> AND </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">TA</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">) or if it must be awarded by </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Any</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> one person with one of the selected roles (e.g. awarded by </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Instructor</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> OR </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">TA</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">)</span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-intro-8.png" alt="" width="600" height="717" /><br /><br /></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enter a <em>D</em><em>escription</em> to show the criteria to students. </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click </span><strong>Save </strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">once finished.</span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-intro-9.png" alt="" width="600" height="453" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Enabling Badges</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Finally, you will need to enable your new badge.</span></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the </span><strong>Enable access </strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">button from the Badge index. </span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-intro-10.png" alt="" width="600" height="304" /><br /><br /></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the </span><strong>Continue </strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">button to confirm. For more information on criteria locking see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/276/13/advanced-use-of-badges" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Advanced Use of Badges.</a></span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-intro-11.png" alt="" width="500" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Awarding badges manually</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After enabling the badge, you can start awarding them to students:</span></p>
<ol>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">In your Badges index, dropdown and click on the 'Recipients' option, and click <strong>Award badge</strong>.<br /></span><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-intro-12.png" alt="" width="500" height="245" /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-intro-13.png" alt="" width="500" height="248" /></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Choose or search for any students from the right hand side and then click </span><strong>Award badge</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-intro-14.png" alt="" width="500" height="431" /></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For more details and advanced usage of Badges in eClass, please see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/276/13/advanced-use-of-badges" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Advanced Use of Badges</a>.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Sharing and Re-using YuJa videos]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/sharing-and-re-using-yuja-videos]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3cf166c6b73f030b4f67eeaeba301103]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 03 May 2022 08:25:26 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[This article describes how instructors can share videos they have uploaded into YuJa with colleagues inside or outside the U of A. In most cases, as long as YuJa has been added to a course (as shown in this article) and/or the videos are published to a co...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This article describes how instructors can share videos they have uploaded into YuJa with colleagues inside or outside the U of A. In most cases, as long as YuJa has been added to a course (as shown in this <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/536/55/enabling-yuja-in-your-canvas-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">article</a>) and/or the videos are published to a course channel, no special steps are required to display videos to students. This article will also explain how to share existing videos with students in a different course or a new term's iteration of a course. Instructors working in teaching teams who require other users to edit videos or create and upload new caption files will also find instructions for creating shared folders.</p>
<p>The starting point for this article is to have at least one video uploaded into YuJa and appear in a user's 'My Media' area.</p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a title="Sharing a single video via URL" href="#singlevidurl">Sharing a single video via URL</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#embed">Embedding Video</a></li>
<li>3 <a title="Publishing videos to another course channel" href="#publishing">Publishing videos to another course channel</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#shared-folders">Sharing Video Folders</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#shared-link">Sharing Video Folder with Multiple Users</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="singlevidurl"></a>Sharing a single video via URL</strong></span></p>
<p>You can share a video by sending a link, either publicly or privately via a generated URL.</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to your YuJa admin page and locate your video.</li>
<li>Hover over the desired video and click 'More':<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-reuse-1.png" alt="" width="496" height="331" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>In the window, click on the 'Links' category:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-reuse-2.png" alt="" width="524" height="547" /><br /><br />Here, you can copy the direct link to the video and paste it into a webpage or email to individuals. You can also copy an embed code for the video to add it to a webpage with a built-in player. Other options include obtaining a <strong>Permalink</strong> (an unchanging link that you can share in other resources).<br /><br />Note that you <strong>must</strong> adjust your <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/504" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Security Settings</a> to ensure that your intended audience will be able to view the video - by default videos are only available to U of A authenticated users. It is possible to adjust privacy settings and enter restrictions based on password, authentication, dates, IP, geographical location, and/or domain:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/using-yuja-4.png" alt="" width="700" height="510" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p>Once you have copied the Direct Link (or the Embed Code or Permalink if preferred), you can paste this into your destination's content area. This could be any external website or into an email if sending directly to specific users.<br /><br /><a id="module"></a>It is also possible to add the URL link to a Canvas <strong>Module</strong>. Click the <strong>+plus</strong> sign next to the Module title. In the popup, click the Assignment dropdown and select <strong>External URL</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/canvas_yuja_external_url.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Add the URL, give it a title, and click <strong>Add Item</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/canvas_yuja_external_url_to_module.png" alt="" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="embed"></a>Embedding Videos</strong></span><br /><br />When embedding videos, if Canvas is the destination, instead of pasting the embed code, the preferred method of embedding videos is to use the <strong>YuJa</strong> editor plugin button, which allows users to select any of their videos from the interface Media Chooser:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/canvas-yuja-sharing_assignment.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>If the YuJa icon is hidden, click the plug icon to find it.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: Videos can be added from YuJa in any editor window in a Canvas Assignment, Quiz, Discussion or Page.</p>
<p>When the YuJa Media Chooser opens, click to highlight a video, then click <strong>Insert Content</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-atto-5.png" alt="" width="530" height="399" /></p>
<p>The video will be added to the editor window.<br /> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="publishing"></a>Publishing videos to another course channel</strong> </span></p>
<p>Existing videos in YuJa can be easily shared with other course channels by publishing. The system provides the ability for bulk publishing of any or all videos within the same folder in a single operation.</p>
<ol>
<li>Locate a folder of your videos that you wish to share then select the videos to share. Select videos by:
<ul>
<li>Dragging a selection box around videos</li>
<li>Clicking CTRL or CMD + Clicking on videos</li>
<li>Clicking CTRL or CMD A to select all videos in the folder</li>
</ul>
<br /><br /></li>
<li>Selected videos take on a light blue background - screenshot showing videos not selected:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-reuse-5.png" alt="" width="586" height="262" /><br /><br />Screenshot showing videos selected (faint blue border around videos selected):<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-reuse-6.png" alt="" width="544" height="227" /><br /><br /><strong>Note</strong>: You may only bulk publish videos within folders to other locations; entire folders or collections cannot be published. If a folder is included in your selection, other options will <strong>not</strong> be available.<br /><br /></li>
<li>After you make your selection, the 'More Actions' menu will change to show you more options to choose from. Click 'Bulk Publish':<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/canvas_yuja_bulk_publish.png" alt="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Here you may publish your items to any one of your courses. Search for, then choose your courses by clicking on them. Use the right arrow to add them to the 'Selected Channels' area:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/canvas_yuja_bulk_publish_select.png" alt="" width="580" height="559" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>You can use "Additional Options" to select the date range videos will be available in the new channel.</li>
<li>Click to highlight any wrongly added course and use the left arrow to remove it.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>, and you will see a progress popup indicating the sharing progress.</li>
</ol>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="shared-folders"></a>Sharing Folders</strong></span></p>
<p>If a user needs a colleague (eg. a co-instructor or a TA) to be able to edit videos or add/change video transcript files, this can be accomplished by creating shared folders. To do this users should:</p>
<ol>
<li>Access their 'My media' page and click <strong>New Folder</strong>. Note that a user's 'Default Collection' folder cannot be shared with colleagues:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-shared-folders-1.png" width="475" height="175" alt="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Highlight the newly created folder by clicking on it and then from the top centre <strong>More Actions</strong> dropdown, click <strong>Share Folder</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/canvas_yuja_share_selected_folder.png" alt="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Search for a user by first and last name, then select them from the returned list. Click <strong>Share</strong> to share the folder:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/canvas_yuja_share_folder_user.png" alt="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The user will then be listed below 'Who has access' and this change confirmed by clicking <strong>Save</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/canvas_yuja_share_folder_user_access.png" alt="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li><strong>Full access</strong> is granted by default; the permissions options include the more restricted Edit Access, Edit Caption Access, and Read Only. These can be changed for the individual user:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/canvas_yuja_share_selected_folder_options.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Once a folder is shared with a user or users, they will receive an email alerting them to the link, and the folder will also appear under <strong>Shared with me </strong>in the left nav:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-shared-folders-5.png" width="500" height="360" alt="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Any videos added to shared folders will be editable, subject to the permissions settings.</li>
</ol>
<h1><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><span style="font-size: 14pt;"><a id="shared-link"></a>Sharing Video Folders with Multiple Users</span></strong></span></h1>
<p>It is possible to share a folder with multiple users by sharing a link to the folder. if you have a mailing list you can send a link.</p>
<p>Once you have located the folder, click the three-dot dropdown and click on<span> </span><strong>More</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/yuja_folder_more.png" alt="" width="274" height="200" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>In the window that opens, click<span> </span><strong>Links</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/yuja_folder_links.png" alt="" width="294" height="312" /></p>
<p>You can copy the link to the folder that you are going to share by clicking the copy icon:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/yuja_folder_link_copy.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>You will want to select the security options for sharing by clicking on<span> </span><strong>Security</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/yuja_folder_security.png" alt="" width="479" height="175" /></p>
<p>Choose<span> </span><strong>Public</strong><span> </span>so that it can be shared by the link:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/yuja_folder_security_public.png" alt="" width="513" height="363" /></p>
<p>You can also set a password as one of the other restrictions. If everyone has a ualberta.ca account, you can set the default domain restriction (automatically populated), which will force residents to log in to YuJa.</p>
<p>Click<span> </span><strong>Save</strong>, and say yes to sharing all videos and subfolders in the folder.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Recording Videos Using YuJa]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/recording-videos-using-yuja]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2f55707d4193dc27118a0f19a1985716]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 14 Dec 2021 15:59:15 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[This article covers how to use the YuJa software capture application to record audio, video, and screens for upload to your course. Recordings can be made on personal laptops or desktops, and the software is also available on the campus classroom podium c...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This article covers how to use the YuJa software capture application to record audio, video, and screens for upload to your course. Recordings can be made on personal laptops or desktops, and the software is also available on the campus classroom podium computers.<br />  </p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#create">Create Recording</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#recording">Recording Lectures in Classrooms Using YuJa</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#picture-in-picture">Picture-in-picture controls</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<h1><a id="create"></a> <span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 14pt;"><strong>Create Recording</strong></span></h1>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">To get the software for lecture capture, you first need to </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/536/55/enabling-yuja-in-your-canvas-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">create a YuJa  activity in your course.</span></a> </strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Once added, when you click on a course-level YuJa activity in your course, the YuJa video platform will open in a new tab.</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the </span><strong>Create Recording</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> tab at the top of the page:</span></strong></span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-recording-1.png" alt="" width="566" height="169" /></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">At the bottom of the dialogue box that opens, click on <strong>Download</strong> if you have not yet installed the software:</span></strong></span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-recording-2.png" alt="" width="577" height="355" /></p>
<p>The installation will automatically detect your operating system, whether it's a Mac or a Windows PC.</p>
<p>For detailed instructions on using the capture software, please see the YuJa documentation:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- PC - <a href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/articles/360050855233-Installing-the-Software-Capture-for-PC-Application" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Installing</a> | <a href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/articles/360050855393-Using-the-Software-Capture-for-PC-Application" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Usage</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Mac - <a href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/articles/360050065154-Installing-the-Software-Capture-for-Apple-Application" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Installing</a> | <a href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/articles/360050856493-Using-the-Software-Capture-for-Apple-Application" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Usage</a></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>if you already have video files on your device, you do not need to re-record; you can simply drag and drop the files or select them from your computer. If you have videos on YouTube or Google Drive, you will need to download them first before uploading them to YuJa. If you are recording video using Zoom, you can also<a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/501/50/moving-zoom-recordings-into-yuja" target="_blank" rel="noopener"> set up automatic importing from Zoom to YuJa.</a></p>
<p>For an overview of the basics of working with uploaded or recorded video, please see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/486/13/using-the-yuja-enterprise-video-platform" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using the YuJa Enterprise Video Platform</a>.</p>
<h1><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="recording"></a><span style="font-size: 14pt;">Recording Lectures in Classrooms Using YuJa</span></span></strong></h1>
<p>The YuJa capture software is already installed in all centrally-managed classrooms. Instructors can <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/19CKuQ1N4GK71gL0vdwwZ6NukZqUV8rXuIaDeTlmx8tA" target="_blank" rel="noopener">view the following guide</a>, prepared by the Learning Spaces Support team, to identify specific video and audio sources to use in classrooms. It is possible to arrange <a href="https://universityofalberta.freshservice.com/support/catalog/items/132" target="_blank" rel="noopener">in-person training sessions in lecture rooms</a> for additional assistance using YuJa. The LSS team can also be contacted directly through the <a href="https://universityofalberta.freshservice.com/support/home" target="_blank" rel="noopener">U of A Service Portal</a> available on the <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/services/staff-service-centre/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Staff Service Centre</a> and the <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/services/student-service-centre/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Student Service Centre</a> webpages.</p>
<p>For urgent classroom issues, call the Service Desk at +1 780 492 8000.</p>
<h1><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="picture-in-picture"></a><span style="font-size: 14pt;">Picture-in-picture controls</span></strong></span></h1>
<p>For recordings created in <strong>YuJa Create Recording</strong>, you can use the controls to switch between different views of the screen and camera captures. If there is no camera feed, viewers can turn off the blank picture-in-picture frame by switching to a single-stream view.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"> <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-pcture-in-picture-tiles.png" alt="" width="509" height="264" /></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Feedback Activities]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-feedback-activities]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8d5e957f297893487bd98fa830fa6413]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 08 May 2014 15:06:55 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The feedback activity allows instructors to have students respond to a series of questions resembling a quiz. These questions are not gradable (there is no correct answer possible) and so are best for gathering feedback, not for assessment. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The difference between the <strong>Feedback</strong> activity and the <strong>Survey</strong> activity is that the survey tool can only use its own built-in questions and generally is not recommended for use.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Once you've added the activity, you can refer to the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/431/14/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="Using the feedback activity">Using the Feedback Activity</a> for configuration instructions.</span></p>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#adding">Adding a Feedback Activity</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#general">General</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#availability">Availability</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#question">Question and submission settings</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#after">After submission</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#common">Common module settings</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#restrict">Restrict access</a></li>
<li>8 <a href="#completion">Activity completion</a></li>
<li>9 <a href="#tags">Tags</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<h4><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding a Feedback Activity:</strong></span></h4>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on </span><strong>Edit mode</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> at the top right corner of your class page.   </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Move to the topic area where you wish to add content (the week, unit, etc.) and click on the </span><strong>Add an activity or resource</strong> <span style="font-weight: 400;">link.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the <strong>Feedback </strong>icon, and a setings page will open</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="general"></a>General:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Name" is required. Make this as meaningful as possible for your students</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Description" is optional. You may identify the purpose of the feedback here.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display description on course page": Toggles whether or not the description of the feedback item will be displayed on the course page below the link to your feedback item.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-feedback-1.png" alt="" width="667" height="374" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="availability"></a>Availability:</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setting allows instructors to specify a time frame in which the feedback tool is accessible. Leave the boxes unchecked if there are no time limitations.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-feedback-2.png" alt="" width="558" height="128" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="question"></a>Question and submission settings:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Record user names": Allows instructors to choose whether to receive anonymous feedback or log the user's name when submitting responses. The default is Anonymous</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Allow multiple submissions": If anonymous feedback is enabled, students can submit an unlimited number of responses. If a user's name is logged during feedback, the user will be allowed to re-submit responses.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Enable notification of submissions": Allows instructors to receive an eClass notification when a response is submitted.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Auto numbers questions": If enabled, eClass will automatically number your feedback questions.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-feedback-3.png" alt="" width="503" height="282" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="after"></a>After submission:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Show analysis page": Toggles whether or not to display summary results.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Completion message": You may enter a message to the students here after a response is submitted.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Link to next activity": After submitting the feedback, a continue button is displayed, which links to the course page. If the URL of an activity is entered here, the continue button will link to that activity.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-feedback-4.png" alt="" width="632" height="473" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="common"></a>Common module settings:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Availability": This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of teacher or non-editing teacher).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Make available but now shown on course page' - A link to the activity must be provided from elsewhere, such as from a page resource. The activity would still be listed in the gradebook and other reports.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"ID number": An ID number identifies the activity for grade calculation purposes.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Group mode": The group mode defined at course level is the default mode for all activities within the course. Each activity that supports groups can also define its own group mode, though if the group mode is forced at course level, the group mode setting for each activity is ignored. This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'No groups' - Students are not segregated into groups.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Separate groups' - Only group members can see their own group while other groups remain invisible.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Visible groups' - Group members can see other groups but still work in their own group.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Grouping": A grouping is a collection of groups within a course. If a grouping is selected, students assigned to groups within the grouping will be able to work together.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'"Add group/grouping access restriction": Allows access only to students who belong to a specified group, or all groups.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-feedback-5.png" alt="" width="554" height="248" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrict"></a>Restrict access:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="completion"></a>Activity completion:</span></strong></p>
<p><em>Please note that you will not see the activity completion options until activity completion is enabled for your course. The steps to enable activity completion tracking can be found in our article on <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Completion Tracking</a>.</em></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Completion tracking": Activity completion is tracked, either manually or automatically, based on certain conditions. Multiple conditions may be set if desired. If so, the activity will only be considered complete when ALL conditions are met. A tick next to the activity name on the course page indicates when the activity is complete.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require view":</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Student must view this activity to complete it: A tick will only appear once the student views the activity.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">View as completed if the feedback is submitted: A tick will only appear once the feedback is submitted.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Expect completed on": This setting specifies the date when the activity is expected to be completed. The date is not shown to students and is only displayed in the activity completion report.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-feedback-6.png" alt="" width="586" height="154" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="tags"></a>Tags:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Once a feedback activity has been created, users can view <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/431/14/using-the-feedback-activity" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using the Feedback Activity</a> to learn how to add questions and view student responses.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 9pt;"><strong><strong> </strong></strong></span></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Files ]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-files]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[069059b7ef840f0c74a814ec9237b6ec]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 28 Apr 2014 14:44:37 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Files are one of the basic and most used types of content in eClass courses. When adding files, PDF files are usually preferable to other formats since browsers display PDF files in a consistent format. For a bit more information on general course content please see </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/124/13/preparing-and-adding-content-to-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Preparing Content for Upload into eClass</a><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
</div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">There are 2 main mechanisms for uploading files into eClass.</span></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#dragging">Adding Files by Dragging and Dropping</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#multiple">Adding multiple files</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#chooser">Adding a File Resource through the Activity Chooser</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#settings">Settings</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#general">General</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#appearance">Appearance</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#common">Common module settings</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#restrict">Restrict access</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#tags">Tags</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana, geneva; padding-left: 40px;">
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="dragging"></a>Adding Files by Dragging and Dropping</strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">1. Click on </span><strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of your eClass page<span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">2. Find the desired file on your computer. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">3. Click the file then, drag-and-drop it toward any topic area where you wish to add content.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">You will see a message in the topic area, 'Drop files here to add them to the bottom of this section'.</span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-files.png" alt="" width="907" height="380" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">4. Once you have dropped your file, it will be listed at the bottom of the <strong>Topic</strong> where you dropped it.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br />,<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-files-2.png" alt="" width="501" height="219" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">5. If you need to edit the file settings, click on </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">the 3dot dropdown to the right of the file and click on </span><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span><strong>Edit settings</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-files-3.png" alt="" width="690" height="315" /><br /><br /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a id="multiple"></a>6. You can add drag-and-drop multiple files at the same time. Simply highlight all of the desired files, and then drag-and-drop them together.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-files-4.png" alt="" width="816" height="425" /></strong></p>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;"><strong></strong></div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">7. Multiple files will display at the bottom of the Topic:</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;"></div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;"></div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana, geneva; padding-left: 40px;"><strong><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-files-5.png" alt="" width="642" height="321" /></strong></strong></div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;"><strong><strong><br /></strong></strong>
<h4><strong>Additional Notes</strong></h4>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Dragging-and-dropping images into your course will give you the option to either upload it as a downloadable file resource or to embed it directly into your eClass page for viewing.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">You may notice that you can add multiple files when you add a single file resource - normally only one of these will show up. The reason is that some uploaded files require "hidden" companion files, for example, if you were uploading a web page with embedded files (you would only want the web page to be visible as a file).  If you are in this situation, make sure you set the HTML primary file as the default file by clicking on the desired file in the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Select files</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> interface and then selecting </span><strong>Set main file</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> at the top of the pop-up.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Otherwise, if you wish to upload multiple files and have them all visible to students, you should upload the files individually or </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/128/13/adding-folders" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">into a Folder</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
</div>
<h4><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="chooser"></a>Adding a File Resource through the Activity Chooser</span><br /></strong></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">1. Click on </span><strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of your eClass page<span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">2. Move to the topic area where you wish to add content (the week, unit, etc.) and click on the </span><strong>Add an activity or resource</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> link.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">3. Click on </span><strong>File</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and a </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">new page will open with the file activity settings:</span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a id="settings"></a>Settings</span></strong></span></p>
<p><a id="general"></a><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">General</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Name" is required. Make this as meaningful as possible for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Description": Optional provides explanation and instructions for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display description on course page": The description of your file will be displayed on the course page below the link to the file.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Select files": You may upload the file(s) here.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-file-1.png" alt="" width="691" height="529" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">4. Click the file selection button above then browser to find the file you want on your computer.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span><img src="data:image/png;base64,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" alt="File picker" title="add-file-picker.png" width="693" height="469" style="font-size: 14.6667px;" /></p>
<p>5. Your file will show in the file settings:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-file-uploaded.png" alt="File uploaded" width="662" height="231" /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="appearance"></a>Appearance</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Display': Together with the file type and whether the browser allows embedding, determines how the file is displayed.</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Automatic' - The best display option for the file type is selected automatically.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Embed' - The file is displayed within the page below the navigation bar together with the file description and any blocks.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Force download' - The user is prompted to download the file.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Open' - Only the file is displayed in the browser window.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'In pop-up' - The file is displayed in a new browser window without menus or an address bar.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'In frame' - The file is displayed within a frame below the navigation bar and file description.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'New window' - The file is displayed in a new browser window with menus and an address bar.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Show size": Displays the file size, such as ‘3.1 MB’, beside links to the files. If there are multiple files in this resource, the total size of all files is displayed.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Show type": Displays the type of the file, such as “Word Document”, beside links to the file. If there are multiple files in this resource, the start file type is displayed. If the file type is not known to the system, it will not display.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Show upload/modified date": Displays the upload/modified date beside links to the file. If there are multiple files in this resource, the start file upload/modified date is displayed.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Different addiitonal display options will appear depending upon the initial 'Display' option chosen</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Pop-up width (in pixels)": You may enter the pop-up width here, provided that the ‘In pop-up’ option for the display is enabled.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Pop-up height (in pixels)": You may enter the pop-up height here, provided that the ‘In pop-up’ option for the display is enabled.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display resource description": Toggles whether or not the resource description will be displayed, provided that either ‘Automatic’, ‘Embed’, or ‘In frame’ is enabled for the display.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Use filters on file content": Select ‘All files’ or ‘HTML files only’  according to your file types. </span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-file-2.png" alt="" width="692" height="307" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="common"></a>Common module settings</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Availability": This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of teacher or non-editing teacher).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Make available but now shown on course page' - A link to the activity must be provided from elsewhere, such as from a page resource. The activity would still be listed in the gradebook and other reports.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“ID number": An ID number identifies the activity for grade calculation purposes.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-file-3.png" alt="" width="642" height="121" /><br /></span></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrict"></a>Restrict access</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="tags"></a>Tags</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using the Question Bank]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-the-question-bank]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f7e6c85504ce6e82442c770f7c8606f0]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 03 Jul 2014 13:49:04 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>This article describes the <strong>Question bank</strong> in eClass and the basic operations available within it. </p>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#add-from-quiz">Adding a question to the Question bank from a quiz</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#add-directly">To access a course Question bank and add questions</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#bulk">Bulk operations in a question bank</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#create-new">Create new Question bank categories:</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="add-from-quiz"></a>Adding a question to the Question bank from a quiz:</strong></span></p>
<p>Adding any new question within a quiz also automatically stores it in the question bank for the course. For more details, see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/286/13/adding-and-managing-quiz-questions" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding Questions to Quizzes</a>. Questions are added by default into a generic category for the course titled <em>Default for [course name]</em>.</p>
<p>It is possible when creating questions to change the default category by adjusting the category dropdown in the question settings to any pre-existing categories set up in the course question bank (see below) or into a category specific to the current quiz.</p>
<p>Note that the quiz-level category of the question bank is only available and visible when accessed from <strong>within</strong> the quiz and has some very specific functions. See <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/358/45/creating-and-managing-large-question-banks#quizzes-across-courses" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Creating and Managing Large Question Banks</a> for more information.</p>
<p> See also the article on <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/382/13/question-tagging" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Question Tagging</a></strong> to learn more about how to better organize your question bank.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/qbcategories.png" alt="Viewing the available categories when adding a question" width="576" height="264" /></p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="add-directly"></a>To access a course Question bank and add questions:</strong></span></p>
<p>Instructors can also add questions directly to the course-level question bank. This is the mechanism used for randomizing student quiz attempts by pulling a range of questions from a larger pool but can also be useful simply for organizing larger question banks in courses where multiple assessments are being delivered. Once added to the question bank, questions must still be added to specific quizzes as shown in <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/286/13/adding-and-managing-quiz-questions" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding Questions to Quizzes</a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>From the main course page, click the <strong>More</strong> menu in the header and select <strong>Question Bank</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/accesscourseqb.png" alt="Accessing the course question bank" width="595" height="309" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Select a category for your question using the dropdown menu, or simply click <strong>Create a new question</strong> to begin generating items in the Question Bank in the currently selected category. Within a particular category in the question bank, you may also click <strong>Edit</strong> using the drop-down. This allows you to edit,  duplicate, copy, preview, or delete questions in the list.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/usingqb.png" alt="Using the question bank" width="676" height="446" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="bulk"></a>Bulk operations in a question bank:</strong></span></p>
<p>Instructors can perform bulk operations on questions in categories:</p>
<ol>
<li>To move questions to different categories, select the corresponding checkbox beside questions in the category.</li>
<li>Scroll to the bottom and select a new category from the dropdown in the row underneath 'With selected'<strong>.</strong></li>
<li>Click <strong>Move to...</strong><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/qbmove.png" alt="how to move a question to another category" width="826" height="210" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>It is also possible to delete multiple questions by selecting question(s) and clicking <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="create-new"></a>Create new Question bank categories:</strong></span></p>
<p>To manage existing categories and create new categories in the Question Bank:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Categories</strong> tab at the top of the Question bank.</li>
<li>To delete, edit, or move categories, click the corresponding icon to their right.</li>
<li>To set up a new category, scroll down the 'Add category' area.</li>
<li>Select a 'Parent category', enter a name, and click <strong>Add category</strong>. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/qbcategoryedit.png" alt="" width="471" height="260" /></li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding H5P Interactive Content through the eClass Editor]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-h5p-interactive-content-through-the-eclass-editor]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[352fe25daf686bdb4edca223c921acea]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 28 Feb 2020 16:31:27 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#method-1">H5P from an external URL</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#method-2">Upload from file</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#method-3">H5P from content bank</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p.svg" alt="" width="35" height="15" /> (H5P) activities are interactive learning objects based on a set of open-source templates that instructors can add into their courses (the name is an abbreviation for HTML5 Package). Any pre-existing H5P activities created and/or hosted on <a href="https://h5p.org" target="_blank" rel="noopener">h5p.org</a> or <a href="https://h5p.com" target="_blank" rel="noopener">h5p.com</a> may be embedded into courses to provide interactivity in eClass. This can be accomplished by either linking the URL or by uploading the file anywhere where the standard editor is available (labels, pages, content section headers, etc.)</p>
<p>These activities can also be pulled from the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/473/13/adding-h5p-interactive-activities-to-a-course-content-bank" target="_blank" rel="noopener">course Content bank</a>, either by linking or copying. <strong>Note:</strong> H5P activities added through the eClass editor cannot send grades to the eClass gradebook; if this is required, instructors can use the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/476/13/adding-gradable-h5p-activities" target="_blank" rel="noopener">H5P activity type</a>.</p>
<p>There are three ways to add H5P content to your course.</p>
<p><strong>From within any content editor showing the <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p.svg" alt="" width="35" height="15" /> button</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><em><a id="method-1"></a>Method 1 - Entering a URL from an external H5P site</em></span>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">1. Copy the HP5 URL from a website.<br />2. Where you want to add the interactive content, access the in-system editor and click the <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p.svg" alt="" width="35" height="16" /><strong> button:</strong><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-1.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /><br />3. Paste it into the URL or embed code" box.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-2.png" alt="" width="600" /><br />4. Expand the H5P options if necessary to allow downloading, embedding, or to add a copyright button.<br />5. Click <strong>Insert H5P</strong> at the bottom.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><em><a id="method-2"></a>Method 2 - Upload an H5P file</em></span>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">1. Download an H5P file to your local computer (from h5p.org or h5p.com).<br />2. Access the editor as above and click the <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p.svg" alt="" width="35" height="16" /><strong> button</strong>.<br />3. Click <em><strong>Browse repositories...</strong></em> to go to the <strong>File picker</strong>.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-3.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /><br />4. Select "Upload a file". Click <strong>Choose File</strong>, locate, and attach your H5P file.<br />5. Click <strong>Upload this file</strong>.<br />6. Set any H5P options if necessary.<br />7. Click <strong>Insert H5P</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><em><a id="method-3"></a>Method 3 - Pull content from the course Content Bank</em></span>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">1. Access the editor as above and click the <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p.svg" alt="" width="35" height="16" /><strong> button</strong>.<br />3. Click <em><strong>Browse repositories...</strong></em> to go to the <strong>File picker</strong>.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-30b.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-30c.png" alt="" width="300" height="" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><br />4. Select <strong>Content Bank</strong>.<br />5. Select the desired content and click on it to open the h5p package information overlay.<br />6. Then select whether to link or make a copy of the file (copied files will not contain any changes made to the content); change the file name, author information, or the license information if required.<br />7. Set any H5P options if necessary.<br />8. Click <strong>Insert H5P</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>Note: </strong>The H5P content type libraries are updated regularly but newer activities created on h5p.org or .com may have issues when added by instructors. Please contact eClass support if you have issues with an incompatible H5P format.</p>
<!--
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Method 2</span> - H5P course filter</strong></p>
<p>The H5P course filter is on by default allowing you to paste the URL of an H5P site into an eClass content area and it will automatically display the H5P activity. You can toggle the H5P course filter by:</p>
<ol>
<li>Going to your <strong>Course administration</strong> settings.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-4.png" alt="" width="544" height="514" /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Filters</strong>.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-5.png" alt="" width="788" height="327" /></li>
<li>Set <em>Display H5P</em> to <strong>On</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save changes</strong> at the bottom to ensure this takes effect.</li>
</ol>
<p>Now, when you paste an H5P URL into your content, saving will automatically convert to display the H5P activity.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-6.png" alt="" width="785" height="440" /></p>
<p>The H5P activity is now shown in your content.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-7.png" alt="" width="740" height="765" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Note</strong></span>: Please ensure that you have copied the proper URL to the H5P activity if using this method. Sometimes, it is not merely the URL in the address bar. The correct URL's are typically found in the sharing options of the activity to where you found your resource.</p>
<p><em>For example, the activity below has it's own sharing options</em>:<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-8.png" alt="" width="380" height="353" /> <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-9.png" alt="" width="447" height="304" /></p>
-->
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Related Articles</strong>:</p>
<p><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/124/13/preparing-and-adding-content-to-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Preparing and Adding Content to eClass</a></p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using ExamVis to Provide Student Exam Feedback]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-examvis-to-provide-student-exam-feedback]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e1e32e235eee1f970470a3a6658dfdd5]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 26 Aug 2021 13:30:00 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>This article describes how instructors can use the ExamVis external tool to provide students with feedback on their eClass exams. This tool, developed as a part of a TLEF project headed by Dr. Okan Bulut from the Faculty of Education, splits exam questions into subject matter categories that provide students detailed information on their strengths and weaknesses in those areas as well as a range of summary statistics. Dr. Bulut has provided this <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/centre-for-teaching-and-learning/media-library/teaching-support/generating-effective-feedback-from-online-assessments-using-examvis.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener">short overview of the tool</a>.</p>
<p>For the Fall 2022 term, we have made a number of performance improvements over the summer as we continue to transition ExamVis to central support. Instructors should ensure to check the <a href="#known-issues">known issues</a> before using the tool.</p>
<p>ExamVis can be added to an eClass course through <strong>Add an activity or resource</strong> &gt; <strong>External tool</strong> &gt; Select <strong>ExamVis </strong>from the list of preconfigured tools:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examvis-1.png" alt="" width="626" height="529" /></p>
<p>To get started using the tool, Dr. Bulut has prepared a <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1XT91iWxcDeF5npa5ssJC1LykZBTnOA-h1Vm8NKG0_jE/edit" target="_blank" rel="noopener">user guide</a> for using this tool that contains complete instructions.</p>
<p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong><a id="known-issues"></a>Please note, since the tool is in open beta, instructors should be aware of the following known issues before opting to use ExamVis:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>The Description type question is not compatible with the tool. Descriptions will cause issues with calculating students correct total scores within question categories. If this type of question is required in a quiz, it/they can be added to a separate question bank category to prevent errors - this category would appear in the reports but not have any student scores associated. Note that collecting description questions will break the display of top visual graph, 'Radar chart'- per category scores and class averages will still be displayed in the Bar Chart below.</li>
<li>Questions cannot be pulled randomly from categories into quizzes. If random order is required in a quiz, the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/286/13/adding-and-managing-quiz-questions#shuffle" target="_blank" rel="noopener">shuffle feature</a> can be used.</li>
<li>Images within quiz questions <strong>cannot </strong>be added as base-64 encoded data (which commonly occurs when question text including images is pasted from word docs). These will cause the ExamVis tool to throw an http 504 error when loading the tool in a course. Base-64 encoded images can be identified by opening the html editor view of a question or answer and looking for either an image with a file name or an image consisting of a (very) long string of characters as in the screenshots below:<br /><br />
<ul>
<li>Not base-64:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/not-base64.png" width="475" height="221" alt="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Base-64:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/base64.png" width="475" height="242" alt="" /><br /><br /></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Very large courses (in terms of quizzes, question bank size, and overall content) may encounter errors when trying to load the ExamVis tool. This issue only appears intermittently and can sometimes be circumvented by launching the tool and running reports at off-peak hours when there is less overall traffic on eClass.</li>
<li>Student reports are sometimes not fully generated on first attempt but if instructors click 'Generate reports' again, they should all appear.</li>
<li>Student reports sometimes report that all student reports are generated when the actual number is lower and some reports are missing. This issue can sometimes be resolved by clicking 'Generate reports' again.</li>
<li><a id="question-version-issue"></a>ExamVis reports will not display correctly when questions with multiple versions are set to the default version setting 'Always latest' in quizzes. New versions of questions are created automatically every time a questions is edited so instructors who have made any changes to questions in ExamVis-enabled quizzes may need to manually change the version. This issue is being worked on by eClass developers. This issue can be resolved by selecting the latest version in the question's version dropdown (instead of 'Always latest'): <br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/evis-manual-version-switch.png" width="925" height="" alt="" /></li>
</ul>
<p>Instructors encountering any issues should contact eClass support.</p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Re-using Database Activity Entries From Past Courses]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/re-using-database-activity-entries-from-past-courses]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9dcb88e0137649590b755372b040afad]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 02 Oct 2014 11:47:06 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>Through the normal course content copy procedures, student and instructor contributions into the database activity are not copied forward from year to year.</p>
<p>These submissions are considered user data and for that reason are excluded from the regular routines. If you require entries in a database to be copied forward into a new term's course, you need to use the activity's Export/Import Entries functions. This process is detailed below:</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the previous term's course and access the database activity.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/databaseactivity.png" alt="locating the database activity" width="657" height="226" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>On the database page, click on the <b>'Actions' dropdown menu</b> at right, then select <strong>Export entries</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/exportentries.png" alt="export entries command under actions menu" width="702" height="316" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>De-select 'Include user details'. Then, click on <strong>Export entries</strong> and take note of the file location.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/deselectuserdetails.png" alt="deselect the option that reads &quot;include user details&quot;" width="590" height="787" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Now enter the new course where you want the entries to appear. On the new database page, Select  <strong>Actions &gt;&gt; Import entries</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/importentries.png" alt="select &quot;import entries&quot; from the actions menu" width="631" height="284" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Choose a file</strong> then navigate to the file produced in step 3 (or drag the file into the uploader area).<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/uploadchoosefile.png" alt="click on the &quot;choose a file&quot; button, then submit" width="568" height="305" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Leave the options untouched and click <strong>Submit</strong>.<br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p>Now your database will include all of the previous entries. These will all be attributed to you so no student data will be inappropriately visible to new students.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Notes</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>Along with entry data, database Presets may be downloaded locally as a zip and imported into a new course. If you are using eClass' standard course creation content copying process, this will not usually be required because all of your old database setup presets will already be copied into your new course.</li>
<li>The field names in the top row of the CSV file must match exactly the names of the fields in database activity and are case sensitive. <strong>It is best to not edit the exported file in any way.</strong></li>
<li>User uploaded files and pictures are lost in this process.</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Displaying Mathematical Notations in eClass]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/displaying-mathematical-notations-in-eclass]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4c5bde74a8f110656874902f07378009]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 19 Aug 2014 12:21:58 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">There are 2 main methods of displaying mathematical notations in eClass, depending on users familiarity with math markup languages: the more robust method uses the MathJAX filter to display standard TeX syntax (or MathML); users unfamiliar with TeX can use an editor tool to add preformatted equations and syntax.</span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Displaying TeX Using the MathJAX filter</strong></span></p>
<p><em>Note: the MathJAX filter is enabled at the course level by default. However if the following instructions aren't working, there are <a href="#enable" title="enable filter">directions in a section at the bottom of this article</a> to check.</em></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In any html content editor in eClass, you can use TeX syntax w</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">herever you require mathematical notation. Begin and end the TeX syntax with the following:</span></p>
<ul style="list-style-type: circle;">
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">For expressions to be listed inline with text, use \( ... \)</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">For expressions to be displayed independently, use $$ ... $$ or \[ ... \]</span></li>
</ul>
<p><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/eqcontent.png" alt="sample of writing TeX notation" width="647" height="301" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In the example above, the full syntax of the math notations is:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul style="list-style-type: circle;">
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">\(^a_bx^c_d\)</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">$$A_2$$</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">\[\frac{\Delta l}{l_0}\]</span><br /><br /></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In the page on eClass, this syntax gets displayed as the following:</span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/mathjaxdemotext.png" alt="example mathematical notation text" width="730" height="271" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Basic Editor Equation Option</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you are unfamiliar with TeX notation or would like to preview an equation, eClass has a built in equation editor:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/showequationeditor.png" alt="show the equation editor" width="756" height="399" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Equation preview</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">, the ⇓ character indicates the approximate location of your cursor in the equation. If instead of seeing the ⇓ icon, you see the word “Downarrow”, your cursor is likely in an invalid position.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/equationcursor.png" alt="" width="596" height="745" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">At the top of the Equation editor, there are Operations, Arrows, Greek Symbols, and Advanced formulas pre-built that can be added to an equation. Numbers, letters, and operators can be added manually under </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Edit equation using TeX</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/eqeditortexlink.png" alt="where to locate link to further TeX documentation" width="605" height="385" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To leverage the full potential of mathematical notation in eClass, custom TeX formulas can be inputted and previewed in the equation editor. To view an existing equation in the equation editor, place your cursor anywhere within the TeX expression and select the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Equation editor</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For more information on the TeX mathematical notations available in MathJAX, see the following page:</span><a href="https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/Using_TeX_Notation" target="_blank" rel="noopener"> </a><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://docs.moodle.org/400/en/Using_TeX_Notation" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="moodle TeX documentation">https://docs.moodle.org/400/en/Using_TeX_Notation</a><a href="https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/Using_TeX_Notation" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><a id="enable"></a>Enabling the MathJAX filter:</strong><br /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can check to make sure that the MathJAX filter is enabled in your course by clicking on the </span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><b>More </b>dropdown menu at</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> the top of your course header, then on </span><strong>Filters</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Scroll down to find ‘MathJax’ and ensure that it's set to 'on'. </span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/moremenufilters.png" alt="Select more menu, then filters" width="947" height="385" /><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/display-math-notations-3.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /></span><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br /></span><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Creating custom versions of exams for audio accommodations]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/creating-custom-versions-of-exams-for-audio-accommodations]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[68ce199ec2c5517597ce0a4d89620f55]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 10 Feb 2021 16:24:33 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>This article outlines how instructors can set up individualized versions of exams for specific students. This is most commonly required if an instructor needs to facilitate an approved Exam Audio (AF) accommodation and this article will describe that use case in detail. The eClass steps for creating individual, printed copies of exams may apply to other situations.</p>
<p><strong>New in June 2023</strong>, instructors can <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/514/1/exporting-quiz-attemopts-for-individual-students" target="_blank" rel="noopener">now create individual student versions of quizzes</a> that use both randomized values WITHIN questions such as the calculated, simple-calculated question types and that have both shuffled question or answer orders. These attempts have a convenient option to create print versions. <span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>This new workflow is now the recommended process for creating audio versions of printed exams. </strong><span style="color: #000000;">It is still not possible to create printed-in-advance versions of exams using the STACK question types, the drag-and-drop question types, or CLOZE questions with dropdown boxes so these scenarios require an alternative delivery method for audio accommodations.<br /><br /></span></span></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#configure"> Configure the quiz in eClass for printing</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#quiz-construction-notes"> Specific notes on quiz construction</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#clockwork"> Upload the resulting file to ClockWork</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#share"> Share the converted audio file with the student</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>The eClass quiz tool has several delivery options but converting an exam to audio requires three primary steps: </p>
<ol>
<li>Configure the quiz in eClass for printing (and optionally, if the student will be writing online, ensure they have access to the quiz);</li>
<li>Upload the resulting file to <a href="https://clock.uss.ualberta.ca/ClockWork/user/instructor/default.aspx" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ClockWork’s Instructor Services portal</a>; and</li>
<li>Share the converted audio file with the student.</li>
</ol>
<p>When conversion for an Exam Audio (AF) accommodation is required, instructors will be contacted by the Academic Success Centre’s Alternate Format Team to request electronic files of the eClass quiz at least three (3) working days in advance of the exam. (Exam accommodation procedures can be reviewed on the <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/current-students/accessibility-resources/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Academic Success Centre’s Academic Accomodations website.</a><a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/current-students/accessibility-resources/index.html">)</a> </p>
<p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Important note</strong>:</span><strong> </strong>at this time it is <strong>not possible</strong> to create an audio conversion or printed-in-advance version of an exam that uses randomized values WITHIN questions such as the calculated, simple-calculated, and STACK eClass question types<strong> </strong>because these create the questions for each student “on-the-fly” when each attempt gets launched. In these situations, a separate static quiz must be created.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="configure"></a>Step 1: Configure the quiz in eClass for printing</strong></span></p>
<p><strong>A. No randomization.</strong> The easiest case is a quiz that involves no randomization of questions <strong>OR</strong> answer order. When a quiz is static, students using an audio format copy of the exam can use the same version as the rest of the class. <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/368/14/how-to-print-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">The basic instructions for quiz printing apply</a>: switch the layout of the quiz temporarily so that all questions are on a single page, launch a preview of the quiz, and then use the browser print function to create a PDF. Save this file and then share it with the Academic Success Centre’s Alternate Format team as per the instructions in Step 2 below.</p>
<p>After saving the PDF, <em><strong>ensure to return the layout of the quiz to its original question-per-page format</strong></em> (quizzes should never be delivered with all questions on a a single page.) Approved exam time multipliers can be <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/114/15/modifying-quiz-settings-for-select-users-overrides" target="_blank" rel="noopener">added as overrides</a>. <em>In this case, no extra steps are required to give the student access to the online quiz.</em></p>
<p><strong>B. Randomized quiz.</strong> Any time you <strong>have used question or answer order randomization as part of a quiz setup</strong>, you must create a separate version of the quiz in order to enable an audio conversion. You can do this easily by using the eClass <strong>Duplicate</strong> function available in the '3 dots' (⋮) menu to the right of the quiz:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quizdupe.png" alt="duplicating a quiz" width="656" height="170" /></p>
<p>Once duplicated, the options for question and answer shuffling can be turned off.</p>
<p>Question order shuffling:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz-accoms-af-2b.png" alt="" width="650" height="98" /></p>
<p>Answer order shuffling: </p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz-accoms-af-2a.png" alt="" width="550" height="111" /></p>
<p>The quiz can then be printed following the steps in part. <strong>A. </strong>above, ie. switched to 'All on 1 page, printed, and then returned to 1 question per page. If the student is taking the quiz on paper, this version can be hidden. If the student is taking the quiz online, this quiz version can then can be <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/455/1/setting-up-accommodations-for-fully-remote-exams#student-info" target="_blank" rel="noopener">access-restricted to the specific student</a> requiring with the audio accommodation. This student should also be excluded from accessing the non-audio version of the quiz using another access restriction.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="quiz-construction-notes"></a>Specific notes on quiz construction:</span></strong></p>
<p>For audio conversion to be successful, all features used in the digital eClass quiz must be able to be translated to a paper format:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Any online content such as linked files, embedded videos, or You Tube links must be shared separately with the student.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- The drag-and-drop eClass question types cannot be printed so will not convert to audio.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- The matching question type uses dropdown boxes so it will not convert to audio.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Random variable questions like calculated and STACK cannot be printed in advance so will not convert to audio.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- When using CLOZE-style type questions, you must specify that answer options are displayed as radio buttons, MCV or MCH, as opposed to in a dropdown list.  (<a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/57/13/cloze-quiz-question-settings" target="_blank" rel="noopener">See here for more information on CLOZE</a>.)</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Similarly, for questions whose answers require the selection of numeric units, the units should be displayed as multiple choice radio buttons as opposed to in a dropdown list.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="clockwork"></a>Step 2: Upload the resulting file to </span></strong><a href="https://clock.uss.ualberta.ca/ClockWork/user/instructor/default.aspx">ClockWork’s Instructor Services portal</a></p>
<p>Upload your saved PDF of the “all questions on one page” version of the eClass quiz to ClockWork:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz-accoms-af2.png" alt="" width="775" height="323" /></p>
<p>This will enable the Academic Success Centre’s Alternate Format team to access the file and complete the audio conversion. The resulting converted audio file will be returned to you through a Google Drive folder. Note that while it is possible to block the options for downloading videos/audio files in the google drive interface, students could still be able to save hard copies of files. It is possible to share .mp4 type audio files through <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/486/23/using-the-yuja-enterprise-video-platform" target="_blank" rel="noopener">YuJa</a> without giving students the option to download.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="share"></a>Step 3: Share the converted audio file with the student </span></strong></p>
<p>The most common method for providing the audio format of an eClass quiz with a student is to share it through a Google Drive folder. This can be accomplished in either of two ways:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/131/13/adding-urls" target="_blank" rel="noopener">add direct url links to the folder or files</a>;</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/403/13/embedding-google-drive-files-in-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener">embed the files via the Google embed tool</a></li>
</ul>
<p>With both of these methods, you must restrict access to only the student with the Exam Audio (AF) accommodation, making sure to <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/455/1/setting-up-accommodations-for-fully-remote-exams#student-info" target="_blank" rel="noopener">follow the steps here</a> for protecting student private information. If you wish to prevent downloads of the exam audio files, <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/175/13/embedding-videos-in-eclass#prevent-download" target="_blank" rel="noopener">follow the instructions here.</a></p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Uploading Files as Links in Content ]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/uploading-files-as-links-in-content]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8f53295a73878494e9bc8dd6c3c7104f]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 29 Jul 2014 14:21:34 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p>In any content area on eClass with editing tools, users can upload files and create links to them.</p>
<p>Linking to uploads can be done in any area where the HTML content editor is available such as content section headers, topic headings, page resources, activity or resource descriptions, and in the essay grading response text. Unlike many file-linking routines, you do not need to upload the files in advance to do this: the upload occurs as you create the link.</p>
<p>The uploaded files can be any standard document file type, but bear in mind that only web-viewable files (e.g., PDFs) will be able to display in the browser; all other file types will automatically download.</p>
<p>The example below will show how to create a link to an uploaded file on the main course content page in a <strong>Topic</strong> heading. </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><br />1. Activate <strong>Edit mode</strong> in the top right corner of your course main page.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">2. Go to a <strong>Topic</strong> heading, and on the 3dot dropdown and choose 'Edit topic':</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/creating-links.png" alt="" width="699" height="225" /> </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">3. In the settings area for the <strong>Topic</strong>, go to the HTML Editor, and type the name of your link in the text box:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/creating-links-7.png" alt="" width="739" height="441" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">4. Highlight the text and click the <strong>Insert/edit link</strong> button in the center of the top row of icons.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/creating-links-2.png" alt="" width="673" height="420" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">4. When the 'Create link' dialog box opens, click on the <strong>Browse repositories</strong> button.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/creating-links-3.png" alt="Browse repositories button" width="316" height="259" title="browse repositories" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">5. When the 'File Picker' dialog box' opens, click <strong>Upload a file</strong>, then click on <strong>Browse</strong> to choose file located on your computer.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">6. Navigate to your the file you wish to link, select it, and click <strong>Open</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">7. Once selected, then click <strong>Upload this file.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/creating-links-4.png" alt="" width="690" height="468" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">8. Your link will now show in colour in the HTML editor.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">9. Click <strong>Save changes</strong> on the page bottom to return to your course page. You now have a link in the <strong>Topic</strong> that your students can click to open your linked file.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/creating-links-6.png" alt="" width="388" height="113" /></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using the eClass Calendar]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-the-eclass-calendar]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1f0e3dad99908345f7439f8ffabdffc4]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 10 Aug 2011 23:34:01 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>Calendars can be very useful in your course for displaying assignment due dates, online quiz availability, synchronous meeting session times, or any other event you would like to draw students' attention to. </p>
<p><strong>New in June 2023</strong>, a new block has been added to student's dashboards called the <strong>Timeline </strong>block. This tool lists students important upcoming events from their calendars across all their courses.</p>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#howtoadd">How to add a calendar</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#move">Move the calendar in the Block drawer</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#addevent">Adding events</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#timeline">Timeline block</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="howtoadd"></a>How to add a calendar</strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As an instructor, there should be a calendar block already showing on the right side of your course page.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> If not, you may need to open the <strong>Block drawer</strong> and toggle on <strong>Edit mode</strong>:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images//calendar_open_block_drawer.png" alt="Open block drawer" width="281" height="231" /></span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">With the Block drawer open and in Edit mode, click on 'Add a block':</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images//calendar_add_block.png" alt="" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Then </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">select <strong>Calendar</strong>. </span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/calendars.1.png" alt="" width="385" height="368" /></strong></strong></p>
<p><strong><strong><br /></strong></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">A monthly calendar will appear in a new block on the right side and by default will automatically display all activities in your course that have an associated due date or event date with hyperlinks to relevant activities. <strong>Please note:</strong> external tools that have deadlines (eg. Assign2) are not automatically added to calendars. Instructors who use the calendar heavily can force those deadlines to appear by turning on completion tracking in their course and setting 'Expect completion by' to the same date/time as the due date.<br /><br /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a id="move"></a></span><strong>Move the calendar in the Block drawer:</strong></p>
<p>If you wish to move the Calendar up or down in the <strong>Block drawer</strong>, click on the four-headed arrow:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/calendars.2.png" alt="" width="234" height="333" /></p>
<p>Clicking on an item will move the Calendar above the selected item:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/calendars.2a.png" alt="Move calendar in block" width="313" height="293" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="addevent"></a>Adding events</strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Clicking the <strong>Full calendar</strong> link at the bottom of the block will open the calendar in full-page view for more detail and to add new events.</span><strong><br /></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The various types of events (assignments, quizzes, etc)  are identified by colour and users can filter out particular categories of events with the various <strong>Hide ... events</strong> links. </span></p>
<p>From the full-screen month view, you can switch to other course calendars, look at a detailed view of particular days, add new events, and export or import external calendar events.</p>
<p>To export your eClass Calendar to either your computer or other online calendars such as Google, please refer to the following article: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/271/11/how-to-export-your-calendar-from-eclass">How to export your calendar from eClass</a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To add an event to a particular course, choose the course from the drop-down menu at the top of the calendar. Then, click on </span><strong>New Event </strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">in the top right corner or click directly on any day in the monthly view.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/calendars.3.png" alt="" width="953" height="419" /><br /><br /><br /></strong></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">A pop-up will appear. To add a simple event, all that is required is the </span><strong>Title</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and date. To access additional options click </span><strong>Show more...</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/calendars.4.png" alt="" width="633" height="308" /></span><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></p>
<p><strong><strong> </strong></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the details of your event. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The type of event can be a </span><strong>course</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>-wide</strong> event where all instructors, students and TAs can see it, or you can restrict it to a certain </span><strong>group </strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">within your course, or to only yourself by selecting </span><strong>user</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When complete, click <strong>Save</strong>. If you accidentally place your event on the wrong day you can simply drag the newly created event to the correct date in the calendar view. </span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/calendars.5.png" alt="" width="638" height="599" /><br /></span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="timeline"></a>Dashboard Timeline block</strong></span></p>
<p>Students now see a a searchable, sortable list if upcoming deadlines on their course dashboards:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/calendar-timeline.png" width="775" height="288" alt="" /></p>
<p>Instructors do not need to do anything to add regular course activities that have deadlines to this block, ie. assignments, quizzes, or forums requiring posts. It is important to note that the same limitation on external tool due dates mentioned above applies to the timeline block (events only show if they have an 'Expect completion by' date set.)</p>
<p>Additionally a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/255/22/eclass-known-issues" target="_blank" rel="noopener">known issue</a> prevents user-entered course calendar events from appearing on timeline blocks. Instructors who make heavy use of the calendar and create numerous custom course events should advise students to check their calendar in addition to the timeline.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding word limit feature to assignments]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-word-limit-feature-to-assignments]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9188905e74c28e489b44e954ec0b9bca]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 02 Jul 2015 12:20:46 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>This article will explain how to set up the word limit feature for assignments.</p>
<p>The word limit feature allows professors the option to set a cap on the number of words students can submit in their assignments.</p>
<p><strong>Note: This feature is only available in online text submission-type Assignments. See </strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/134/13/adding-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong><em>Adding assignments</em></strong></a><strong> for more details about text submission type. </strong></p>
<p>To enable the word limit feature:</p>
<ol>
<li>Go into a specific assignment.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-word-limit-1.png" alt="" width="519" height="512" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>From the top menu bar, select <strong>Settings</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-word-limit-2.png" alt="" width="539" height="653" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Scroll down until you find <strong>Submission types</strong> and click it to expand the menu.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-word-limit-3.png" alt="" width="418" height="347" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Make sure <strong>Online text</strong> is enabled. Then, check the enable box for <strong>Word limit</strong> and enter the total number of words the student can submit.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-word-limit-4.png" alt="" width="668" height="304" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Scroll down and save. Now if the student goes over the limit, this message will appear when they try to submit their work:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-word-limit-5.png" alt="" width="750" height="140" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Extra Topics/Weeks to your Course]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-extra-topicsweeks-to-your-course]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6364d3f0f495b6ab9dcf8d3b5c6e0b01]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 30 Nov 2011 21:30:57 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>To create additional topic areas in your eClass course:</p>
<ol>
<li>Turn on <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of your course page.</li>
<li>Scroll to the bottom of your topic list and click <strong>Add topic</strong>.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/topic-add-1.png" alt="" width="583" height="197" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using the Completion Progress Block]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-the-completion-progress-block]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[06eb61b839a0cefee4967c67ccb099dc]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 03 May 2017 16:03:03 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>The Completion Progress block in eClass gives students a visual indication of their progress through a course.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To display completion progress, completion tracking must be enabled in your course and set up for at least one activity or resource. For more details on completion tracking, please see our <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/14/completion-tracking" target="_blank" rel="noopener">article on Completion Tracking</a>.</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To add the Completion Progress block to your course:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the slider at the top-right of the page to turn <strong>edit mode on</strong>, near the top right corner of the page. If the column of blocks on the right side of the page is hidden, click the left-arrow icon to open the block drawer.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/editmodeblockdrawer.png" alt="how to activate edit mode and open the block drawer" width="361" height="203" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Find the <strong>Add a block</strong> button above the blocks in the right-hand column.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/addablockbutton.png" alt="where to find the &quot;add a block&quot; button in the right column" width="365" height="273" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>A pop-up menu appears. Select <strong>Completion Progress</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/CP_addBlock.png" alt="" width="550" height="350" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The page should refresh and then the Completion Progress block will appear on the right side of the course.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/CP_studentView.PNG" alt="" width="300" height="175" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Each box represents an activity or resource in your course. When a user mouses-over each section of the bar, it provides the name, completion status, expected completion date, and a link to the corresponding activity. By default, items in the progress bar are ordered by expected completion date, unless a completion date is not set in which case they appear in the same order as they are listed within the course content. The <em><span style="font-weight: 400;">NOW</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> cursor indicates the current date relative to the expected completion dates of each activity.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/CP_studentViewInfo.PNG" alt="" width="300" height="212" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The colors seen in the completion progress bar can be interpreted as follows:</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="color: #000080;">Blue</span> - Not yet completed.<br /></span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="color: #339966;">Green</span> - Completed.<br /></span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="color: #ffff00; background-color: #000000;">Yellow</span> - Submitted but not complete. This generally indicates that you have submitted an assignment but must receive a satisfactory grade from the instructor to have it marked as complete.<br /></span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="color: #ff0000;">Red</span> - Incomplete. This indicates that the expected completion date has passed without meeting the completion requirements. Note that boxes will be marked red <em><span style="font-weight: 400;">on</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> the expected completion date to remind students that they only have one day left to meet the completion criteria.</span></span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Overview of students</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Instructors can access an overview of student progress via the </span><strong>Overview of students</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/CP_overviewButton.png" alt="" width="300" height="267" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This view shows each student’s progress through the course as a completion bar and a percentage. Similar to the completion progress block, mousing-over a box will display which activity it corresponds to. This view also allows filtering by groups.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/CP_studentOverview.PNG" alt="" width="900" height="273" /></span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Settings</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The progress bar’s settings can be modified by selecting the gear icon under </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Completion Progress</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and then clicking </span><strong>Configure Completion Progress block</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><br /></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/CP_configureBlock.png" alt="" width="400" height="473" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Details on most of these settings can be found by selecting the corresponding <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/help.png" alt="?" width="17" height="19" /> icon for an informative help bubble.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Using Multiple Completion Progress Blocks</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Multiple Completion Progress blocks can be added to a single course. This allows you to display a visual representation of student progress through different sets of criteria (ie. Assignment progress, progress through each week, progress through each topic etc) using different progress bars.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/CP_multiple.PNG" alt="" width="300" height="501" /><br /><br /></span></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To limit the activities included in a Completion Progress Block:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Start by entering the Completion Progress block’s configuration.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Select </span><strong>Show more…</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> under </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Block settings</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Activities included</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> should be set to </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Selected activities</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Select the activities that you would like included in this block under </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Select activities</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> by holding down the ctrl key and clicking on the activities to be included.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Entering an </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Alternate title</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> can help with differentiating between Completion Progress blocks.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">Click on <strong>Save changes</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/CP_configureMultiple.png" alt="" width="700" height="736" /></span></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Anonymous Forums]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-anonymous-forums]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1543843a4723ed2ab08e18053ae6dc5b]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 18 Feb 2020 14:59:40 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>As an alternative to the standard <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/146/13/adding-forums" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Forum</a> activity on eClass, instructors may add an <strong>Anonymous Forum</strong> if they want students to be able to post in forums without being identified.</p>
<p>A common use would allow students to post questions about course content without fear or to gather anonymous feedback about a course.</p>
<p>Anonymous forums operate the same way as <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/146/13/adding-forums"><strong>standard forums</strong></a> apart from the display of poster identity: users may subscribe to anonymous forums and receive notifications from them but they do not <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/367/14/using-logs" target="_blank" rel="noopener">log</a> or track any user information or activity. </p>
<p>Note that once you create an anonymous forum,<strong> it is not possible to determine who made a specific post (even for eClass site admins).</strong></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#adding">Adding Anonymous Forums to a course</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#posting">Posting to Anonymous Forums</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="adding"></a>Adding Anonymous Forums to a course:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click to activate in the top right of your course page:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anon_forum_edit_mode.gif" alt="Edit mode" width="386" height="158" /><br /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Move to the topic area where you wish to add content (the week, unit, etc.) and click on the <strong>Add an activity or resource</strong> link.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on the <strong>Anonymous Forum</strong> icon.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anon_forum_add.png" width="481" height="383" alt="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>A new page will appear with the forum settings.<br /><br /></li>
<li>There is a wide range of settings where you can enter specific customizations for your forum. All that is <strong>required</strong> is adding the forum name and saving changes:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anon_forum_settings.png" alt="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>You can also set the forum type just as in <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/146/13/adding-forums"><strong>standard forums</strong></a>:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anon_forum_options_1.png" width="562" height="265" alt="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li><a href="#notes">Ratings and grading capabilities are not compatible</a> with anonymous posts as there is no one who can be identified to rate.<br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="posting"></a>Posting to Anonymous Forums:</span></strong></p>
<p>Posting and generally using anonymous forums is very similar to using standard forums.</p>
<p>1. When posting, <strong>Anonymous post</strong> is enabled by default. Users can choose to reveal their identities by removing the check below the 'Message' text window.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anon-forum-3.png" alt="" width="645" height="402" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p>2. Anonymous posts appear the same way regular posts do but are identified only by 'Anonymous':</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anon-forum-4.png" alt="" width="745" height="189" /> </p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anon-forum-5.png" alt="" width="550" height="253" /></p>
<p> 3. Additional options in the message interface include whether to be notified on anonymous posts:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anon_forum_options_2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="notes"></a>Notes:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>All other features conform to those of a standard <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/146/13/adding-forums" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Forum</a>.</li>
<li><strong>R</strong><strong>atings and grading capabilities are not compatible</strong> with the nature of an anonymous forum. It is a known issue that these settings still appear in the interface. Removing the checkmark in 'Anonymous post' does not affect this. This category option should be ignored completely by users and ratings or grading should not be attempted on anonymous posts.</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using the Collapsed Topics with Collapsed Labels Course Format]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-the-collapsed-topics-with-collapsed-labels-course-format]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[beed13602b9b0e6ecb5b568ff5058f07]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 20 Jun 2019 14:44:08 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>The Collapsed Topics with Collapsed Labels course format provides instructors with an additional mechanism for shortening the length of their course in eClass. As with <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/283/13/differences-between-the-available-course-formats-in-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener">all the other available course formats</a>, this format does not affect the content itself but only affects its display (you can switch back and forth between course formats without affecting anything you have uploaded into your course.)</p>
<p>However, one major difference with 'Collapsed labels' is that the compact display change provided by the format is:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>1)</strong> not visible to the instructor until editing is turned off;</li>
<li>and <strong>2)</strong> not created until the content in the course is structured in a specific way.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>To collapse content using the Collapsed Topics with Collapsed Labels Course format:</strong></span></p>
<ol>
<li>First set 'Collapsed topics with Collapsed Labels' as the course format - click <strong>Settings </strong>from the header of the course page and select the course format in <strong>Course format</strong> &gt; <strong>Format</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/setcollapsedformat.png" alt="Finding the &quot;course format&quot; section in course settings" width="528" height="282" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The settings page will take a moment to refresh with the new available settings. In general, all the selected defaults for these settings should be sufficient for most users. Click <strong>Save and return</strong> at the bottom of the page to confirm the format change.</li>
<li>Turn<strong> Edit mode</strong> on at the top right of the course page.</li>
<li>In the content section of the page where content needs to be nested, select <strong>Add an activity or resource</strong> and insert a <strong>Text and media area </strong>activity <em>(these were called <strong>Labels</strong> in previous versions of eClass)</em>:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/textandmediaactivity.png" alt="choosing the label activity" width="390" height="551" style="float: left;" /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Enter the heading required which will contain the collapsed content. <strong>Note: </strong>Only plain text can be displayed as a collapsible heading. Longer text is displayed (though for esthetics it is recommended to keep headers short) but <strong>anything besides text (e.g., images, tables, or HTML formatted text) will not be displayed and may break the collapsed item display.</strong>  Click <strong>Save and return to course</strong> to add the heading:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/enterheading.png" alt="enter heading text in the description box " width="500" height="354" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>All new resources (and activities) are added at the bottom of the content section - the heading must be re-positioned to sit above any items that will nest below it. Your cursor will change to a 4-way arrow when you hover over the heading, indicating you can drag the item to move it:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/drag5.gif" alt="How to move an item by dragging" width="677" height="379" /></li>
<li>Each item that will be nested beneath the heading must sit right below the heading <strong>AND </strong>be indented one tab to the right. Indent each item by clicking the<strong> 'three dots' icon (⋮)</strong> then <strong>Move right</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/moveright.png" alt="" width="837" height="339" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The content is now prepared - with editing turned on, the indented items below a heading should appear shifted over slightly to the right and lined up with each other:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/indentedcontent.png" alt="content is now indented" width="831" height="285" /><br /><a id="collapsed_topic"></a></li>
<li>When editing is turned off, the heading is displayed in a grey bar with a <strong>+</strong> icon to its left. The 3 sub-items are not displayed until a user clicks the <strong>+ </strong>icon and then the content is available as normal:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/collapsededitoff.png" alt="content is collapsed below heading" width="818" height="87" /><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/expand.gif" alt="content is displayed when you click the '+' icon" width="560" height="288" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Additional notes:</strong></span></p>
<p> 1) It is not possible to collapse content in the top content section of a course (section 0 in the structure of the course) - label resources will appear normally in that section. The format affects <strong>ALL</strong> other labels in the course in the regular content section areas. Every label in those sections will be reformatted (with editing turned off) to the grey box view with the red plus to the left (even if there is no content indented right below them to be collapsed). The only mechanism to enter any freeform content into a course using this format is <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/164/13/editing-content-section-headings" target="_blank" rel="noopener">to edit the content section headings</a>.</p>
<p> 2) Additionally, it is a known issue that a collapsed label can't be created in the last topic of a course. If you need to add a collapsed label to the last topic, create another topic at the bottom of the course. This new topic could even have no content and be hidden, and the collapsed label in the topic above will display now. </p>
<p> 3) It is possible to indent labels below labels to create a nested structure for content. Any content that needs to be collapsed below an already collapsed label must be indented twice to the right.</p>
<p> 4) Take care when pasting content into labels: associated formatting from the paste source may override the default formatting for collapsed labels and break the collapsing function. This can be solved by using the HTML editor to replace any extra html with paragraph tags (&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;). Plain text content without the paragraph tags will also break the format. If you encounter this issue and have any questions about accessing the HTML code for the text, please contact eClass support by email at <a href="mailto:eclass@ualberta.ca">eclass@ualberta.ca</a> or by phone at 780-492-9372.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Uploading Content to YuJa and Sharing it with Students]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/uploading-content-to-yuja-and-sharing-it-with-students]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[285e19f20beded7d215102b49d5c09a0]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 07 Jun 2022 20:49:13 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[This article describes, step by step, how to upload video (including PowerPoint and PDF) directly to your course channel and three ways you can make it available to your students.
In this example, the upload process will automatically publish the video t...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This article describes, step by step, how to upload video (including PowerPoint and PDF) directly to your course channel and three ways you can make it available to your students.</p>
<p>In this example, the upload process will automatically publish the video to your course channel and set the privacy settings to "Public with SSO authentication," meaning the video will only be viewable to those logged in with a UofA CCID account.</p>
<p>If you need to further restrict your content, <a title="Using the Yuja Enterprise video platform" href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/504" target="_blank" rel="noopener">please see this article</a>.  If you have not already added the Yuja activity to your course, <a title="Adding the YuJa Enterprise Media Platform to a Course" href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/536/50/enabling-yuja-in-your-canvas-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">please see these instructions</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Non-Video Files</strong>: While Yuja can currently accept PDF and .pptx files, please upload directly to Canvas or use another service like Google Drive to host these file types, as Yuja currently has some issues with non-video files. For example, PDF files will not currently work when links are shared, and PowerPoint (.pptx) files will not include audio annotations.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Uploading your content:</strong></span></p>
<p><em><strong>Before you start: You may need to disable or remove anti-virus extensions</strong></em>. These extensions <em>may</em> create problems with trying to upload videos when enabled. Uploads may stall and/or fail to appear in the Media Library. In Chrome, go to Extensions &gt;&gt; Manage Extensions to disable them.</p>
<p>1. Enter your media library by clicking the <strong>Yuja</strong> activity in your course left naivigation links: </p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/canvas_yuja_uploading_link.png" alt="" width="207" height="235" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p>2. Click <strong>Upload</strong> and select your file (or YouTube link) directly to your course channel:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/uploadbutton.png" alt="Upload in Yuja" width="812" height="154" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p>If you do not see the Upload button, you may need to click <strong>Edit channel</strong> (or <strong>My Media</strong>) to switch views:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/editchannel.png" alt="editing channel button" width="811" height="153" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p>3. Drag a file from your desktop, or click <strong>Browse</strong> and locate the file on your computer. If you would like to publish the video to other channels simultaneously, or change captioning options, click the buttons below <span style="text-decoration: underline;">before</span> selecting your video :</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yujauploadwindow.png" alt="Yuja's upload window" width="621" height="483" /></p>
<p>The video will immediately begin uploading. A progress bar will show up at the bottom of the Yuja window. You can keep working in Yuja while your video uploads, but do not close the browser tab until it finishes:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yujauploadprog.png" alt="Yuja upload progress" width="521" height="148" /></p>
<p>4. The video is now uploaded and published to your course channel. You can hover your mouse and select "More..." to access further options.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yujamore.png" alt="More options" width="1164" height="429" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Sharing the Video:</strong></span></p>
<p>1. If you've already made the Yuja activity in your course available to students, they'll be able to click that link to browse the videos in your course channel, including the one that you've just uploaded. They can also see the video if they access YuJa directly and view the course channel.</p>
<p>2. To add a link to your video from the eClass course page, create an assignment, quiz, discussion or page, and add the video to any editor window.</p>
<p>3. Click on the Yuja button. If it is not visible, click on the plugin button:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/canvas-yuja-sharing_assignment.png" alt="" /></p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/499/50/sharing-and-re-using-yuja-videos#module">add a link to a video in a Module</a>.</p>
<p>4. The Yuja media chooser will open and allow you to select from any video in your media library. Click to highlight a video, then click <strong>Insert Content</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/canvas_yuja_uploading_insert_content.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>5. The video will be added to the editor window.</p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using the Syllabus Creation and Mapping Tool]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-the-syllabus-creation-and-mapping-tool]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c058f544c737782deacefa532d9add4c]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 15 Aug 2018 11:57:29 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>Instructors can now generate course syllabi using a custom tool within their eClass courses. The tool contains a series of entry fields for the required elements of course syllabi based on GFC policy and creates an editable, downloadable file that instructors can subsequently upload into their course or distribute as they see fit. Faculties or Departments can customize the tool entry options for all courses in their area to accommodate any requirements specific to their particular program of study.</p>
<p>Faculty and departments also have the option of inputting learning outcomes, learning objectives schemas, or competency frameworks into the tool that can then be added to individual course syllabi by instructors. If they choose to go this route, those units can then perform tagging and reporting across courses based on these inputs.</p>
<p>The Syllabus Creation and Mapping tool in eClass was locally developed as a part of a TLEF grant under the direction of Dr. Ken Cor, Faculty of Pharmacy. For information on faculty, department, or program usage of the tool please contact IST eClass support or Dr. Cor directly.</p>
<p>For individual course/instructor use, the tool is available from the right-hand course editing dropdown, near the bottom:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/syllabus1.png" alt="" width="324" height="515" /></p>
<p>The following video tutorial describes the basic use of the tool for an instructor using it in a course for the first time:</p>
<p style="position: relative; padding-bottom: 56.25%; padding-top: 30px; height: 0; overflow: hidden; max-width: 1280px; max-height: 720px;"><iframe width="300" height="720" style="max-width: 1280px; max-height: 720px; position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;" title="YouTube video player" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/vdYC_b8N8y0" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe></p>
<p>Direct video link:  <a href="https://youtu.be/vdYC_b8N8y0" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://youtu.be/vdYC_b8N8y0</a></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> several feature improvements have been added to the tool since the video was created so several workflows will be more intuitive than shown. The option to download an editable version of the document as an .rtf text file) in addition to a PDF has also been added.</p>
<p><strong>New in June 2023, </strong>the eClass interface has been overhauled so the screenshots of eClass in the video will be different but all the functional workflows of the syllabus tool are the same as shown in the video.</p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Multiple Choice Quiz Question Settings]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/multiple-choice-quiz-question-settings]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5ef0b4eba35ab2d6180b0bca7e46b6f9]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 22 Jun 2021 09:29:51 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p>Multiple choice questions are just one of a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/109/0/quizzes---question-types" target="_blank" rel="noopener">large number of question types available</a> in eClass. This type allows you to set the selection of a single-answer or multiple responses from a list you define.</p>
<p>This article will review the basics of adding a multiple-choice question to an eClass quiz and the various settings available for this question type.</p>
<p>If you have not added a quiz to your course, first see our article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/150/45/adding-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding Quizzes</a>.</p>
<p>To save quiz-building time, the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Multiple Choice</span> question type stores the settings from the last-saved question and re-uses them when creating the next question of this type.</p>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#adding">Adding a Multiple Choice Question</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#editing">Editing a Multiple Choice Question</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#creating">Creating answer choices</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#greatcare">Multiple correct answers cautionary note</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding a Multiple Choice Question:</strong></p>
<p>1. Once you have added your quiz to your course page, activate <strong>Edit mode</strong> on your course page:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong style="font-size: 14.6667px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding a new mc question to quiz 1_editing.png" alt="" width="264" height="166" /></strong></p>
<p>2. Click on the quiz on your course page. If this is a new quiz, you will notice that no questions have been added. Click on <strong>Add question</strong> if it is a new quiz, or click on the <strong>Questions</strong> tab to add additional questions to an existing quiz:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding a new mc question to quiz 1__tab.png" alt="" width="591" height="333" /></p>
<p>3. On the <strong>Questions</strong> screen, select the <strong>Add</strong> drop-down arrow, then select <strong>a new question</strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding a new mc question to quiz 1.png" alt="adding an mc question to a quiz" width="720" height="319" /></strong></p>
<p>4. From the pop-up window listing all the question types available, select <strong>Multiple choice</strong>, then click <strong>Add</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding mc question to quiz 2.png" alt="adding an mc question to a quiz 2" width="425" height="502" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><a id="editing"></a>Editing a Multiple Choice Question:</strong></p>
<p>1. Once you have selected <strong>Add</strong>, the <strong>Adding a Multiple choice question</strong> settings window will open. The first settings establish the main content of the multiple-choice question (<em>i.e.</em>, the title, the question, the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/173/13/using-the-question-bank">question bank category</a>, and the marks). Enter the information for each setting:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding mc question to quiz 3.png" alt="adding mc question to a quiz 3" width="794" height="560" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p>2. The next group of settings is more specific to the layout of the question.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding mc question to quiz 4.png" alt="adding mc question to a quiz 4" width="725" height="492" /></p>
<ul>
<li>1. <strong>General feedback:</strong> Can be used if the instructor wants to provide any additional feedback on the question (<em>i.e.</em>, more information on the correct answer, notes on the question etc).
<ul>
<li><strong>Note:</strong> Students can only see the general feedback setting once they have submitted their exam and are allowed to review their attempts. The review needs to be set up by the instructor under the review options in the main quiz settings.<br /><br /></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>2. <strong>One or multiple answers:</strong> From the dropdown, choose whether students should choose one answer only or whether they should choose multiple answers for the question.
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul style="list-style-type: disc;">
<li>Questions with multiple answers can pose problems. Please see the cautionary note <strong><a href="#greatcare">below</a></strong>.<br /><br /></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;">3. </span><strong style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;">Shuffle the choices:</strong><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;"> If this setting is checked off, the order of answers is randomly shuffled for each student's attempt.</span>
<ul>
<li>The option to <strong>Shuffle within questions</strong> in the main quiz settings needs to be registered first. For more information, please review <a title="Adding Quizzes" href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/150/45/adding-quizzes#Questions%20behaviour" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding Quizzes</a></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</div>
<ul>
<li>4. <strong>Number the choices:</strong> Allows the option to select how the answers will be displayed to students. Options include numbers and upper and lower case letters and Roman numerals.<br /><br /></li>
<li>5. You may choose the standard eClass instructions displayed before the answer choices.
<ul>
<li>By toggling <strong>Yes</strong>, students will see the instruction "Select one" or "Select all that apply" before the answer choices. Selecting <strong>No</strong> would not include this instruction at all, and go straight from question to answer choices.</li>
<li>Selecting <strong>Yes</strong> will display the <strong>Select one:</strong> before the answer choices</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 80px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding mc question to quiz 8.png" alt="adding mc question to quiz 8" width="629" height="259" /></p>
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li>Selecting <strong>No</strong> means nothing will display before the answer choices</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 80px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding mc question to quiz 7.png" alt="adding mc question to a quiz 7" width="627" height="233" /></p>
<p><strong><a id="creating"></a>Creating answer choices:</strong> </p>
<p>The next group of settings is specific to the answer choices available for the question.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding mc question to quiz 5.png" alt="adding mc question to quiz 5" width="750" height="584" /></p>
<p>1. The word ‘Choice’ indicates the answer choices being offered to the student (<em>i.e</em>., a., b., c., d.).</p>
<p>2. In the screenshot above there are two answer choices, Red and Blue. Changing the <strong>Grade</strong> on ‘Choice 2’ to 100% sets Blue as the correct answer to the question.</p>
<p>3. You can add as many answer choices as needed, by clicking the <strong>Blanks for 3 more choices</strong> button.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding mc question to quiz 6.png" alt="adding mc question to a quiz 6" width="597" height="282" /></p>
<p>4. To preview the question before adding it to the quiz, select <strong>Preview</strong>. Once you are ready to add the question to the quiz, select <strong>Save changes</strong>.</p>
<p>5. The question will now appear on the <strong>Questions</strong> screen and will be available to edit at any point until the quiz has been attempted by students.</p>
<p></p>
<p><strong><a id="greatcare"></a>Multiple correct answers cautionary note:</strong></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 11pt;">Great care must be taken in setting up the grading for multiple-choice questions where multiple responses are allowed.
<p>When setting the grade for the question, answers should be assigned either a positive or negative percentage depending on whether they are correct or incorrect. Correct answers <strong>must</strong> add up to 100% of the allowed grade.</p>
<p>In most scenarios, selecting any incorrect answers will result in no marks awarded for the question. To maximize the grades available to a student, re-design the question and/or choose another question type (e.g., All-or-nothing MC, matching).</p>
<p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>If there is no penalty for wrong answers, then a student will receive full marks for a question simply by selecting all of the answers.</strong></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Here is an example scenario that does provide students with a correct score whether they get both answers or just 1 correct for a 5-answer question: correct 50%, correct 50%, incorrect -33.3%, incorrect -33.3%, incorrect -33.3%.</span></p>
</div>
<p></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Importing a Google Calendar into an eClass course]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/importing-a-google-calendar-into-an-eclass-course]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d947bf06a885db0d477d707121934ff8]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 26 Jul 2016 10:07:01 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can import events from Google Calendar into eClass using two methods:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">Calendar URL (automatically updated at your preferred interval)</span></strong></li>
<li><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">Calendar file (.ics) (A snapshot of events during time of calendar file generation. This may be useful for importing a basic structure of events without worrying about fluid day to day events.)</span></strong></li>
</ul>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#obtain-URL">Get Calendar URL</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#obtain-ics">Obtain iCal (.ics) file</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#import-eclass">Importing in eClass</a></li>
<li>    - <a href="#import-URL">Using Calendar URL</a></li>
<li>    - <a href="#import-ics">Using iCal (.ics) file</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<ul></ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="obtain-URL"></a>Obtain your Google Calendar URL</strong></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">In Google Calendar, locate <em>Settings and sharing</em> respective to the calendar you with to import to eClass.</span></strong></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import-google-calendar-1.png" alt="" width="400" /></p>
<p>Under the <em>Integrate calendar</em> section, copy the <em>Secret address in iCal format</em>. You will have to click the eyeball to reveal the information.</p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import-google-calendar-2.png" alt="" width="600" height="279" /><br /><br /></span></strong></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="obtain-ics"></a>Obtain your Google Calendar iCal file (.ics)</strong></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">In the same <em>Settings and sharing</em> interface, click the <em>Export calendar</em> button located near the top of your Google calendar settings.</span></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">This should download a zip file for you to extract the .ics file.</span></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import-google-calendar-3.png" width="500" height="" alt="" /></span></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></strong></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="import-eclass"></a>Import in eClass</strong></span></p>
<p>Click on the <em>Import or export calendars</em> link found in any of the Calendar interfaces on eClass, and click the <em>Import calendar</em> button.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import-google-calendar-4.png" width="500" height="" alt="" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="import-URL"></a>Import Calendar URL</strong></span></p>
<p>With Calendar URL selected from the <strong>Import from</strong> dropdown, paste the Calendar URL you obtained into the designated field.</p>
<p>Select your update interval, which includes:</p>
<ul>
<li>Never</li>
<li>Hourly</li>
<li>Daily</li>
<li>Weekly</li>
<li>Monthly</li>
<li>Annually</li>
</ul>
<p>The system will check the Calendar URL at those intervals to refresh the calendar data.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import-google-calendar-5.png" alt="" width="500" /></p>
<p><a id="event-type"></a>For <strong>Type of event</strong>, you can generally choose from:</p>
<ul>
<li>User - Import events to your profile's calendar only.</li>
<li>Course - Instructors can import events to their course's calendar.</li>
<li>Category - Category administrators can import calendars across courses in the same category level if so desired.</li>
</ul>
<p>Click <strong>Import calendar</strong> when ready.</p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="import-ics"></a>Import iCal (.ics) file</strong></span></p>
<p>With <em>Calendar file (.ics)</em> selected from the <strong>Import from</strong> dropdown, attach your iCal (.ics) file and choose your <a href="#event-type">event type</a> and click <strong>Import calendar</strong> when ready.</p>
<ol></ol>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import-google-calendar-6.png" width="500" height="" alt="" /></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Distributing Multiple Quiz or Assignment Versions to Students]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/distributing-multiple-quiz-or-assignment-versions-to-students]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3c7781a36bcd6cf08c11a970fbe0e2a6]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Sun, 05 Apr 2020 11:13:32 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>In addition to <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/360/45/security-features-for-delivering-eclass-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">shuffling questions and multiple-choice</a> choice orders as academic integrity mechanisms, instructors can distribute multiple versions of eClass quizzes or assignments to students.</p>
<p>Once multiple versions of an assignment or quiz have been created, these can be selectively restricted to groups in the course. The example below demonstrates how to create random groups for the different exam versions and set up the access restrictions for each version.</p>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#create-groups">Create random groups</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#create-quizzes">Create your assignments or quizzes</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#restrictions">Set up access restrictions</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p> </p>
<h3><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="create-groups"></a>Create random <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/14/setting-up-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">groups</a>:</span></strong></h3>
<p><em>In this example, students are randomly allocated to groups. It would work equally well to use existing groups in a course, for example, the automatically created groups for different sections within a combined course (eg. LEC B1, LEC B2, etc.)</em></p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <strong>Participants</strong> tab at the top of your course page:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-01.png" alt="" width="697" height="201" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on the <strong>Enrolled users</strong> dropdown and select  <strong>Groups</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-02.png" alt="" width="427" height="433" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Auto-create groups</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-03.png" alt="" width="528" height="623" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Choose options to 'Auto-create based on' <strong>Number of groups</strong> then enter the required number of groups:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-04.png" alt="" width="500" height="528" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>In the <strong>Grouping</strong> settings at the bottom of the settings page, create a 'Grouping name':<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-04a.png" alt="" width="585" height="239" /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Submit</strong> to display the number of groups specified:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-05.png" alt="" width="506" height="460" /></li>
</ol>
<p>  </p>
<h3><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="create-quizzes"></a>Create your <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/134/13/adding-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">assignments</a> or <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/150/13/adding-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">quizzes</a>:</span></strong></h3>
<p><em>In this example, the alternate versions of a quiz are already created. It is important to name each version of the assessment clearly to avoid confusion and to organize things correctly in the gradebook:</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-06.png" alt="" width="491" height="413" /></em></p>
<p> </p>
<h3><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrictions"></a>Set up <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">access restrictions</a>:</span></strong></h3>
<p>1. Click on the 3-dot dropdown menu and select <strong>Edit settings</strong> to access the quiz or assignment settings</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-07.png" alt="" width="734" height="285" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>2. Scroll to the bottom of the settings page and open the 'Restrict access<em>'</em> category:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-08.png" alt="" width="452" height="287" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>3. Restrict access to each item according to the specific group that should have access:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-09.png" alt="" width="443" height="636" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>4. Click <strong>Add restriction...</strong> to set the restriction:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-10.png" alt="" width="625" height="368" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>5. If the eye icon was not clicked, your students should see the group restrictions:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-11.png" alt="" width="735" height="177" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Note</strong></span>: After you have completed the setup, verify that your <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/153/0/setting-up-your-gradebook" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Gradebook</a> setup</strong> accurately reflects your requirements (<em>i.e.</em>, weightings, etc).</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Hidden but Available Content (Stealth Activities)]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/hidden-but-available-content-stealth-activities]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[82cec96096d4281b7c95cd7e74623496]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 20 Jun 2018 13:45:17 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>Instructors can hide activities and resources using 'stealth mode' and still allow students to access the content. This can be useful as a course design strategy where an instructor wants to nest content to provide a clean and compact course home page. Another common use of this feature is to hide quizzes that are meant to be accessed through <strong><a title="Using Examlock" href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/375/14/using-examlock-with-eclass-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Examlock </a></strong>and/or <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/446/1/smart-exam-monitor---for-instructors" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong>Smart Exam Monitor</strong></a> so that students are not provided with the choice to click the wrong link.</p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#hidden">Set activity, resource or topic hidden</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#available">Set activity, resource or topic hidden but available</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#examples">Usage examples</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#completely">Hiding activities, resources, or topics at the course level</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><strong></strong></p>
<p><strong><a id="hidden"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Set activity, resource or topic hidden</span></strong></p>
<p>To set an activity, resource, or topic hidden, follow these steps in your course.</p>
<p>On the top right of your course main page, toggle on <strong>Edit mode,</strong> then:</p>
<ol>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ol>
<li>Choose an activity or resource that you want to apply 'stealth' to.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/stealth-1.png" alt="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click the <strong>3-dots</strong> edit drop-down (⋮) adjacent to it and click <strong>Hide</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/stealth-2.png" alt="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Under the activity/resource will show a 'Hidden from students' message.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/stealth-3.png" alt="" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="available"></a>Set activity, resource or topic hidden but available</strong></span></p>
<p>The primary use case for this is to hide a quiz, so students will only try to access it via Examlock or SEM, as simply hiding the quiz will completely prevent students from being able to attempt it. To set an activity, resource, or topic hidden <em>but available</em>, follow these additional steps in your course.</p>
<ol>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>3-dots</strong> edit drop-down again and this time click '<strong>Make available.</strong>'<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/stealth-4.png" alt="" /><br /><br />Note the new message: 'Available but not shown on course page'.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Your activity or resource is now in stealth mode:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/stealth-5.png" alt="" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="examples"></a>Usage examples</strong></span></p>
<p>The following illustrates a clean-up of the course page by applying this setting to all the items in a hidden content section called 'Activities Week 12'.</p>
<p>In the example below, the hidden but available items are then accessible when added to a <strong>Page</strong> resource under 'Week 13' called 'Part 1 Activities'. Please see the article '<a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/187/0/adding-a-clickable-link-into-eclass-content" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding a Clickable Link into eClass Content</a>' for further help if you are unfamiliar with adding this type of content through the HTML editor.</p>
<p>What an instructor sees when editing:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/stealth-instructor-1.png" alt="" width="533" height="534" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p>What a student sees:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/stealth-student-1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Students click on the 'Part 1 Activities' Page resource to access the list of activities (even though these are hidden from the main course page). Here each of the links have been copied and added through the HTML editor.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/stealth-student-2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="completely"></a>Hiding activities, resources, or topics at the course level</strong></span></p>
<p>If you have followed these instructions but students are seeing a 'Not available' message, and if you prefer it to be fully invisible, you will have to adjust the 'Course layout' from your 'Course administration' settings by changing the option to 'Hidden sections are completely invisible'.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <strong>Settings</strong> tab at the top of your main course page, then scroll down to <strong>Course format</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"> <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/stealth-7.png" alt="" width="542" height="255" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">2. Remember to click <strong>Save</strong> at the bottom of the page</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Workshops]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-workshops]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[903ce9225fca3e988c2af215d4e544d3]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 29 Apr 2014 18:15:28 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Workshops are a peer-assessment activity in which students can submit their work to a group and grade their own and each other's submissions.</span></p>
</div>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#first">General</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#second">Grading settings</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#third">Submission settings</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#fourth">Assessment settings</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#fifth">Feedback</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#sixth">Example submissions</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#seventh">Availability</a></li>
<li>8 <a href="#eighth">Common module settings</a></li>
<li>9 <a href="#ninth">Restrict access</a></li>
<li>10 <a href="#tenth">Activity completion</a></li>
<li>11 <a href="#notes">Submission phases</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<h4><strong></strong></h4>
<h4><strong>Adding a Workshop</strong></h4>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on </span><strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right corner of your class page<span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Move to the topic area where you wish to add content (the week, unit, etc…) and click on the </span><strong>Add an activity or resource</strong> <span style="font-weight: 400;">link.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Choose </span><strong>Workshop</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and a settings page will open</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="first"></a>General </span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Workshop name" is required. Make this as meaningful as possible for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Description" is optional. You may provide an explanation or instructions here for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display description" on the course page toggles whether or not the description of the workshop will be displayed on the course page below the link to the workshop.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-workshop-1.png" alt="" width="741" height="382" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="second"></a>Grading settings</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Grading strategy" - Determines the assessment form used and the method of grading submissions. There are 4 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Accumulative grading' - Comments and a grade are given regarding specified aspects.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Comments' - Comments are given regarding specified aspects but no grade can be given.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Number of errors' - Comments, and a yes/no assessment, are given regarding specified assertions.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Rubric' - A level assessment is given regarding specified criteria</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Grade for submission" - Specifies the maximum grade that may be obtained for submitted work.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Submission grade to pass" - Determines the minimum submission grade required to pass. The value is used in activity and course completion, and in the gradebook, where pass grades are highlighted in green and fail grades in red.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Grade for assessment" - Specifies the maximum grade that may be obtained for submission assessment.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Assessment grade to pass" - Determines the minimum assessment grade required to pass. The value is used in activity and course completion, and in the gradebook, where pass grades are highlighted in green and fail grades in red.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Decimal places in grades" - Determines the number of digits shown after the decimal point when displaying grades. It only affects the display of grades, not the grades stored in the database, nor the internal calculations, which are carried out to full accuracy.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-workshop-2.png" alt="" width="478" height="333" /></span></p>
<strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="third"></a>Submission settings</span></strong>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Instructions for submission" - You may provide instructions for submission in the box.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Submission type" - Specifies whether online text or file attachments are allowed and whether they are required</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Maximum number of submission attachments" - Specifies the maximum number of attachments that can be submitted.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Submission attachment allowed file types" - Submission attachment file types can be restricted by providing a list of allowed file types. If the field is left empty, then all file types are allowed. Note that PNG files are not recommended.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Maximum submission attachment size" - Specifies the maximum attachment size that can be submitted.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Late submissions"</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Allow submissions after the deadline' - Toggles whether or not an author may submit their work after the submission deadline or during the assessment phase. Late submissions cannot be edited though.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-workshop-3a.png" alt="" width="833" height="662" /></span></p>
<strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="fourth"></a>Assessment settings</span></strong>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Instructions for assessment" - You may provide instructions for assessment in the box.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Use self-assessment"</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Student may assess their own work' - Toggles whether or not students can mark their own work.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-workshop-4.png" alt="" width="835" height="401" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="fifth"></a>Feedback</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Overall feedback mode" - If enabled, a text field is displayed at the bottom of the assessment form. Reviewers can put the overall assessment of the submission there, or provide additional explanation of their assessment.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Maximum number of overall feedback attachments" - Specifies the maximum number of overall feedback attachments.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Feedback attachment allowed file types" - Feedback attachment file types can be restricted by providing a list of allowed file types. If the field is left empty, then all file types are allowed.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Maximum overall feedback attachment size" - Specifies the maximum overall feedback attachment size.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Conclusion" - The conclusion text is displayed to participants at the end of the activity.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-workshop-5.png" alt="" width="809" height="471" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="sixth"></a>Example submissions</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Use examples"</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Example submissions are provided for practice in assessing' - If enabled, users can try assessing one or more example submissions and compare their assessment with a reference assessment. The grade is not counted in the grade for assessment.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Mode of examples assessment" - Provided that ‘Example submissions are provided for practice in assessing’ is enabled, you may choose from any of the following:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Assessment of example submission is voluntary'</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Examples must be assessed before own submission'</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Examples are available after own submission and must be assessed before peer assessment'</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-workshop-6.png" alt="" width="730" height="112" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="seventh"></a>Availability</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setting allows you to set up the available time for submission and for assessment. </span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Switch to the next phase after the submissions deadline" - If the submissions deadline is specified and this box is checked, the workshop will automatically switch to the assessment phase after the submissions deadline. If you enable this feature, it is recommended to set up the scheduled allocation method, too. If the submissions are not allocated, no assessment can be done even if the workshop itself is in the assessment phase. See <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/143/13/adding-workshops#notes"><strong>Submission phases</strong></a> below.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-workshop-7.png" alt="" width="740" height="251" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="eighth"></a>Common module settings</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Availability" - This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of teacher or non-editing teacher).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Make available but now shown on course page' - A link to the activity must be provided from elsewhere, such as from a page resource. The activity would still be listed in the gradebook and other reports.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"ID number" - An ID number identifies the activity for grade calculation purposes.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Group mode" - The group mode defined at course level is the default mode for all activities within the course. Each activity that supports groups can also define its own group mode, though if the group mode is forced at course level, the group mode setting for each activity is ignored. This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'No groups' - Students are not segregated into groups.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Separate groups' - Only group members can see their own group while other groups remain invisible.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Visible groups' - Group members can see other groups but still work in their own group.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Grouping" - A grouping is a collection of groups within a course. If a grouping is selected, students assigned to groups within the grouping will be able to work together.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'"Add group/grouping access restriction" - Allows access only to students who belong to a specified group, or all groups.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-workshop-8.png" alt="" width="517" height="251" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="ninth"></a>Restrict access</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="tenth"></a>Activity completion</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">
<p><em>Please note that you will not see the activity completion options until activity completion is enabled for your course. The steps to enable activity completion tracking can be found in our article on </em><em><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking">Completion Tracking</a></em><em>.</em></p>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">
<p><em></em><em></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Completion tracking' - Activity completion is tracked, either manually or automatically, based on certain conditions. Multiple conditions may be set if desired. If so, the activity will only be considered complete when ALL conditions are met. A tick next to the activity name on the course page indicates when the activity is complete.</span></p>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require view"</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Student must view this activity to complete it - A tick will only appear once the student views the activity.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require grade"</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Student must receive a grade to complete this activity - A tick will only appear once the student receives a grade for this activity.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Expect completed on" - This setting specifies the date when the activity is expected to be completed. The date is not shown to students and is only displayed in the activity completion report.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-workshop-9.png" alt="" width="611" height="121" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="eleven"></a>Tags</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<br />
<h4><strong><a id="notes"></a>Submission phases</strong></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As the instructor, you will have to move the workshop into its various phases (submission, assessment, grading evaluation or closed). When you are ready to move into the next phase of the workshop, enter the workshop then click the link to switch to the next phase at the top of each phase.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If on the other hand you have set <strong>Availability</strong> to move automatically to the next phase, you must also allocate submissions:</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-workshop-phases.png" alt="Phases" width="1119" height="356" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Any incomplete action in a phase can be set by clicking on the 'X' beside the incomplete item.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span><a href="https://docs.moodle.org/402/en/Using_Workshop" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">An in-depth guide for using the workshop</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> is available from Moodle HQ.</span></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding The Library Resources Block]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-the-library-resources-block]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[35f4a8d465e6e1edc05f3d8ab658c551]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 27 Aug 2013 16:09:24 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p>Working in conjunction with the Library, the eClass team has developed a customizable block to make it easy for students to access resources. The block is available on the user's homepage, and instructors can add it inside their course. </p>
<p>To add the Library block to your course:</p>
<ol>
<li>First, activate <strong>edit mode</strong> at the top-right corner of your course page. If the column of blocks on the right side of the page is hidden, click the left arrow icon to open the blocks drawer:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/editmodeblockdrawer.png" alt="edit mode and block drawer toggle" width="361" height="203" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Then, find the <strong>Add a block</strong> button at the top of the right hand column. Find and select <strong>Library Resources Block</strong>. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/addablockbutton.png" alt="the location of the &quot;add a block&quot; button" width="365" height="273" /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/addablockmenu.png" alt="menu options to add a block" width="505" height="630" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The page should now load with the Library Resources block. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/libraryresources2023.png" alt="" width="297" height="249" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Once added to your page, this block has a customizable area where you have the option of <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/444/13/adding-library-reading-lists">adding links specific to your course or subject matter</a>. The library block is most commonly added to courses after working with <a href="https://www.library.ualberta.ca/about-us/staff/subject-librarians" target="_blank" rel="noopener">subject matter librarians and staff</a> to provide resources specific to courses. It is common practice to <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/23/14/adding-additional-users-to-my-eclass-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">enroll librarians directly into courses as designers</a> so that they can develop the content for the block. It is also possible to give Librarians blanket access to all courses in a specific Faculty or Department to facilitate this process - please contact eClass support for more information about this.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/configurelibrary1.png" alt="where to configure the library resources block" width="298" height="289" /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/configurelibrary2.png" alt="editing custom course resources" width="910" height="730" /></li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Setting Video Permissions in YuJa]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/setting-video-permissions-in-yuja]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b337e84de8752b27eda3a12363109e80]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 08 Jun 2022 15:09:14 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[Instructors concerned about video privacy should check the link security settings as shown below when uploading videos.
Any videos that should be shared for a wider, public audience (i.e., beyond the U of A) must have their link permissions changed from ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Instructors concerned about video privacy should check the link security settings as shown below when uploading videos.</p>
<p>Any videos that should be shared for a wider, public audience (i.e., beyond the U of A) must have their link permissions changed from 'Public with SSO authentication' to fully 'Public' or  to 'Public with a date restriction'.</p>
<p>Any videos that are sensitive and should not be shared with anyone or only with the students of a class should be set to 'Private'. </p>
<p>'Private' videos that are published to a course channel can still be viewed by the students enrolled in a course.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>To manually switch video permission settings: </strong></span></p>
<p>1. Locate the video in your course channel or My media areas - by default these will be displayed as tiles when accessing through eClass - and mouse over the tile to show the advanced options:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/using-yuja-1.png" alt="" width="689" height="253" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/using-yuja-2.png" alt="" width="367" height="234" /></p>
<p>2. Select <strong>More, </strong>then in the<strong> 'Media Details'</strong> overlay, select the <strong>'</strong><strong>Links'</strong> item in the left nav bar, then select <strong>'Security Settings':</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/using-yuja-3.png" alt="" width="606" height="488" /></p>
<p>3. In the overlay, toggle the video <strong>Public</strong>, then set any additional restrictions required. An invisible date is recommended for a course-based video that is made public to be embedded:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/using-yuja-4.png" alt="" width="623" height="454" /></strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Downloading Videos from Yuja</strong></span></p>
<p>By default, Yuja video settings do not allow downloads.</p>
<ol>
<li>To enable downloads, navigate to 'My Media' and locate your video.</li>
<li>Hover over the video thumbnail and click 'More'.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-downloading-1.png" alt="" width="393" height="420" /></li>
<li>Enable:
<ul>
<li>Pre-Generate Video Downloads</li>
<li>Allow Viewers to Download in Media Player</li>
<li>Allow Viewers to Download in Mobile Apps<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-downloading-2.png" alt="" width="635" height="568" /></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Save your changes</li>
</ol>
<p>When users view the Yuja recording, they will see the download option available to them.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-downloading-3.png" alt="" width="651" height="349" /></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Requesting a Non-Credit eClass Course ]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/requesting-a-non-credit-eclass-course]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9b04d152845ec0a378394003c96da594]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 09 Feb 2015 14:50:51 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p>Non-credit courses are courses that are not tied to a credit section on Bear Tracks. These can include research/collaboration courses, content development templates, or resource courses that supplement a regular credit course. Non-credit courses are also commonly used by departments as places to share instructional resources and strategies for using eClass.</p>
<p>Non-Credit eClass courses are created via our automatic course request process submitted online which allows you to supply a title for the course, copy previous content forward, control the enrollments, etc. </p>
<p>To get started with your course request, please visit:</p>
<p><a href="https://cc.cloud.eclass.ualberta.ca/">https://cc.cloud.eclass.ualberta.ca/</a></p>
<p><strong>OR</strong></p>
<p>Navigate to the U of A home page (<a href="http://www.ualberta.ca/">http://www.ualberta.ca</a>), click the <strong>eClass</strong> link near the top right, then click on the <strong>Request your course in eClass</strong> button underneath the heading 'Instructors' in the left hand column.</p>
<p>Note: If you require users who do not have CCIDs to access your course, you should request an <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/59/13/eclass-external-service" target="_blank" rel="noopener">External eClass course</a> instead.</p>
<p>If you have any questions about this process, especially if you are unsure of what type of course you should request, please call IST eClass Support at 780-492-9372 and we will assist you. Incorrect course requests are much easier to address in advance.</p>
<p> </p>
<p> </p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Accessibility Considerations in Constructing eClass Courses]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/accessibility-considerations-in-constructing-eclass-courses]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b83aac23b9528732c23cc7352950e880]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 29 May 2017 15:51:20 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p>This article describes best practices for ensuring eClass course content meets accessibility standards and has been provided by <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/current-students/accessibility-resources" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the Academic Success Centre</a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Captioning</strong></span></p>
<p>As a part of the transition to remote class delivery in response to COVID-19, the Center for Teaching and Learning has provided the following suggestions for accessibility considerations specifically for synchronous lectures:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Enable Automatic Live captioning: </strong>This<strong> </strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">is available in <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/404/23/using-google-hangouts-meet" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Google Meet</a> (turn on the CC feature at the bottom of your screen) and is automatically enabled for all videos uploaded into <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/486/23/yuja-video-platform-overview" target="_blank" rel="noopener">YuJa</a> by instructors. </span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">When using another video chat platform, You may wish to</span><strong> use </strong><a href="https://www.google.ca/slides/about/"><strong>Google Slides</strong></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and enable the </span><strong>live captioning feature within Google Slides. </strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you share your screen using Google Slides, your voice will be captured and live captions will appear. See</span><a href="https://support.google.com/docs/answer/9109474?hl=en"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Present Slides with Captions </span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">for more information.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Zoom</strong> has options for automatic captions or live transcription: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/428/23/adding-closed-captions-or-live-subtitles-to-zoom-meetings" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding Closed Captions or Live Subtitles to Zoom Meetings</a> </span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>For students who are blind or have low visibility, narrate the material that you are displaying visually on the screen. <span style="font-weight: 400;">Just as you might read materials aloud in class, read screen material that you share on-screen just in case students are not able to see essential text.</span></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Keep in mind the different accessibility needs of your students.</strong> For best practices, consult resources on Universal Design for Learning (UDL). Some examples include:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="http://castprofessionallearning.org/free-udl-resources-and-tips/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">CAST Professional Learning’s site</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://moodle.gprc.ab.ca/course/view.php?id=2272" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">eCampus Alberta’s Open Educational Resource on UDL in Online Learning Environments</span></a></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">eClass General Accessibility Performance</span><br /></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Moodle, the application running eClass, has a strong focus on accessibility. The default standard for Moodle content presentation is <a href="http://www.w3.org/WAI/intro/wcag.php" target="_blank" rel="noopener">WCAG 2.0</a> - an internationally accepted standard for web accessibility developed by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C), an international team of experts (b</span>eginning January 1, 2021, <span style="font-weight: 400;">all public websites and web content must meet WCAG 2.0 Level AA.) For more detailed documentation on Moodle accessibility, <a href="https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/Accessibility" target="_blank" rel="noopener">see here</a>.<br /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Beyond the Basics</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Instructors constructing courses on eClass should also consider accessibility when creating their content. Web pages are fundamentally designed to work for all people, whatever their hardware, software, language, culture, location, or physical or mental ability. When the Web meets this goal, it is accessible to people with a diverse range of hearing, movement, sight, and cognitive ability. The <a href="http://www.w3.org/standards/webdesign/accessibility#examples" target="_blank" rel="noopener">W3C provides 3 examples of areas</a> where web sites have accessibility barriers:</span></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Images without alternate text</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Interactive features that operate by mouse only</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Audio files without text-based transcripts<br /></span></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Instructors can now add a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/472/13/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">self-serve file conversion utility</a> into their courses that students can use to obtain accessible and alternate format versions of files within the course.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The W3C also delivers the </span><a href="http://www.w3.org/WAI/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Web Accessibility Initiative (WAI)</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> which brings together people from industry, disability organizations, government, and research labs from around the world to </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">develop guidelines</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">resources</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to help make the Web accessible to people with disabilities including auditory, cognitive, neurological, physical, speech, and visual disabilities. </span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>WAI Guidelines</strong></span></p>
<ul style="list-style-type: none;">
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Color is not used as the only way of conveying information or identifying content</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Default foreground and background colour combinations provide sufficient contrast</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Text is resizable up to 200% without losing information, using a standard browser</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Images of text are resizable, replaced with actual text, or avoided where possible</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Users can pause, stop, or adjust the volume of audio that is played on a website</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Background audio is low, or can be turned off, to avoid interference or distraction</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Pages have clear titles and are organized using descriptive section headings</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">There is more than one way to find relevant pages within a set of web pages</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Users are informed about their current location within a set of related pages</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">There are ways to bypass blocks of content that are repeated on multiple pages</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">The keyboard focus is visible and the focus order follows a meaningful sequence</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">The purpose of a link is clear, ideally even when the link is viewed on its own</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>WAI Resources</strong></span></p>
<ul style="list-style-type: none;">
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="http://www.w3.org/WAI/gettingstarted/tips/designing.html#provide-sufficient-contrast-between-foreground-and-background" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Provide sufficient contrast between foreground and background</span></a> (<a href="http://www.w3.org/WAI/WCAG20/quickref/#qr-visual-audio-contrast-contrast" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Colour contrast checker</span></a>)</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="http://www.w3.org/WAI/gettingstarted/tips/designing.html#dont-use-color-alone-to-convey-information" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Don't use colour alone to convey information</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="http://www.w3.org/WAI/gettingstarted/tips/designing.html#ensure-that-interactive-elements-are-easy-to-identify" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Ensure that interactive elements are easy to identify</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="http://www.w3.org/WAI/gettingstarted/tips/designing.html#provide-clear-and-consistent-navigation-options" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Provide clear and consistent navigation options</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="http://www.w3.org/WAI/gettingstarted/tips/designing.html#ensure-that-form-elements-include-clearly-associated-labels" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Ensure that form elements include clearly associated labels</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="http://www.w3.org/WAI/gettingstarted/tips/designing.html#provide-easily-identifiable-feedback" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Provide easily identifiable feedback</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="http://www.w3.org/WAI/gettingstarted/tips/designing.html#use-headings-and-spacing-to-group-related-content" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Use headings and spacing to group related content</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="http://www.w3.org/WAI/gettingstarted/tips/designing.html#create-designs-for-different-viewport-sizes" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Create designs for different viewport sizes</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="http://www.w3.org/WAI/gettingstarted/tips/designing.html#include-image-and-media-alternatives-in-your-design" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Include image and media alternatives in your design</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="http://www.w3.org/WAI/gettingstarted/tips/designing.html#provide-controls-for-content-that-starts-automatically" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Provide controls for content that starts automatically</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="http://www.w3.org/WAI/gettingstarted/tips/designing.html#learn-more-about-accessibility" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Learn more about accessibility</span></a></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Editing Content Section Headings]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/editing-content-section-headings]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[fa7cdfad1a5aaf8370ebeda47a1ff1c3]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 26 Jun 2014 09:45:06 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Each eClass course is organized into a series of content sections on the main course page. The heading area of each content section can be edited with titles that help organize the distinct sections of your course. Content section titles can only contain simple text, however, the title summary description can act as a subtitle, header or content block allowing you to include images, horizontal bars, links, HTML, etc.</span></div>
</div>
<p>These content section titles are different from labels because they are associated with a specific section, whereas labels can be added in any topic of your course and can be re-positioned to anywhere within particular topics - titles always remain at the top of a content block.</p>
<h4><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Editing a Content Section Heading</span></strong></h4>
<ol style="padding-left: 30px;">
<li>Click on <strong><strong>Edit Mode</strong></strong><strong> </strong>near the top right of the course.<strong><br /><br /></strong></li>
<li>Move to the content section area where you wish to change the default title (e.g., Topic 3) and click on the corresponding <strong>3 Dots</strong> near the top right of the section and then click <strong>Edit topic </strong> in the dropdown that opens.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/content-section-edit-1.png" alt="" width="650" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Next to <em>Section name</em>, check the <em>Custom</em> option, then type in your new title. <br />You can also add a summary description containing text, images, tables, links, etc., that will appear directly below your title. <br />For a more in-depth look at adding graphical content, see the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/163/0/how-to-add-a-banner-to-your-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding a custom banner to your course</a>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/content-section-editing2.png" alt="" width="650" height="391" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Remember to click the <strong>Save changes</strong> button at the bottom of the page when you are done.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Note that in the <em>Collapsed topics</em> and <em>Collapsed Topics with Collapsed Labels</em> course formats, you can also edit the content section title and header by clicking the edit icon found underneath the title.</li>
</ol>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Advanced Use of Badges]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/advanced-use-of-badges]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[db8e1af0cb3aca1ae2d0018624204529]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 08 Aug 2016 16:51:22 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>For instructions on creating new badges, enabling a badge, and awarding it manually, see the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/275/13/introduction-to-badges" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Introduction to Badges</a>.</p>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<div></div>
<div>Assigning Badges based on:</div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#specific-criteria">Specific Criteria</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#activity-completion-criteria">Activity Completion Criteria</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#grades">Grades</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#course-completion">Course Completion</a></li>
<li></li>
<li>5 <a href="#locked-criteria">Locked Criteria</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#managing">Managing Badges</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#message">Message</a></li>
<li>8 <a href="#revoking">Revoking Badges</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><strong><a id="specific-criteria"></a>Assigning badges based on Specific Criteria</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Users meeting specific criteria or completion conditions may receive a badge.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To begin doing so, first enable <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/14/completion-tracking" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Completion Tracking</a>.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="activity-completion-criteria"></a>Assigning badges based on Activity Completion Criteria</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">From the Add badge criteria drop-down, choose </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Activity completion</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">.<br /></span></span>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-advanced-1" alt="" width="600" height="279" /></span></p>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Select one or more activities to be completed.</span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-advanced-2" alt="" width="600" height="374" /><br /><br /></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Choose whether <em>All</em> of the selected activities need to be completed or if just one (<em>Any</em>) of the selected activities needs completing.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Save when complete.</span></li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="grades"></a>Assigning badges based on Grades</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In the gradebook, a passing grade can be set for any grade item or category (see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/14/completion-tracking" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Completion Tracking</a>). For grades corresponding to activities, set the completion setting of the activity to require a passing grade.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">A possible way to award badges based on grades in manual grade items and categories is to:</span></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Create a page resource.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Restrict access to students who have achieved a certain grade. For more information on access restrictions, see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/0/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Restricting Access to an Activity or Resource</a>.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Set the page’s completion criteria to “view”.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">Set the badge criteria as completion of the page. </li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="course-completion"></a>Assigning badges automatically based on Course Completion</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">(Still within <em>Criteria</em>) Under the <em>Add badge criteria</em> drop-down, choose <em>Course Completion</em>.<br /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Set a minimum grade required in the course. Check the <em>Enable</em> box if you would like to set a cut off date.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-advanced-3" alt="" width="600" height="296" /></span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="locked-criteria"></a>Locked Criteria</span></strong></p>
<p><em><strong>Note: Once a badge has been made available to students and awarded to one or more students, its criteria will become locked meaning that you can no longer modify the badge’s settings.</strong></em></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Criteria settings are locked to ensure that badges are awarded uniformly and fairly to students. Because of this, it may only be changed by creating a new badge with the new criteria and optionally disabling or deleting the old one.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="managing"></a>Managing Badges</span></strong></p>
<p>The following <em>Action</em> functions are available for managing badges:</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-visible" alt="" width="20" height="18" /> <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-hidden" alt="" width="18" height="18" /> <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Enable/Disable access</span>: Allows the badge to be awarded. Disabling access prevents the badge from being awarded and unlocks criteria for editing if there are no recipients.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-award" alt="" width="20" height="20" />    <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Award badge:</span> Visible only if Access (above) is enabled.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-edit" alt="" width="20" height="20" />    <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Edit</span>: Modify Badge details and criteria.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-copy" alt="" width="20" height="21" />    <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Copy</span>: Duplicates the Badge. Access to a newly generated duplicate is hidden by default and recipients are not copied over. All Badge criteria can be modified before use before enabling it.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-delete" alt="" width="20" height="20" />    <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Delete</span>: There are two options for deleting badges:</span></p>
<ul>
<li>Delete and keep existing issued badges - These will not appear in the list of earnable badges. Anyone who has earned them will retain them under their profile.</li>
<li>Delete and remove existing issued badges - Completely removes the existence of badges and will be removed from all users' profiles.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="message"></a>Message</span></strong></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-advanced-5" alt="" width="428" height="260" /></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/badge-advanced-4" alt="" width="600" height="543" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Notifications are sent to the badge earner via eClass notification or by email (unless disabled by user).</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Badge creators can specify how often they wish to be notified of badge-earning activity using the dropdown.</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="revoking"></a>Revoking Badges</span></strong></p>
<p>To revoke a badge, it must be deleted (and revoked from all users). See <a href="#managing">Managing badges</a> above.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Pages ]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-pages]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ec5decca5ed3d6b8079e2e7e7bacc9f2]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 28 Apr 2014 14:46:40 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">The page resource allows you to create a simple web page within your eClass course that can include text, images, and embedded videos. Pages offer an alternative to PDF documents when displaying content to students that are more easily updated and can offer more interactivity and media integration.</span></p>
</div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you want to embed a video into your page, we recommend using </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/175/0/embedding-videos-in-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Google Drive (or YouTube)</a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to host the video and embedding directly from Google Drive onto the page. </span></p>
<h4><strong>Adding a Page</strong></h4>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on </span><strong>Edit mode</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">, at the top right of your course page. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Move to the topic area where you wish to add content (the week, unit, etc.) and click on the </span><strong>Add an activity or resource</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> link.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click the <strong>Page </strong>icon.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">A new page will appear with the page settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">General</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Name" is required. Make this as meaningful as possible for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Description" is optional. You may provide explanations or instructions here for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display description on course page": Toggles whether or not the description of your page will be displayed on the course page below the link to your page.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-page-1.png" alt="" width="676" height="456" /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Content</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Page content is required. Add content directly into the HTML editor or copy and paste from a pre-existing document.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-page-2.png" alt="" width="685" height="461" /></span></p>
<p> </p>
<p>Although not necessary to use, if you have an HTML code sample, or if you wish to edit code directly, you can also paste it into the editor with the code interface active:</p>
<p> <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-page-6a.png" alt="Image of code interface" width="719" height="245" /></p>
<p> <strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Appearance</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display": Together with the file type and whether the browser allows embedding, determines how the file is displayed.</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Open' - Only the file is displayed in the browser window.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'In pop-up' - The file is displayed in a new browser window without menus or an address bar.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Pop-up width (in pixels)": You may enter the pop-up width here, provided that the ‘In pop-up’ option for the display is enabled.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Pop-up height (in pixels)": You may enter the pop-up height here, provided that the ‘In pop-up’ option for the display is enabled.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display page name": Toggles whether or not the page name will be displayed.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display page description": Toggles whether or not the page description will be displayed.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-page-3.png" alt="" width="600" height="259" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Common module settings</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Availability": This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of teacher or non-editing teacher).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Make available but now shown on course page' - A link to the activity must be provided from elsewhere, such as from a page resource. The activity would still be listed in the gradebook and other reports.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"ID number": An ID number identifies the activity for grade calculation purposes.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-page-4.png" alt="" width="716" height="167" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Restrict access</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Activity completion</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Completion tracking": Activity completion is tracked, either manually or automatically, based on certain conditions. Multiple conditions may be set if desired. If so, the activity will only be considered complete when ALL conditions are met. A tick next to the activity name on the course page indicates when the activity is complete.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require view":</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Student must view this activity to complete it: A tick will only appear once the student views the activity.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Expect completed on": This setting specifies the date when the activity is expected to be completed. The date is not shown to students and is only displayed in the activity completion report.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-page-5.png" alt="" width="676" height="204" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Tags</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span></p>
<h4><strong>Notes</strong></h4>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The page resource allows you to create a simple web page within your eClass course. It is preferable to use pages for content you know you will have to change or update regularly. It is generally easier to edit a page within eClass than to repeatedly re-upload a file.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">When copying and pasting content into the editor, most formatting will not be copied. The only formatting preserved should be bold, italic, and underlined text.<br /></span></li>
</ul>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Wikis]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-wikis]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a8baa56554f96369ab93e4f3bb068c22]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 29 Apr 2014 18:07:08 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Wikis are collaborative tools where you and your students can enter any type of content regarding any topic that you specify. They are similar to both the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/140/13/adding-glossaries">Glossary</a> and <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/139/13/adding-databases">Database</a>. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Wikis are an excellent way to make students work together to create a resource. A wiki starts with a front page, and all subsequent pages are created by creating links to new pages. </span></p>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#adding">Adding a Wiki</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#general">General</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#format">Format</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#common">Common module settings</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#restrict">Restrict access</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#completion">Activity completion</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#tags">Tags</a></li>
<li>8 <a href="#editing">Editing a Wiki (in HTML Format)</a></li>
<li>9 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<h4><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding a Wiki:</strong></h4>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on </span><strong>Edit mode </strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">at the top right of your course page. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Move to the topic area where you wish to add content (the week, unit, etc.) and click on the </span><strong>Add an activity or resource</strong> <span style="font-weight: 400;">link.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Choose </span><strong>Wiki </strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">and a settings page will open.</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="general"></a>General:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Wiki name" is required. Make this as meaningful as possible for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Description" is optional. You may provide explanation or instructions for your students here.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Wiki mode": Toggles whether the wiki is a:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Collaborative wiki' - Everyone can edit the wiki. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Individual wiki' - Everyone has their own wiki which only they can edit.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"First page name" is also required: The name of the first page of the wiki, a foundation for the rest of the activity.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-wiki-1.png" alt="" width="678" height="482" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="format"></a>Format:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Default format": Determines the default format of the wiki. See <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/142/13/adding-wikis#notes">Notes</a> below.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Force format": If selected, there is no option to change the format when creating a new wiki page.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-wiki-2.png" alt="" width="435" height="110" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="common"></a>Common module settings:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Availability": This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of teacher or non-editing teacher).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Make available but now shown on course page' - A link to the activity must be provided from elsewhere, such as from a page resource. The activity would still be listed in the gradebook and other reports.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"ID number": An ID number identifies the activity for grade calculation purposes.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Group mode": The group mode defined at course level is the default mode for all activities within the course. Each activity that supports groups can also define its own group mode, though if the group mode is forced at course level, the group mode setting for each activity is ignored. This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'No groups' - Students are not segregated into groups.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Separate groups' - Only group members can see their own group while other groups remain invisible.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Visible groups' - Group members can see other groups but still work in their own group.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Grouping": A grouping is a collection of groups within a course. If a grouping is selected, students assigned to groups within the grouping will be able to work together.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'"Add group/grouping access restriction": Allows access only to students who belong to a specified group, or all groups.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-wiki-3.png" alt="" width="516" height="246" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrict"></a>Restrict access:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="completion"></a>Activity completion:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">
<p>Please note that you will not see the activity completion options until activity completion is enabled for your course. The steps to enable activity completion tracking can be found in our article on <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking">Completion Tracking</a>.</p>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">
<p></p>
<span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Completion tracking": Activity completion is tracked, either manually or automatically, based on certain conditions. Multiple conditions may be set if desired. If so, the activity will only be considered complete when ALL conditions are met. A tick next to the activity name on the course page indicates when the activity is complete.</span></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require view": </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Student must view this activity to complete it: A tick will only appear once the student views the activity.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Expect completed on": This setting specifies the date when the activity is expected to be completed. The date is not shown to students and is only displayed in the activity completion report.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-wiki-4.png" alt="" width="571" height="121" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="tags"></a>Tags:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<h4><strong><a id="editing"></a>Editing a Wiki (in HTML Format):</strong></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Some Wiki elements may also be added using HTML, including: Links and URL.</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">To add an internal link (to another eClass Wiki page), use double square brackets: </span><strong>[[</strong><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">internal page name</span></em><strong>]]</strong></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">To add an external link, type out the URL: </span><strong>http://</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">www.ualberta.ca</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Recall that you may use the HTML editor to make the majority of formatting changes.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></p>
<p><strong><a id="notes"></a>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you are not an experienced wiki user, you should generally leave all wiki pages in HTML format.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Wiki links that are red, mean that the page associated with that link has not yet been created and therefore contains no content.  The link turns green when the page has been created.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">At any time you can view the revision history of the wiki or a map of all the wiki pages using the links in the top left corner of the wiki.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">There are some known Moodle issues with using groups/groupings and wikis so you should generally only use a wiki activity only for your entire cohort of students.</span></li>
</ul>
<strong><br /><br /></strong></div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Onetopic Course Format Features]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/onetopic-course-format-features]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[138bb0696595b338afbab333c555292a]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 14 Jun 2018 15:34:11 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"></div>
<p>This article goes over the Onetopic course format in greater detail.<br />The Onetopic format now allows instructors to change the font and tab colours, as well as set up sub-topics to group tabs together.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Customizing Tab Colours</strong></span></p>
<ol>
<li>Switch to Onetopic format from the course settings. The settings can be accessed as shown in <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/125/13/course-settings" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this guide</a>.</li>
<li>From your course main-page, c<span>lick on </span><strong>Edit Mode</strong><strong> </strong><span>near the top right corner</span>:<strong><br /><br /></strong><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/onetopic_1.png" alt="" width="398" height="421" /></li>
<li>Click on the  <strong>3 dots</strong> and then on <strong>Edit section</strong> for the section you would like to edit:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/onetopic_2.png" alt="" width="1100" height="1163" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The settings can be seen below:<br />
<p><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/onetopic_3.png" alt="" width="602" height="229" /></p>
<ul style="list-style-type: disc;">
<li>"Level": This setting allows you to place the current tab at a level below the previous tab. This allows for the creation of sub-sections, for example.<br /><br /></li>
<li>"Text of the first tab in sublevel": This setting allows you to specify the name of the first sub-section in a set of sections.<br /><br /></li>
<li>"Font color": This setting allows you to specify the colour of the text for a given tab. The colour can be specified by common colour keywords (eg. Red, Green, Blue), by the RGB code (eg. reg(0, 255, 0)), or with a hexadecimal code representing the colour (eg. #ff033d). You can find more hexadecimal colour codes <a href="http://www.color-hex.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>"Background colour": This setting allows you to specify the colour of the background for a given tab. The colour can be specified by common colour keywords (eg. Red, Green, Blue), by the RGB code (eg. reg(0, 255, 0)), or with a hexadecimal code representing the colour (eg. #ff033d). You can find more hexadecimal colour codes <a href="http://www.color-hex.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>"CSS properties": This setting allows you change some CSS properties for the text (eg. font-weight: bold;).</li>
</ul>
<br /><br /></li>
<li>Here is an example of tab colours and sub-sections in use:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/onetopic_4.png" alt="" width="830" height="294" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>Note</strong>: Formatting is not retained when switching from Onetopic to another format, and then back to Onetopic.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Gradable H5P Activities]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-gradable-h5p-activities]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[598b3e71ec378bd83e0a727608b5db01]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 22 Jun 2021 18:06:33 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>This article describes how instructors can add H5P activities which push their scores directly into the gradebook in their courses. H5P is an interactive HTML5 package that instructors may have previously created and/or hosted on <a href="https://h5p.org/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">h5p.org</a> or <a href="https://h5p.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">h5p.com</a> and were <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/399/13/adding-h5p-interactive-content" target="_blank" rel="noopener">formerly embeddable in eClass only as static content</a> (without grades being saved). Any pre-existing H5P activities previously created may be uploaded into the H5P activity; so too can <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/473/13/adding-h5p-interactive-activities-to-a-course-content-bank" target="_blank" rel="noopener">content created directly within eClass inside the course Content bank.</a></p>
<p>To add a gradable H5P activity that pushes scores directly into your gradebook, select on the H5P activity type from the activity chooser:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/addh5pactivity.png" alt="Finding the H5P activity from the activity chooser" width="648" height="917" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>H5P Activity Settings:</strong></span></p>
<p>- The <strong>Name </strong>field will appear as the link on the course main page so should be meaningful for students.</p>
<p>- A <strong>Description </strong>is optional but can provide additional context or explanation for the assessment purpose. Checking <strong>Display description on course page</strong> below the description field will add that below the link on the course main page.</p>
<p>- The <strong>Package file </strong>area is where the H5P packages would be added. For existing offline activities already downloaded from H5P.org or H5P.com, select <strong>Upload a file:</strong></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/uploadh5p1.png" alt="" width="689" height="575" /></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5puploadbrowse.png" alt="" width="640" height="436" /></p>
<p>For H5P activities built into the course Content bank, select <strong>Content bank</strong>, then click the content file name. In the overlay that appears, select whether to copy or link the file (linking will capture any changes made to the original content), adjust the file name, author, or copyright information, then click <strong>Select this file</strong>: </p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5pselectcontent.png" alt="" width="406" height="560" /></p>
<p>- In the <strong>H5P options</strong> section, select whether students should be allowed to download the H5P package (a good choice for open content meant to be re-used), whether there would be a link to embed the activity in other sites (would only make sense if the eClass course was publicly available), and whether to display the copyright information. <strong>All t</strong><strong>hese can generally be left unchecked.</strong></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5poptions.png" alt="H5P options can be left unchecked" width="472" height="187" /></p>
<p>- In the <strong>Grade </strong>section, specify the number of points that this activity will be scored on in the gradebook. This can normally match the number of points that are scored in the H5P activity itself:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5pgrade.png" alt="set grade total to match points in h5p activity" width="558" height="264" /></p>
<p>- In the <strong>Attempt options</strong> section, <strong>Enable attempt tracking</strong> must be set to <strong>Yes</strong> to collect scores from the H5P interactive activity; to have the activity be a formative activity for practice only this can be set to <strong>No</strong>. Students can also be allowed to review their attempts.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5pattemptoptions.png" alt="Set &quot;enable attempt tracking&quot; to yes" width="574" height="187" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Question Tagging]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/question-tagging]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4f6ffe13a5d75b2d6a3923922b3922e5]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 19 Jun 2019 12:34:38 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>The <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/173/13/using-the-question-bank" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Question Bank</a> allows instructors to tag questions as an enhanced means of organization. Questions can each have multiple tags and can be used to filter the question bank to view to tagged questions across categories. It is also possible to use tags to construct quizzes when pulling questions or adding random questions that match a tag or set of tags. </p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#adding-tags">Adding Tags to Questions</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#quick-tagging">Quick Tagging</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#filtering">Filtering Question Banks via Tags</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#quiz-construction">Constructing Quizzes Using Tags</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="adding-tags"></a>Adding Tags to Questions</strong></span></p>
<p>The first method to add tags is when editing an existing or creating a new question:</p>
<ol>
<li>Either create a new or edit an existing question.</li>
<li>At the bottom of the question properties, expand the 'Tags' section.<br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/qtag1.png" alt="The tag section when creating a question" width="599" height="326" /></li>
<li>You can assign an existing tag by typing in the search box, or you can type and create a new tag followed by Enter/Return on your keyboard or by clicking away. You may also click on tags that appear in the suggestion box. Assigned tags will be shown above the search box. You may also remove them by clicking on the tag's X mark.<br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/qtag2.png" alt="searching/adding tags" width="676" height="159" /></li>
<li><strong>Save</strong> to add the tag.</li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="quick-tagging"></a>Quick Tagging Questions</strong></span></p>
<p>Alternatively, if you already have numerous questions in your question bank, you can quickly tag them by clicking on the <strong>Edit dropdown </strong>in a question's row and selecting <strong>Manage tags</strong>:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/qtag3.png" alt="manage tags from question bank" width="637" height="483" /></p>
<p>This will open a tagging overlay using the same mechanism as above:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/qtag-5.png" alt="" width="512" height="405" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="filtering"></a>Filtering a Question Bank Using Tags</strong></span></p>
<p>At the top of the question bank, once at least one question has been tagged, a new <strong>'Filter by tags' </strong>dropdown will appear: </p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/qtag4.png" alt="" width="557" height="413" /></p>
<p>Opening the dropdown will display all the tags used in the questions bank and is searchable. Once a tag is added in the filter, it will appear in blue above the field and the question bank will only show the questions containing the specific tag(s):</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/qtag5.png" alt="tag is applied to search" width="556" height="541" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="quiz-construction"></a>Using Tagged Questions in Quiz Construction</strong></span></p>
<p>When <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/286/13/adding-and-managing-quiz-questions" target="_blank" rel="noopener">adding questions</a> from your question bank or adding random questions, similar filters appear to allow only specific tagged questions to appear in the <strong>'From Question Bank' </strong>or <strong>'Add a random question' </strong>overlays:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/qtag6png" alt="filter when adding to quiz" width="557" height="386" /></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/qtag7.png" alt="using tags to add random questions" width="633" height="463" /></p>
<p>If using random questions that are tagged, the applied tags will be displayed in the quiz editing view:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/qtag8.png" alt="List of random questions filtered by tag" width="709" height="334" /></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using the Grade Offset and Multiplicator in Quiz Activities]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-the-grade-offset-and-multiplicator-in-quiz-activities]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[dc6a6489640ca02b0d42dabeb8e46bb7]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 11 Mar 2021 14:59:24 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>An instructor may need to adjust scores globally on a quiz by adding or subtracting points or scaling the scores without having to enter mass gradebook overrides to student scores.</p>
<p>eClass can do this by any combination of adjusting the '<strong>Offset</strong>' and/or '<strong>Multiplicator</strong>' values within the grade item for the quiz in the gradebook.</p>
<p>(<strong>Note: </strong>this procedure is not the same as adjusting the scores on specific questions when, for example, a wrong answer to a specific question was set as the correct answer or else was not scored correctly. Refer to <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/113/15/quizzes---editing-and-regrading-submitted-quiz-attempts" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Editing and Regrading Quiz Attempts</a> for direction on how to adjust the grade on a specific quiz question).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Multiplicator</span></strong>: The factor by which all grades for the grade item will be multiplied. For example, to add 2% to every quiz attempt, add a Multiplicator of 1.02.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Offset</strong></span>: A number that is added to every grade for this grade item, <strong>after</strong> the multiplicator is applied.</p>
<p>If you wish only to add 2 marks to every quiz attempt, set a Multiplicator of 1.0 and an offset of 2.0.</p>
<p>In another scenario, if you set a quiz where students are given the choice of answering two essay questions out of three topics and</p>
<ul>
<li>the quiz is worth 10 marks;</li>
<li>the three answers are worth five marks each;</li>
<li>students must provide only two of three answers; </li>
</ul>
<p>you could set a multiplicator of 1.5 to give them the full value of the grade out of ten. In other words, you would be dividing the number of marks of all the questions by the total grade (15/10 = 1.5).</p>
<p>The grade that the student will see will equal <span>(grade the student scored * multiplicator) + offset.</span></p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: the adjustment is made in the gradebook grade item setting, as below, and not in the quiz settings.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>To adjust these settings</strong></span>:</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to your course's <strong>Grades</strong> tab then go to <strong>Gradebook setup:</strong><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/mult-offset-1.png" alt="" width="528" height="190" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Locate a <em>Quiz activity</em> and click <strong>Edit settings</strong> under the Edit link at the right:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/usingoffset.2021-3.png" alt="" width="1076" height="172" /><br /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on <strong>Show more. </strong>Enter your 'Offset' and/or 'Multiplicator' values. <br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/usingoffset.2021-1.png" alt="" width="901" height="361" /><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/usingoffset.2021-2.png" alt="" width="748" height="483" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Save changes</strong> to register the change.</li>
</ol>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Calculated Quiz Questions]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-calculated-quiz-questions]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a666587afda6e89aec274a3657558a27]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 29 May 2017 15:35:49 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#calculated">Calculated</a></li>
<li>- <a href="#enteringQuestion"> Entering Question Text and Answers</a></li>
<li>- <a href="#settingdataset"> Setting the Dataset Properties</a></li>
<li>- <a href="#editingdataset"> Editing Datasets</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#calculatedmc"> Calculated multichoice</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#calculatedsim"> Calculated simple</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For questions involving numeric calculations, the calculated question types on eClass can help to ensure that each student sees a different version of each question. For example, you could have a question that asks “what is the sum of X and Y” where X and Y are randomly generated for each student and the correct answer is automatically calculated and graded by eClass. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">There are 3 types of calculated questions that can be added to eClass quizzes:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><em><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Calculated Questions</span></em></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> require students to submit a numeric answer (optionally with units).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Calculated Multichoice Questions</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> are presented to students in a multiple choice format.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Calculated Simple Questions</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> are similar to Calculated questions but with a more narrow feature set and easier setup.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Regular Calculated questions are described in detail below. Most of the setup for Calculated questions can be applied to the other two calculated questions types. The differences in setup are mentioned at the bottom of this article.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Basic instructions on adding questions to quizzes can be found in <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/286/13/adding-and-managing-quiz-questions" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding and Managing Quiz Questions</a>.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="calculated"></a>Calculated</span></strong></p>
<p>Setting up calculated questions is a 3-step process.</p>
<ol>
<li>First you need to set up the question text and formula used to calculate the correct answer.</li>
<li>The properties of the dataset must be defined.</li>
<li>Lastly you need to generate and test the random wild card values to be used in the question.</li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration-line: underline; font-size: 11pt;"><a id="enteringQuestion"></a>Entering Question Text and Answers:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The <em>Question text</em> is what the student will see when they view the question. <br />In places where there should be a randomized number, place a unique identifier inside of curly braces as a placeholder. These are called wild cards (e.g. “What is the sum of {A} and {B}?”).</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-calculated-questions-1.png" alt="" width="770" height="476" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Under </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Answers</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">, the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Answer formula</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> is used to calculate the correct answer based on the wild cards in the question. <br />For the above example, the answer formula would be “{A} + {B}”. <br />Make sure to set the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Grade</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> for the correct answer to 100%. <br />Additional answers can be added and their grades adjusted if you wish to give partial credit for different answers or tolerances.</span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/calculatedAnswer.png" alt="" width="777" height="221" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">There are three types of Tolerance that can be selected for an answer. <br />The following example calculations are based on the assumption that the correct answer is 200 and the tolerance is set to 0.5:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Relative: 200 ± 0.5 * 200</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Nominal: 200 ± 0.5</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Geometric:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Upper limit: 200 + 0.5 * 200</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Lower limit: 200 / (1 + 0.5)</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Nominal is generally the most straightforward method to use. <br />Relative can be useful when different wild card values can result in a broad range of answers across multiple orders of magnitude. <br />Geometric allows for a tolerance greater than 1 without the lower limit becoming less than 0.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Saving changes will take you to the dataset properties.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a id="settingdataset"></a>Setting the Dataset Properties:</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Datasets define what values will be used for each wild card.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Shared datasets can be used when you are creating a number of similar questions. <br />For example, if you are creating several questions on circle geometry, you could have a wild card for {radius} and use the same dataset for all of the questions that use the wild card {radius}. <br />When writing/editing a question, existing shared datasets are displayed at the top of the page.</span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/calculatedSharedSet.png" alt="" width="700" height="115" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Private datasets should be used when a dataset will only be used in one question.</span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/calculatedSharedSet2.png" alt="" width="845" height="291" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you have question text which appears to be a wild card (enclosed in curly braces) but is not used in the question’s answer, you will be asked to confirm whether or not it is a wild card.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Synchronization allows you to use the same randomly generated numbers across multiple questions. <br />For example, in question 1 you could define the dimensions of a cube and ask for the surface area. Then, by enabling synchronization for questions 1 and 2, you could have question 2 ask for the volume of the same cube. If synchronization is not enabled for a question then it will randomly generate wild cards independent from other questions in the quiz - even if they share a dataset.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you are not synchronizing or sharing datasets, using the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Calculated simple</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> question type (see below) may make it easier to setup questions. Otherwise, selecting </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Next page</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> will allow you to edit your datasets.</span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a id="editingdataset"></a>Editing Datasets:</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The random numbers used to replace wild cards must be generated and checked before being used in the question.</span></p>
<ol>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Under </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Item to add</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> you can select the parameters for the wild cards to be generated.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Next, under </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Add</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">, select the number of unique questions you would like generated from the dropdown</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Then press the </span><strong>Add</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></li>
<li>If there are no errors, you can <strong style="font-size: 11pt;">Save changes</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> at the bottom of the page.</span></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If there is an error that the correct answer is outside the limits of true value, you need to update the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">answers tolerance parameters</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> or increase the number of decimals/significant figures displayed in the answer. Both of these values can be modified u</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">nderneath </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Answers tolerance parameters</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> by selecting </span><strong>Show more</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">. <br />After making changes, the </span><strong>Update the answers tolerance parameters</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button can be used to save the new tolerance parameters and re-check the generated wild cards.</span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/calculatedToleranceParameters3.png" alt="" width="700" height="522" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="calculatedmc"></a>Calculated multichoice</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Calculated multichoice questions have the same features and 3-step setup as regular calculated questions but are in a multiple choice format.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Choices are written in the following format:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">The perimeter is { = 2 * {width} + 2 * {height} } cm.</span></em></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Parts of a choice that should be calculated are preceded by an equals sign and enclosed in curly braces. Text can also be incorporated (outside of the curly braces) which can be useful for denoting units.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="calculatedsim"></a>Calculated simple</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Simple calculated questions are the same as regular calculated questions except for they have a simpler interface for defining wild card datasets. <br />For these questions, everything is setup on a single page (compared to regular calculated questions which have a 3-page setup).</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Simple calculated questions cannot take advantage of shared or synchronized wild card datasets.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Generating wild cards:</span></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">After writing your question and answer(s), select the </span><strong>Find the wild cards {x…} present in the correct answer formulas</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Setup the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Wild cards parameters</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> used to generate the values.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Select the </span><strong>Generate</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button to create new wild card values (this will overwrite any previously generated wild card values).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The </span><strong>Display</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button and numeric dropdown list can be used to view the current wild card values.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you receive an error that the answer is outside the limits of true value, the answer’s tolerance or number of decimals/significant figures likely needs to be adjusted.</span></li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Notes</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Defining unit conversions allows students to submit their answers using a different unit and still be marked as correct. For example, if your accepted answer was 500m and you defined km with a multiplier of 0.001 then 500, 500m, and 0.5km would all be accepted as correct answers if units are set to optional. If units are required, 500m and 0.5km would be marked as correct and part marks would be awarded for just entering 500 (note that no marks would be awarded for submitting 0.5).</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/255/22/eclass-known-issues" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Known Issue</a> with Decimal Places:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Datasets generated for Calculated Questions in Quizzes will continue to produce values with decimal places despite setting values to contain no decimals.</li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Blocks ]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-blocks]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9fc3d7152ba9336a670e36d0ed79bc43]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 28 Apr 2014 15:38:49 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Blocks can be added on your main course page or on some activity and resource sub-pages. </span><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">If you are using a small display and do not see any blocks on the right-hand side of your course, the <strong>block drawer</strong> may have been closed. You can restore the regular view by zooming out using the standard browser shortcuts of CMD/CTRL '-'.</span></p>
</div>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#adding">Adding blocks</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#editing">Editing block settings</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#moving">Moving Blocks</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#details">Block Details</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<h4><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding blocks:</strong></span></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">1. Click on <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of your course page:</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-block-edit-mode.png" alt="" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>2. Open the <strong>block drawer</strong> if necessary:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-block-open-block-drawer.png" alt="" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">3. Click the </span><strong>Add a block</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> link :</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-block-link.png" alt="" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">4. From the menu, click on the type of block that you would like to add. The block will be added automatically to the <strong>block drawer</strong>:</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-block-choose.png" alt="" width="394" height="546" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><a id="editing"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Editing block settings:</strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">1. Click on the </span><strong>gear</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> icon, then click, in this example, <strong>Configure Activities block</strong> to customize the block.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-block-configure.png" alt="" width="314" height="345" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">2. Each block has a standard set of customizations that are the same for each element: </span></p>
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul style="list-style-type: disc;">
<li><strong>Where this block appears:</strong>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Original block location" - This is the original location where the block was created. Block settings may cause it to appear in other locations (contexts) within the original location. For example, a block created on a course page could be displayed in activities within that course. A block created on the front page can be displayed throughout the site.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display on page types" - Determines what page types you want your block to be displayed. You can choose any of the following: 'Any page', 'Any course page', or 'Any type of course main page'.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Default region" - Themes may define one or more named block regions where blocks are displayed. This setting defines which of these you want this block to appear in by default. The region may be overridden on specific pages if required.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Default weight" - Allows you to choose roughly where you want the block to appear in the chosen region, either at the top or the bottom. The final location is calculated from all blocks in that region. For example, only one block can actually be at the top. This value can be overridden on specific pages if required.</span></li>
</ul>
<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-block-2.png" alt="" width="568" height="289" /><br /><br /></li>
<li><strong>On this page:</strong>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Visible" - Toggles whether or not the block will be visible on the current page you’re on.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Region" - Toggles where you want the block to be displayed on the current page you’re on.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Weight" -  Allows you to choose roughly where you want the block to appear in the chosen region on the current page you’re on.</span></li>
</ul>
<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-block-3.png" alt="" width="530" height="196" /><br /><br /></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">3. Set the customizations for each area and save it when you are done.</span></p>
<h4> </h4>
<h4><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="moving"></a>Moving blocks:</strong></span></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Blocks can be dragged and dropped to different areas of the screen when in <strong>Edit mode</strong>. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">1. Click and hold on the four-headed arrow to drag-and-drop the block </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">to where you need it.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Depending on your browser settings, you may not be able to drag-and-drop, and may have to move blocks manually.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">2. If you simply click on the four-headed arrow, you can select the location to move it.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-block-4a.png" alt="" width="313" height="134" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">3. Click on the location under which you would like the block moved:</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-block-5a.png" alt="" width="390" height="368" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="details"></a>Detailed Descriptions of Blocks:</strong></span></p>
<p>Some blocks have detailed articles explaining their function:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/248/5/changing-your-course-start-and-end-dates" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Course Management block</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/79/13/using-the-demostudent-block-to-test-the-student-experience" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Demostudent view block</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/366/13/using-the-group-sign-up-block-instructors" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Group sign-up block</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/310/43/using-the-completion-progress-block" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Completion progress block</a></li>
<li><strong>New in June 2023: </strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/518/13/add-multiblocks-to-courses" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Multiblock</a></li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding a Custom Banner to Your Course]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-a-custom-banner-to-your-course]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0777d5c17d4066b82ab86dff8a46af6f]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 25 Jun 2014 12:40:01 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p></p>
<p>This article explains how <strong>instructors </strong>can add a banner to their course heading.</p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#access">Access the "Banner Image Repository" course on eClass</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#upload">Upload the image into your course</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><br />If you already have a banner image for use, you can skip to step 2 below.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="access"></a>Access the "Banner Image Repository" course on eClass:</strong></span></p>
<p>1.  You can access the "Banner Image Repository" by logging into eClass and clicking <strong>Site home</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/siteHome.png" alt="" width="521" height="217" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>2. Then, scroll down and find <em>Public Courses - For Faculty </em>and click <strong>Banner site</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/banner2.png" alt="" width="618" height="240" /></p>
<p>3. Choose the preferred banner or banners and download them by right-clicking an image and selecting "Save image as." Note the location where your download went (usually your <em>Downloads</em> folder).</p>
<p><br /><br /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="upload"></a>Upload the image into your course:</strong></span></p>
<p><br />1. To upload the course banner you selected above into your course, first turn on <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of your page:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add_banner.png" alt="" width="422" height="268" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>2. In the top topic section of your course (or any topic section into which you would like to upload a banner), click on <em>Edit &gt; Edit section</em>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add_banner_1.png" alt="" width="683" height="263" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>3. Expand the section menu, centre the cursor in the editor window, and then click the add image icon to search for the location where you saved your banner:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add_banner_2.png" alt="" width="740" height="376" /><br /><br /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"></p>
<p>4. In the pop-up, click <strong>Browse repositories...</strong> to open the file picker and find your banner on your local machine.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"> <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add_banner_3.png" alt="" width="487" height="488" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>5. Click <strong>Choose File</strong> to select that image, then click <strong>Upload this file</strong> to add it to the page.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add_banner_4.png" alt="" width="816" height="580" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>6. Some images will be too wide for your students' screens and will create a scroll bar at the bottom of the screen. Check "Auto size" so that the image will automatically resize to fit on an end user's screen.</p>
<p>7. Click <strong>Save image </strong>and preview how your banner looks in your course:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add_banner_5.png" alt="" width="587" height="568" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>7. If you wish to add or remove the "Auto size" option later, as in the first step above, open the section again to edit with the three-dots icon and click the add image button again. Check or uncheck "Auto size" and <strong>Save image</strong>.<br /><br /></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Editing videos using YuJa]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/editing-videos-using-yuja]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e8c0653fea13f91bf3c48159f7c24f78]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 09 Jun 2022 17:55:31 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[The Yuja platform includes a basic video editor that runs from your web browser, allowing you to make edits, add titles, and/or combine clips without downloading the videos. Note that these tools are rudimentary - more advanced editing involving multiple ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The <a title="Yuja platform" href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/486/23/using-the-yuja-enterprise-video-platform" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Yuja platform</a> includes a basic video editor that runs from your web browser, allowing you to make edits, add titles, and/or combine clips without downloading the videos. Note that these tools are rudimentary - more advanced editing involving multiple clips, sound editing, etc. would be better accomplished using a full-feature offline editor such as iMovie or Camtasia.</p>
<p>This article will demonstrate how to trim the start or end of a video (a task where it might make sense to edit using YuJa). <a title="vendor documentation" href="#vendordoc">Please see the bottom of this page</a> for links to the vendor's full documentation, which provides a more thorough description of the YuJa editor tools available.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Launching the editor:<br /><br /></strong></span>To follow these instructions, you'll need to be signed in at <a href="https://ualberta.yuja.com">https://ualberta.yuja.com</a> with your CCID. Once signed in, click "Manage media" at the top of the page.</p>
<p>When you hover your cursor over a video in your media library, clicking the <strong>Edit</strong> option will launch the Yuja video editor in your web browser:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yujaeditmode.png" alt="edit mode" width="258" height="150" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/yujaeditor_aug26.png" alt="" width="741" height="366" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Trimming the start and end from a video:</strong></span></p>
<p>1. Drag the playback head to the point you’d like the video to start from, then select the “Split” button to make a new cut. Note that in the Yuja editor, a “Split” refers to a section selected to be omitted from playback:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/yujacut1_aug26.png" alt="" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"></p>
<p>2. Click on the selected area, and it will highlight the split area:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/yujacut2_aug26.png" alt="" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"></p>
<p>3. If you click and hold with your mouse, you can move the handles and set precise start and stop points. In this example, we set the start time to 00:00:00 to ensure the clip begins at 00:00:00:04 seconds, with no leading frames.</p>
<p>4. To trim the end, we’ll repeat the process: Put the playback head where the cut begins, select the "Split" tool, then click on the timeline towards the end of the video (it will automatically select to the end of the video):</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/yujacuthandle_aug26.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>5. If you click before or after the selected area, you can delete those parts instead.</p>
<p>6. To remove a section from the middle of a video, click "Split" at the beginning of the section to be selected, move the playback head to the end of the section and click "Split" again. </p>
<p>7. Click the “Save” button at the top right to save your video, either as a new copy or replacing the original (the original goes to your recycle bin):</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/yujasave_aug26.png" alt="" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"> <img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/yujasave2_aug26.png" alt="" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="vendordoc"></a>Links to vendor documentation:</strong></span></p>
<p><a title="Overview of video editor" href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/sections/360009128694-Overview-of-Video-Editor" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Overview of Video Editor</a></p>
<p><a title="Overview of editing features" href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/sections/360009128714-Overview-of-Editing-Features" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Overview of Editing Features</a></p>
<p><a title="Advanced Options for Video Editor" href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/sections/360009128734-Advanced-Options-for-Video-Editor" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Advanced Options for Video Editor</a></p>
<p> </p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Creating Video Quizzes Using YuJa]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/creating-video-quizzes-using-yuja]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1be3bc32e6564055d5ca3e5a354acbef]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 16 Dec 2021 11:44:37 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[This article shows how instructors can create video quizzes using YuJa and then link them into Canvas for students to complete to have their scores entered directly in the Canvas gradebook. Note that quiz grades are all that is passed from YuJa into Canva...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This article shows how instructors can create video quizzes using YuJa and then link them into Canvas for students to complete to have their scores entered directly in the Canvas gradebook. Note that quiz grades are all that is passed from YuJa into Canvas. See below to provide students access to their specific correct/incorrect answers on the quiz.</p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a title="Creating a Video Quiz in YuJa" href="#creating">Creating a Video Quiz in YuJa</a></li>
<li>2 <a title="Adding Quizzes into eClass" href="#embed-quiz">Adding Quizzes into eClass</a></li>
<li>3 <a title="Grading Short Answer Questions" href="#grade-short-answer">Grading Short Answer Questions</a></li>
<li>4 <a title="Notes" href="#notes">Additional notes</a> </li>
</ul>
</div>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="creating"></a>Creating a Video Quiz in YuJa</strong></span></p>
<p>To begin, instructors will need to <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/486/13/using-the-yuja-enterprise-video-platform" target="_blank" rel="noopener">upload an existing video</a> or <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/493/13/recording-videos-using-yuja" target="_blank" rel="noopener">record one using YuJa</a>. Quizzes can<strong> only be added</strong> to existing videos. Locate and select the video you wish to attach a quiz to and hover over it, then select <strong>More</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-video-quiz-1.png" alt="" width="429" height="408" /></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>if you are accessing a video in a course channel, you will need to switch the channel from 'View' to 'Edit' to see the <strong>More </strong>option:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-video-quiz-2.png" alt="" width="550" height="142" /></p>
<p>In the 'Media Details' overlay, scroll down and select <strong>Quizzes</strong> from the list of options on the left side, then click <strong>Create Video Quiz</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-video-quiz-3.png" alt="" width="500" height="379" /></p>
<p>The quiz creation interface consists of a player interface in the centre left where you can insert questions into the video. The <strong>Settings</strong> button at the top centre specifies the options for quiz delivery and which student scores are pushed back to the eClass gradebook (in case multiple attempts are allowed)</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-video-quiz-3a.png" alt="" width="425" height="485" /></p>
<p>To add questions, you will need to click the play button to begin, then pause the video where you want to insert a question and click <strong>Add question</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-video-quiz-4.png" alt="" width="642" height="376" /></p>
<p>Then select the question type:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-video-quiz-5.png" alt="" width="328" height="349" /></p>
<p>Please view YuJa's support portal for a <a href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/articles/360043227774-Understanding-Video-Quiz-Question-Types" target="_blank" rel="noopener">detailed guide on the available question types</a>. <a href="https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/articles/360043227774-Understanding-Video-Quiz-Question-Types" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank" data-saferedirecturl="https://www.google.com/url?q=https://support.yuja.com/hc/en-us/articles/360043227774-Understanding-Video-Quiz-Question-Types&amp;source=gmail&amp;ust=1662216474628000&amp;usg=AOvVaw3UE_kqvtKba90JydMun_KP"></a>The question editing interface provides a textbox to enter the question text, specify the score near the top right, enter an optional hint, and then the answer prompts below, selecting the radio button to the left of the correct answer, before clicking <strong>Save</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-video-quiz-6.png" alt="" width="500" height="538" /></p>
<p>Multiple Choice, Select Multiple, and True or False are all automatically graded and recommended for this reason.) <a href="#grade-short-answer">Instructions for grading Short Answer questions</a> are below.</p>
<p>Saved questions appear in the left panel. The buttons at the top right can preview the video quiz and save it as a draft for future editing:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-video-quiz-7.png" alt="" width="573" height="391" /></p>
<p>When posting, instructors can set start and/or end dates for the quiz and select a course (or courses) to post into. Posting the video to a course within YuJa allows students to locate their quizzes later within the platform gradebook for specific question review. A quiz Close Date is not required if the quiz is only for practice and/or can be completed multiple times. <span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>However, an end date is required so students can go back through the specific questions and answers to see how they</strong> <strong>performed</strong>.</span> To have basic scores appear in the Canvas gradebook (either automatically for MC/TF questions or manually after grading SA in the YuJa gradebook), the <a href="#embed-quiz">quiz must be embedded</a> in the course.</p>
<p>Be sure the quiz is published in YuJa for your course page, and a due date is set if required:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/canvas-yuja-video-quiz-8.png" alt="" /></p>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="embed-quiz"></a>Adding Quizzes into Canvas</strong></span></p>
<p>To have YuJa quiz scores display in a Canvas course gradebook, the quiz must be embedded in a course by adding an assignment, choosing YuJa as an external tool, and specifying the content.</p>
<p><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/530/53/using-canvas-assignments">Set up a new Assignment in Canvas</a>. Select <strong>External Tool</strong> as the <strong>Submission Type</strong>, and select "Load This Tool In A New Tab":</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/canvas-yuja-video-quiz-add.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Click the <strong>Find</strong> button, scroll down to find and click on <strong>YuJa Media</strong>, and click <strong>Select</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/canvas-yuja-video-quiz-select.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>In the YuJa 'Select content' overlay, toggle to the <strong>Quizzes</strong> tab, then locate the video quiz by searching or browsing. Click to select it:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-video-quiz-10.png" alt="" width="522" height="383" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>Make sure the assignment is published and linked in a Module if your Assignments are hidden in Canvas</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="grade-short-answer"></a>Grading Short Answer Questions:</strong></span></p>
<p>Short Answer questions must be graded manually by instructors. To do this, enter YuJa and click the action menu near the top right, then select <strong>Usage and analytics:</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-video-quiz-grading-1.png" alt="" width="282" height="205" /></p>
<p>Then select <strong>Gradebook </strong>from the left-side menu:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-video-quiz-grading-2.png" alt="" width="303" height="341" /></p>
<p>Then select the course name and folder from the <strong>Group</strong> dropdown and the quiz name from the <strong>Quiz </strong>dropdown:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-video-quiz-grading-3.png" alt="" width="651" height="278" /></p>
<p>Ungraded Short Answer questions are displayed in red/grey (graded questions are green). To grade a question, click it:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-video-quiz-grading-4.png" alt="" width="605" height="266" /></p>
<p>Select Correct or Incorrect then <strong>Save:</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/yuja-video-quiz-grading-5.png" alt="" width="497" height="331" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="notes"></a>Notes:</strong></span> </p>
<p>- Instructors should ensure that their <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/486/23/using-the-yuja-enterprise-video-platform#public-private" target="_blank" rel="noopener">video security settings</a> allow their students to access the <strong>original</strong> video -- the video must either be private AND published to the course channel; or unpublished and set to 'Public with U of A SSO authentication'.</p>
<p>- Deleting a video with associated quizzes will remove the video from instructor and student views <em><strong>but not remove any associated quizzes.</strong></em><strong> </strong>This can cause confusion for students (if these quizzes remain embedded in an eClass course) and for instructors (as these are still visible in the YuJa gradebook) so instructors should ensure they delete quizzes before deleting videos. If an instructor notices this problem after deleting a video, the video can also be restored from the recycle bin and then the quiz can be deleted.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using content tags to organize course materials]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6855456e2fe46a9d49d3d3af4f57443d]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 02 Aug 2017 13:54:37 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"></div>
<p>This feature allows instructors to use tags to categorize resources and activities within their course. These tags can be used for any manner of internal organization schemes for instructor reference (differing content areas, meeting learning outcomes, exam material focus, etc.) and/or can be made into a searchable student-facing resource.</p>
<p>Tags can be added to any of the available resources and activities in the relevant section of the settings:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/course-content-tags-1.png" alt="" width="600" height="223" /></p>
<p>Tags are entered by typing in the textbox and clicking enter - you will need to enter your tags exactly to have them match up with others in your course. Existing tags for the particular item appear in blue boxes above the tag entry field and can be removed by clicking the <strong>x </strong>icon. Multiple tags are possible for each resource or activity.</p>
<p>Once tags are entered, to view all the content items that have been tagged with the specific labels from your organization scheme, you will need to add a 'Tags' block. For more information about adding blocks, see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/133/13/adding-blocks" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a>.</p>
<p>Initially, a default 'Tags' block will show all the tags available on the site, including all 'user interest' tags entered in profiles.<br /><br /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To configure the Tags block for searching only content tags within your course:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <strong>gear</strong> icon near the top right of the block, then on <strong>Configure Tags block</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/course-content-tags-2.png" alt="" width="600" height="486" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>In the configuration panel that opens, adjust the settings as follows:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/course-content-tags-3.png" alt="" width="600" height="469" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Tags blocks display a word cloud of all the tags used in the context specified in the settings - in the image below only 2 tags have been entered in this course: 'topic-1' and 'midterm-content'. Tags that have greater frequency appear larger in the block.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/course-content-tags-4.png" alt="" width="300" height="213" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Clicking any of the tag labels will open a clickable list of all the specific resources or activities.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/course-content-tags-5.png" alt="" width="600" height="378" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For specific tags, it is not possible to remove the option for students to edit the tag description (click the <strong>Edit this tag</strong> link in the image above). Instructors also have the option of using tagging only for their own information, or for the reference of all administrators of the course (anyone not in the student role). To do this, the permissions on the block need to be adjusted so that students (or any other specific role) cannot see it.<br /><br /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To adjust the block permissions:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>First, toggle <strong>Edit Mode</strong> ON, then click the <strong>gear</strong> icon at the top right of the block and select <strong>Permissions</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/course-content-tags-6.png" alt="" width="400" height="297" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on the <strong>delete </strong>button next to the Student role beside the capability <em>View block</em> and confirm delete.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/course-content-tags-7.png" alt="" width="600" height="379" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Databases]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-databases]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e00da03b685a0dd18fb6a08af0923de0]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 29 Apr 2014 13:05:58 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">A database is a tool for students and teachers to build a searchable collection of items within a course. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Databases are set up with a set of customized fields for course participants to enter data for each item in the collection which can include file or image uploads. Before students can begin contributing, these custom fields need to be created by the instructor or chosen from a series of preset templates.</span></p>
</div>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li> 1 <a href="#adding">Adding a Database</a></li>
<li> 2 <a href="#general">General</a></li>
<li> 3 <a href="#entries">Entries</a></li>
<li> 4 <a href="#availability">Availability</a></li>
<li> 5 <a href="#rss">RSS</a></li>
<li> 6 <a href="#ratings">Ratings</a></li>
<li> 7 <a href="#common">Common module settings</a></li>
<li> 8 <a href="#restrict">Restrict access</a></li>
<li> 9 <a href="#completion">Activity completion</a></li>
<li>10 <a href="#tags">Tags</a></li>
<li>11 <a href="#types">Types of Database Fields</a></li>
<li>12 <a href="#new">To add new database fields</a></li>
<li>13 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding a Database:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">To add a Database, click on </span><strong>Edit mode</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> at the top right of your course page.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Select the topic area where you wish to add content (the week, unit, etc.) and click on the </span><strong>Add an activity or resource</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> link.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the <strong>Database </strong>icon, and a settings page will open.<span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="general"></a>General:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Name" is required. Make this as meaningful as possible for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Description" is optional. You may provide an explanation or instructions here for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display description on course page" toggles whether or not the description of your database will be displayed on the course page below the link to the database.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-database-1.png" alt="" width="668" height="388" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="entries"></a>Entries:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Approval required" toggles whether or not entries require approval by a teacher before they can be viewed by everyone.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Allow editing of approved entries" toggles whether approved entries can be edited or deleted by the user who added them, provided that 'Approval required' is enabled.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Allow comments on entries" toggles whether or not students are allowed to post comments on entries.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Entries required before viewing" determines the number of entries a student is required to submit before they can view entries from other students. Note: If entries are required before viewing, the database auto-linking filter should be disabled: the database auto-linking filter cannot determine whether a user has submitted the required number of entries.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Maximum number of entries": Determines the maximum number of entries a student is allowed to submit for this activity.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-database-2.png" alt="" width="409" height="206" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="availability"></a>Availability:</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setting allows the instructors to specify the access dates when participants can enter items in the database and when they can only read the contents with the "Available from", "Available to", "Read only from", and "Read only to".</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-database-3.png" alt="" width="715" height="214" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="rss"></a>RSS:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Entries in the RSS feed" toggles how many articles appear in the database RSS feed.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-database-4.png" alt="" width="376" height="96" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="ratings"></a>Ratings:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">See <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/165/13/setting-up-forum-ratings-grading-forums" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a>.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="common"></a>Common module settings:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Availability": This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of teacher or non-editing teacher).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Make available but now shown on course page' - A link to the activity must be provided from elsewhere, such as from a page resource. The activity would still be listed in the gradebook and other reports.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"ID number": An ID number identifies the activity for grade calculation purposes.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Group mode": The group mode defined at course level is the default mode for all activities within the course. Each activity that supports groups can also define its own group mode, though if the group mode is forced at course level, the group mode setting for each activity is ignored. This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'No groups' - Students are not segregated into groups.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Separate groups' - Only group members can see their own group while other groups remain invisible.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Visible groups' - Group members can see other groups but still work in their own group.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Grouping": A grouping is a collection of groups within a course. If a grouping is selected, students assigned to groups within the grouping will be able to work together.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Add group/grouping access restriction": Allows access only to students who belong to a specified group, or all groups.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-database-6.png" alt="" width="590" height="250" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrict"></a>Restrict access:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="completion"></a>Activity completion:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">
<p>Please note that you will not see the activity completion options until activity completion is enabled for your course. The steps to enable activity completion tracking can be found in our article on <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking">Completion Tracking</a>.</p>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Completion tracking": Activity completion is tracked, either manually or automatically, based on certain conditions. Multiple conditions may be set if desired. If so, the activity will only be considered complete when ALL conditions are met. A tick next to the activity name on the course page indicates when the activity is complete.</span></p>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require view":</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Student must view this activity to complete it: A tick will only appear once the student views the activity.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require grade":</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Student must receive a grade to complete this activity: A tick will only appear once the students receives a grade in this activity.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require entries":</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Count of entries: If enabled, you must specify the number of entries the student is required to submit.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Expect completed on": This setting specifies the date when the activity is expected to be completed. The date is not shown to students and is only displayed in the activity completion report.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-database-7.png" alt="" width="673" height="121" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="tags"></a>Tags:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<strong><strong><br /></strong></strong>
<p><strong><a id="types"></a>Types of Database Fields:</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">A field allows the input of data. Each entry in a database activity can have multiple fields of multiple types including:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Checkbox: Allows participants to select one or more options.  </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Coordinates (latitude/longitude): Allows participants to enter a geographic location using latitude and longitude. This will automatically generate links to geographic data services such as Google Earth, OpenStreetMap, GeaBios, Mapstars, etc. Add west longitudes as negative numbers. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Date: Allows participants to select a day, month and year from a drop-down list.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Dropdown list: Displays a drop-down menu based on the text entered in the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">options</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> area (note: each line becomes a different option).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">File: Allows participants to upload a file.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Image: Allows participants to upload an image file.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Multi-select list: Displays a list based on the text entered in the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">options</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> area (note: each line becomes a different option). By holding down the CTRL or shift key as they click, participants can select multiple options at the same time.  </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Number: Stores a floating number (e.g. -1000, 0, 0.123).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Radio button: Allows participants to select one option from a range of options. Participants will be required to select one option before submitting an entry.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Short text: Allows participants to enter up to 60 characters of text. For more text, use </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Text Area</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> instead.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Text area: Allows participants to enter a longer string of text as well as some formatting options.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">URL: Allows participants to add a URL. If </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">autolink</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> is selected, a live link is automatically generated.</span></li>
</ul>
<strong><strong><br /></strong></strong>
<p><strong><a id="new"></a>To add new database fields:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Under the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Fields</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> tab, click on the drop-down menu under the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Create a field</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> option to select a type of database field.</span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-database-8.png" alt="" width="526" height="640" /><br /><br /></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Add a unique field name. The field description is optional. Then click the </span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><b>Save </b></span><span style="font-weight: 400;">button.</span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-database-9.png" alt="" width="553" height="290" /><br /><br /></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Your newly-added database fields will be displayed in your database.</span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-database-10.png" alt="" width="762" height="" 339="" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<strong><strong><br /></strong></strong>
<p><strong><a id="notes"></a>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>You must view the database template and save it, even if you do not make changes to it</strong>.  If you do not, the template will not show up correctly and students will not be able to add database entries.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">There is a known issue with re-using database entries from year to year. eClass considers these entries as user-submitted content so it gets excluded via the regular content-copy course creation routines. If you want to re-use entries, there is a manual process you can use to pull data forward </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/188/0/re-using-database-activity-entries-from-past-courses" target="_blank" rel="noopener">explained in this article</a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Essay Questions]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-essay-questions]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[bf8229696f7a3bb4700cfddef19fa23f]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 03 Jul 2014 13:49:53 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">eClass allows instructors to add Essay questions to a quiz. This question type should also be used for long answer questions. <br />Note that these questions cannot be automatically marked by the system, so instructors have to go in and manually grade them after quizzes have been submitted.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>To add an essay question to your quiz:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Within a quiz, click on </span><strong>Questions</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> from the top menu bar.</span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-essay-1.png" alt="" width="630" height="279" /><br /><br /></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Next, click on </span><strong>Add </strong><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">&gt; </span></em><strong><em>a new question</em></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-essay-2.png" alt="" width="651" height="417" /><br /><br /></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Choose </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Essay</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and click on </span><strong>Add</strong><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></em><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/essay.png" alt="" width="500" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>General</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Category": If not changed, it will be set to the default for the location where you're working (within a quiz or within the question bank).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Question name" is required. Ensure your question name is short but meaningful and distinguishes this question from any other similar items.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Question text" is required, as this is where you type in your question.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Default mark" is required. Determines how many points the essay will be scored out of.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"General feedback": Will be shown to all students in their review of the quiz for this question (depending on the Review options set in the quiz settings). You can use this to give students a fully worked answer and perhaps a link to more information they can use if they did not understand the questions.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-essay-3.png" alt="" width="753" height="965" /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a name="new2019"></a><strong>Response Options</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Response format": You choose any of the following:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'HTML editor': Allows the students to use text formatting in their response.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'HTML editor with the file picker': Allows the students to link to files within their reply.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Plain text': Select if you do not want any formatting.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Plain text, monospaced font': Programming students usually require this for their code.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'No online text': Students are not allowed to type any text.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require text": Toggles whether the students are required to enter text or text input is optional.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Input box size": You may enter the input box size for your question here. There is no option to limit the student responses to a particular length so you should include this information in the question instructions.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Minimum word limit": Toggle on and enter a minimum number of words required. This is a soft-limit that will prompt the student (upon save, or prior to quiz attempt submission, if they are beyond it. If unaddressed, the question is automatically marked as incomplete. This toggle does not technically restrict input entry.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Maximum word limit": Toggle on and enter a maximum number of words to be entered. The same soft-limit applies to the maximum word limit as described in the minimum word limit details above.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Allow attachments": Enables file attachments.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require attachments": Toggles whether or not file attachments are required.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">"Accepted file types": Allows entry of specific permitted file types or their selection from a list.</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>New in June 2023: </strong></span>"Maximum file size": C<span>ontrols the largest size file which students can upload for this question.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-essay-4-19.png" alt="" width="856" height="365" /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Response Template</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Response template": Any text entered here will be displayed in the response input box when a new attempt at the question starts. An example of a template to use would be to build a table into the answer box and have students fill in values in the different cells.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>It is not recommended to use html tables in the response template</strong>. These often save improperly and may cause visual issues for graders during the manual grading process and there is no good solution to making them legible.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-essay-5.png" alt="" width="787" height="408" /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Grader Information</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Information for graders": </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Add information for graders as appropriate.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-essay-7.png" alt="" width="796" height="414" /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Tags</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<strong><strong><br /></strong></strong>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Details on how to grade essay questions can be found in </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/112/15/quizzes---grading-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Quizzes - Grading Quizzes</a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Embedding YouTube Videos in eClass]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/embedding-youtube-videos-in-eclass]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9b70e8fe62e40c570a322f1b0b659098]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 31 Aug 2020 14:47:07 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>This article describes how instructors can take videos they have already uploaded to YouTube and easily embed them in an eClass course. For an overview of how to upload videos to YouTube, <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r4KAgC0qV9s" target="_blank" rel="noopener">please view this CTL Webinette</a>.</p>
<p>Instructors may also want to consider the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/175/13/embedding-videos-in-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener">other options available for embedding videos in eClass</a>.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Follow these steps to embed YouTube videos:</strong></span></p>
<p>1. Ensure that within the YouTube settings for any video you wish to embed, under 'More options', the setting <strong>Allow embedding</strong> is checked:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/youtube-embed-1.png" alt="" width="675" height="579" /></p>
<p>2. Turn on the multimedia plugins filter for your course by selecting <strong>More</strong> &gt;&gt;<strong>Filters </strong>in the header on the course page: </p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/findfilters.png" alt="" width="621" height="298" /></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/youtube-embed-3.png" alt="" width="650" height="499" /></p>
<p>3. Instructors can embed YouTube videos in any context where the eClass editor is available: pages. label, content section headers, forum posts, etc. The screenshots below demonstrate this process in the content of a page resource. Within the editor area for the content of the page, type any desired accompanying text and with the cursor where the embed should be placed, click the <strong>Insert media </strong>icon to embed a video:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/insertmediaicon.png" alt="location of the insert media icon" width="812" height="324" /></p>
<p>4. Go to YouTube and copy the url of the video you wish to insert. Then back in eClass on the <strong>Insert media</strong> overlay, switch to the 'Video' tab, then paste the url to your YouTube video in the <strong>Video source URL</strong> field. As the default player size is a bit small, it is often a good idea to increase the display size under options:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/insertmediawindow.png" alt="preview of insert media window" width="451" height="463" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>- When adjusting the video player size, ensure that the sizing doesn't affect the aspect ratio of the video by previewing the embedded video.</p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Glossaries]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-glossaries]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1385974ed5904a438616ff7bdb3f7439]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 29 Apr 2014 13:11:45 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Glossaries are tools which allow instructors and students to develop a list of terms and definitions relevant to their course. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">These terms and definitions can be added throughout the term or within a specified time range. The glossary can be fully open and collaborative where students enter their own terms and comment on each other's entries, or it can be more restricted where each student entry requires instructor approval. The glossary activity is a useful way to help students review important terms for a course by editing themselves, or as a way for the instructor to reference these terms for students.</span></p>
</div>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#adding">Adding a Glossary</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#general">General</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#entries">Entries</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#appearance">Appearance</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#ratings">Ratings</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#common">Common module settings</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#restrict">Restrict access</a></li>
<li>8 <a href="#completion">Activity completion</a></li>
<li>9 <a href="#tags">Tags</a></li>
<li>10 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<h4><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding a Glossary</strong></h4>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of your course page</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.  </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Choose the topic area where you wish to add content (the week, unit, etc.) and click on the </span><strong>Add an activity or resource</strong> <span style="font-weight: 400;">link.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the </span><strong>Glossary </strong>icon, and a settings page will open.<span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="general"></a>General</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Name" is required. Make this as meaningful as possible for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Description" is optional. You may provide an explanation or instructions here for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display description on course page" - Toggles whether or not the description of your glossary will be displayed on the course page below the link to your glossary.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Global glossaries are accessible across eClass. They are not implemented here.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Glossary type"</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Main glossary' - A glossary in which entries from secondary glossaries can be imported. There can only be one main glossary in a course.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Secondary glossary' - A glossary in which glossary entry import is not required.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-glossary-1.png" alt="" width="532" height="507" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="entries"></a>Entries</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Approved by default" - Toggles whether or not entries require approval by a teacher before they are viewable by everyone. Setting this to "no" allows for greater quality control.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Always allow editing" - Specifies whether entries are always editable or whether students can only edit their entries during a configured editing time (usually 30 minutes).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Duplicate entries allowed" - Toggles whether or not multiple entries can have the same concept name.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Allow comments on entries" - Toggles whether or not all participants with permission to create comments will be able to add comments to glossary entries.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Automatically link glossary entries" - Toggles whether or not the “Add a new entry” form includes the option to automatically link the entry wherever the concept words and phrases appear throughout the rest of the course, provided that site-wide glossary auto-linking has been enabled by an administrator.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-glossary-2.png" alt="" width="365" height="370" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="appearance"></a>Appearance</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display format" - There are 7 display formats:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Continuous without author' - Entries are displayed one after another without any separation apart from editing icons.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Encyclopedia' - As for 'Full with author', but attached images are shown inline.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Entry list' - Concepts are listed as links.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">'FAQ' - the words QUESTION and ANSWER are appended to the concept and definition respectively.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Full with author' - A forum-like display format showing the author’s data and with attachments shown as links.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Full without author' - A forum-like display format without authors and with attachments shown as links.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Simple, dictionary style' - No authors are displayed and attachments are shown as links.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Approval display format"  - Toggles the way in which you see glossary entries during the approval process. This is useful for those who want to see the names of students who submitted the term behind the scenes but did not publish this information to the rest of the class.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Entries shown per page" - Determines how many entries are shown on each page of the glossary.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Show alphabet links" - Toggles whether or not participants can browse the glossary by letters of the alphabet.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Show 'ALL' link" - Toggles whether or not participants can browse all entries at once.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Show 'Special' link" - Toggles whether or not participants can browse the glossary by special characters, such as @ and #.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Allow print view" - Toggles whether or not students are provided with a link to a printer-friendly version of the glossary. The link is always available to teachers.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Note</strong>: When the <strong>Appearance &gt; Display format</strong> setting is changed, the change is global for the Glossary. For example, if the setting was "Simple, dictionary style" where no authors were visible, and the setting is changed to "Full with author," then all users -- Instructors, TAs, Students and Auditors -- will see the author's name.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-glossary-3.png" alt="" width="398" height="426" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="ratings"></a>Ratings</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">See <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/165/13/setting-up-forum-ratings-grading-forums" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a>.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="common"></a>Common module settings</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Availability" - This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of teacher or non-editing teacher).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Make available but now shown on course page' - A link to the activity must be provided from elsewhere, such as from a page resource. The activity would still be listed in the gradebook and other reports.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"ID number" - An ID number identifies the activity for grade calculation purposes.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-glossary-5.png" alt="" width="488" height="164" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrict"></a>Restrict access</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="completion"></a>Activity completion</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">
<p>Please note that you will not see the activity completion options until activity completion is enabled for your course. The steps to enable activity completion tracking can be found in our article on <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking">Completion Tracking</a>.</p>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Completion tracking" - Activity completion is tracked, either manually or automatically, based on certain conditions. Multiple conditions may be set if desired. If so, the activity will only be considered complete when ALL conditions are met. A tick next to the activity name on the course page indicates when the activity is complete.</span></p>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require view"</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Student must view this activity to complete it - A tick will only appear once the student views the activity.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require grade"</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Student must receive a grade to complete this activity - A tick will only appear once the students receives a grade in this activity.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require entries"</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Student must create entries - If enabled, you must specify the number of entries the student is required to create.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Expect completed on" - This setting specifies the date when the activity is expected to be completed. The date is not shown to students and is only displayed in the activity completion report.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-glossary-6.png" alt="" width="546" height="147" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="tags"></a>Tags</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<h4><strong><a id="notes"></a>Notes</strong></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Glossaries will not be rolled forward from year to year along with the rest of your course content owing to privacy concerns as it is not possible to anonymize entries or strip student information from entries. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you are using the glossary tool as a more static object where you create all the entries, you will need to contact IST eClass Support to have the glossary content copied forward into your new term courses. </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/72/0/problems-with-instructor-created-glossaries" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">This article outlines this question in more detail.</span></a></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Restoring Deleted Content to Your Course]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/restoring-deleted-content-to-your-course]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f9b902fc3289af4dd08de5d1de54f68f]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 01 Aug 2017 14:53:49 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-weight: 400;">Instructors who inadvertently delete resources or activities from their eClass course page can now restore them using the new recycle bin <strong>if they realize the content deletion within 7 days</strong>.</div>
<div style="font-weight: 400;">
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"></span></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To restore content to your course:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click on <strong>More</strong> from the top menu bar, then select <strong>Recycle bin</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/recycle-bin-1.png" alt="" width="405" height="369" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The recycle bin only appears in the course settings once an activity or resource has been deleted from the course main page. These items appear in the recycle bin for 7 days from the time they were deleted after which they are removed permanently. Any item can be restored from the recycle bin by clicking the corresponding <strong>Restore</strong> icon: <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/recycle-bin-2.png" alt="" width="748" height="581" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Point-in-Time Recoveries</strong></span>: For deletions outside the Recycle bin restoration period, it may be possible for the eClass Support team to recover such data if it is well <strong>within 30 days of deletion</strong>. This recovery process involves an intensive and full restoration of the eClass system to a backup server at a particular point in time, where recovery efforts may then begin. Depending on the recovery queue, processing times may range from a few days to a couple of weeks as current resources only allow for a single recovery attempt at a time. i.e., if there are more instructors with similar requests, turnover may take longer.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Chats]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-chats]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3988c7f88ebcb58c6ce932b957b6f332]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 28 Apr 2014 16:11:29 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Chats enable real-time conversations between instructors and students in a text-based environment similar to most instant messaging platforms but in a simpler fashion. The tool is a great, easy way to communicate with students at-a-distance.</span></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#adding">Adding a chat</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#general">General</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#sessions">Chat sessions</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#common">Common module settings</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#restrict">Restrict access</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#completion">Activity completion</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#tags">Tags</a></li>
<li>8 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<h4><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding a chat</strong></h4>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of your course page</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Move to the topic area where you wish to add content (the week, unit, etc…) and click on the </span><strong>Add an activity or resource</strong> <span style="font-weight: 400;">link</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the <strong>Chat </strong>icon, and a settings page will open.</span></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="general"></a>General</span> </strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Name of this chat room" is required. Make this as meaningful as possible for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Description" is optional. You may provide an explanation or instructions here for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display description on course page" - Toggles whether or not the description of the chat room will be displayed on the course page below the link to the chat.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-chat-1.png" alt="" width="726" height="385" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="sessions"></a>Chat sessions</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Next chat time" - Displays the day and hour the next chat session will be hosted by you. This allows students to see when you will be hosting the next chat session in their calendar but does not stop students from accessing the chat at any time before or after this time.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Repeat/publish session times" - Allows you to change when chat times will be available for students. You can change this so that there is only one chat session scheduled (good for small classroom discussions), or it is repeated at the same time each day or each week (good for hosting virtual office hours).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Save past sessions" - Allows you to change the length of time for which the chat sessions are stored.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Everyone can view past sessions" - If set to no, only users with special privileges will be able to see past chat sessions.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-chat-2.png" alt="" width="524" height="237" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="common"></a>Common module settings</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Availability" - This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of teacher or non-editing teacher).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Make available but now shown on course page' - A link to the activity must be provided from elsewhere, such as from a page resource. The activity would still be listed in the gradebook and other reports.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"ID number" - An ID number identifies the activity for grade calculation purposes.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Group mode" - The group mode defined at course level is the default mode for all activities within the course. Each activity that supports groups can also define its own group mode, though if the group mode is forced at course level, the group mode setting for each activity is ignored. This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'No groups' - Students are not segregated into groups.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Separate groups' - Only group members can see their own group while other groups remain invisible.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Visible groups' - Group members can see other groups but still work in their own group.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Grouping" - A grouping is a collection of groups within a course. If a grouping is selected, students assigned to groups within the grouping will be able to work together.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Add group/grouping access restriction" - Allows access only to students who belong to a specified group, or all groups.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-chat-3.png" alt="" width="520" height="250" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrict"></a>Restrict access</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="completion"></a>Activity completion</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Activity completion must be activated in your main course settings before completion tracking can be used. See our article on <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking">Completion tracking</a>.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Completion tracking" - Activity completion is tracked, either manually or automatically, based on certain conditions. Multiple conditions may be set if desired. If so, the activity will only be considered complete when ALL conditions are met. A tick next to the activity name on the course page indicates when the activity is complete.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require view"</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Student must view this activity to complete it - A tick will only appear once the student views the activity.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Expect completed on" - This setting specifies the date when the activity is expected to be completed. The date is not shown to students and is only displayed in the activity completion report.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-chat-4.png" alt="" width="596" height="119" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="tags"></a>Tags</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<br />
<h4><strong><a id="notes"></a>Notes</strong></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you set up your chat so that you and/or others can see the transcripts of what is written in the room, for ethical reasons please make sure that is made clear to students.</span></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding a Crowdmark Assessment to Your Course]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-a-crowdmark-assessment-to-your-course]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c5ff2543b53f4cc0ad3819a36752467b]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 24 Nov 2017 11:43:14 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"></div>
<p>This article describes how instructors can add Crowdmark assessments (assignments and exams) to their course. This type of assessment will transfer a student roster directly from eClass to the Crowdmark system and allow instructors to set up assessments on the Crowdmark end. As this is a 3rd party, vendor-supported tool, instructors will need to contact the <a href="https://crowdmark.com/help/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Crowdmark support centre</a> for assistance with issues.</p>
<p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Please note: </strong>Instructors require their dean or chair's approval is required in advance of using this service (the cost per student needs to be paid by the department.) Once approved, course white-listing for Crowdmark tools can be obtained by contacting eClass support. <strong>Once that is complete, instructors can follow the steps below to add the tool to their course.</strong></span></p>
<p>Instructors may also consider using our centrally-supported (free) alternative Assign2<a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/442/1/creating-online-assignments-using-assign2" target="_blank" rel="noopener"> to deliver long form online assessments</a>.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To add a Crowdmark assessment to your course:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the desired content section in your course, click on <strong>Add an Activity or Resource</strong>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on the <strong>External Tool</strong> activity and click <strong>Add</strong> (or double-click on <strong>External Tool</strong>).<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/eclass-crowdmark-lti-1.png" alt="" width="550" height="412" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>In the 'Adding New External tool' interface, give the assessment a name and select <strong>Crowdmark Assessment</strong> from the 'Preconfigured tool' dropdown box.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/eclass-crowdmark-lti-2.png" alt="" width="600" height="393" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Optionally at this point you can also specify a maximum grade for this assessment item in the 'Grade' section.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Save and return to course</strong> or <strong>Save and display</strong> when the desired settings are entered.</li>
</ol>
<p>From your course main page, you can now click the link you just created (the activty name) to access Crowdmark and specify the assessment details as you normally would.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Allowing Students to Rate Forum Posts (Peer review)]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/allowing-students-to-rate-forum-posts-peer-review]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[38af86134b65d0f10fe33d30dd76442e]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 11 Jul 2014 13:55:50 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br />This article will show </span><strong style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;">instructors</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> how to enable </span><strong style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;">students</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to rate or score forum posts as a collaborative or peer review activity in eClass. The setup for this function requires that a forum is already set up on eClass for you to access the required settings.</span></div>
</div>
<p><strong><strong> </strong></strong></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">First, select the desired forum.</span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/studentratings.png" alt="" width="800" /><br /><br /></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Next, click on the <strong>More </strong>tab on the top and then on <strong>Permissions</strong>.</span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/studentratings2.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br /></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Set the 'Advanced role override' dropdown to </span><strong>Student</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">.<br /><br /></span><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/studentratings3a.png" alt="" width="400" height="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Then, scroll down the page and locate </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Rate posts</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Under </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Activity:Forum</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> (as there are a lot of capabilities available, it can be quicker to type 'Rate' into the filter box). <br />Beside the capability </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Rate posts</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> under 'Activity: Forum' set the radio button to </span><strong>Allow</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><strong>Save changes</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> at the page bottom. Make no other changes to ensure that students' ratings remain anonymous.  By default, students will see only their own average score.</span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/studentratings3.png" alt="" width="700" /><br /><br /></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Once you switch the permissions so that students can perform ratings, return to the desired forum, click on the <strong>Settings</strong> tab, then on <strong>Ratings</strong>. </span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/studentratings6.png" alt="" width="400" /><br /><br /></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Under 'Ratings', set the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Aggregate type</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> (</span><strong>Average </strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">is a common choice) and</span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Scale</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to </span><strong>Point</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and set the desired Ratings total. Then click </span><strong>Save and display</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/studentratings7.png" alt="" width="700" /><br /><br /></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Students should now be able to rate another person's post by going to the desired topic. They will not be able to rate their own post, but they are able to see the average score that they have received.</span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/studentratings5.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br /></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Ratings should now look like the following screenshot: </span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/studentratings8.png" alt="" width="800" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p></p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Text and Media (Labels) to your course page ]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-labels]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9b8619251a19057cff70779273e95aa6]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 28 Apr 2014 14:53:15 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><em><strong>New in 2023</strong></em> The label activity has been replaced with "Text and media area", which better describes the function of the activity. These can be added anywhere in your eClass course and are commonly used as headers to organize content, callouts drawing attention to specific areas, etc.  A text and media area can consist of simple text, horizontal bars, images, videos or even more complex HTML code. Anything that you want to display on the main page of your course can be added this way. An additional benefit of using labels is that once added, they can be moved around your course home page however you need.</span></p>
<h4><strong>Adding a Label</strong></h4>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enable</span><strong> Edit mode</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">, near the top right side:<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/activity-icons/editmode.png" alt="edit mode" title="edit mode" width="145" height="58" /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Move to the topic area where you wish to add content (the week, unit, etc.) and click on the </span><strong>Add an Activity or Resource</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Select <strong>Text and media area</strong>:<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/textandmediaselect.png" alt="text and media" title="text and media" width="62" height="79" /></span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">A new page will appear to add content and adjust settings.</span></li>
</ol>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;"><hr /></div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">General</span></strong>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Text: This is where you enter your content.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/textandmediacontent.png" alt="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/textandmediaselect.png" width="641" height="286" /></span></p>
<strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Common module settings</span></strong>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Availability": This setting only has 2 options for this activity:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of instructor or non-editing instructor).</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/textandmediacommonmodule.png" alt="Common module settings for text and media" title="text and media settings" width="531" height="211" /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Restrict access</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Description of each forum type]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/description-of-each-forum-type]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[25ddc0f8c9d3e22e03d3076f98d83cb2]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 21 Jun 2021 13:25:43 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 11pt;">This article describes how each type of forum works and how they appear to students. For basic instructions on adding a forum to a course page, please see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/146/13/adding-forums">Adding forums</a>. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 11pt;"></span></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#standard">Standard forum for general use</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#blog">Standard Forum displayed in a blog-like format</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#qa">Q&amp;A Forum</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#eachperson">Each person posts one discussion</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#single">Single discussion</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 12pt;"><strong></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><a id="standard"></a>Standard Forum for general use</strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In a standard forum, anyone can post a new discussion topic or reply to existing discussions at any time. Standard forums are great for students to use as a means to discuss topics in the course, seek help from other students in the course, all while being monitored by the instructor to ensure academic integrity is being maintained. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/standardFormDisplay.png" alt="" width="1294" height="540" /><br /><br /></strong></strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="blog"></a>Standard Forum displayed in a blog-like format</strong></span><strong><strong><br /></strong></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Much like the standard forum above, anyone can begin a new discussion (or reply to existing discussions) at any time. The only difference is that the front page of the blog-like forum shows each discussion message, rather than just the title.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum.2021.2" alt="" width="1206" height="386" /></span></p>
<p> </p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><strong><br /></strong></strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="qa"></a>Q&amp;A Forum</strong></span><strong><strong><br /></strong></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In a Q&amp;A Forum, the instructor would ask students a question. Students would then be required to answer the question in order to see other student responses to that same question. An instructor can add as many discussion questions as they would like. </span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum.2021.3" alt="" width="1130" height="416" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum.2021.4" alt="" width="1103" height="400" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><strong><br /><br /><br /></strong></strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><a id="eachperson"></a>Each person posts one discussion</strong></span><strong><strong><br /></strong></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As the name suggests, each student can post </span><strong>only one</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> discussion to the forum. They can, however, reply to any already posted discussion within the forum. </span></p>
<p><strong><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum.2021.5" alt="" width="1133" height="417" /><br /><br /><br /></strong></strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><a id="single"></a>Single simple discussion</strong><strong><strong><br /></strong></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In a single simple discussion forum, the instructor would post one discussion that students can then reply to. Students would not be able to start any additional discussions. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum.2021.6" alt="" width="1118" height="422" /></span></p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Introduction to the Lesson Activity]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/introduction-to-the-lesson-activity]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[40008b9a5380fcacce3976bf7c08af5b]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 15 Aug 2017 16:10:47 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Lesson activity is a flexible way to add interactive content to your course. It allows for the range of content to be added with multiple pages of activities and quiz questions. The Lesson can be built with a navigation structure with options for adaptive branching based on question pages.</span><strong><strong><br /></strong></strong></p>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li> 1 <a href="#general">General</a></li>
<li> 2 <a href="#appearance">Appearance</a></li>
<li> 3 <a href="#availability">Availability</a></li>
<li> 4 <a href="#flow">Flow control</a></li>
<li> 5 <a href="#grade">Grade</a></li>
<li> 6 <a href="#common">Common module settings</a></li>
<li> 7 <a href="#restrict">Restrict access</a></li>
<li> 8 <a href="#completion">Activity completion</a></li>
<li> 9 <a href="#tags">Tags</a></li>
<li>10 <a href="#basic">Basic Lesson Setup (example)</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"></strong></p>
<p><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Adding a Lesson Activity</strong></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on </span><strong>Edit mode</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">, at the top right of your course page.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Move to the topic area where you wish to add content (the week, unit, etc…), and click on the </span><strong>Add an activity or resource </strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">link.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the <strong>Lesson </strong>icon, and a settings page will open.</span></li>
</ul>
<strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="general"></a>General</span></strong>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Name' is required. Make this as meaningful as possible for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Description' - Optionally provides explanation and instructions for students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Display description on course page' - If selected, the description of your assignment will be displayed on the course page below the link to the assignment.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-lesson-1.png" alt="" width="724" height="336" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="appearance"></a>Appearance</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Linked media' - A media file may be uploaded here for use in the lesson. A 'Click here to view' link will then be displayed in a block called 'Linked media' on each page of the lesson.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Display ongoing score' - Toggles whether or not each page will display the student's current points earned out of the total possible thus far.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Minimum grade to display menu' - Determines whether a student must obtain a certain grade before viewing the lesson menu. This forces the student to go through the entire lesson on their first attempt, then after obtaining the required grade, they can use the menu for review.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Slideshow' - Toggles whether the lesson is displayed as a slideshow, with a fixed width and height.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Maximum number of answers' - Specifies the maximum number of answers that may be used in the lesson. If only true/false questions are used, it can be set to 2. This setting may be changed at any time since it only affects what the teacher sees, not the data.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Use default feedback' - Toggles whether or not the default response 'That's the correct answer.' or 'That's the wrong answer.' will be shown when a response is not found for a particular question.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Link to next activity' - Provides a link at the end of the lesson to another activity in the course if an activity is selected from the drop-down list.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Progress bar' - Enables a progress bar at the bottom of lessons which will indicate percentage completion.</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Display menu' - Allows students to see a menu for navigating between pages in the lesson.</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-lesson-2.png" alt="" width="677" height="538" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="availability"></a>Availability</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li>'Available from' and 'Deadline' -  These settings allow instructors to specify a time frame in which the feedback tool is accessible. Leave the boxes unchecked if there are no time limitations.</li>
<li>'Time limit' - If enabled, a warning about the time limit is displayed at the beginning of the lesson and a countdown timer is displayed. Any answers given after the time has elapsed are not graded.</li>
<li>'Password protected lesson' - Toggles whether a password is required in order to access the lesson.</li>
<li>'Password' - You may enter a password to access the lesson here, provided that 'Password protected lesson' is enabled.</li>
<li>'Allow lesson to be attempted offline using the mobile app' - If enabled, a mobile app user can download the lesson and attempt it offline. All the possible answers and correct responses will be downloaded as well. <strong>Note:</strong> It is not possible for a lesson to be attempted offline if it has a time limit.</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-lesson-3.png" alt="" width="657" height="343" /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="flow"></a>Flow control</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Allow student review' - Allows students to navigate again through the lesson from the start.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Provide option to try a question again' - Lets a student try a question again without credit.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Maximum number of attempts per question' - Specifies how many times a student can attempt each question.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Action after correct answer' - There are three options for the pages after answering a question correctly:<br /></span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Normal' - Follow the lesson path.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show an unseen path' - Pages are shown in random order with no page shown twice.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show an unanswered page' - Pages are shown in a random order, with pages containing unanswered questions shown again.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Number of pages to show' - Specifies the number of pages shown in a lesson. It is only applicable for lessons with pages shown in a random order. If set to zero, then all pages are shown.<br /></span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-lesson-4.png" alt="" width="469" height="317" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="grade"></a>Grade</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">'Grade' - Allows you to select the type of grading used for the assignment. If “scale” is chosen, you can then choose the scale from the 'scale' dropdown. If 'point' is used, you can then enter the maximum grade for the assignment.</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">'Grade category' - Allows you to choose which category it will be assigned to in the gradebook.</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">'Grade to pass' - Determines the minimum required grade to pass. The value is used in activity or course completion, and in the gradebook, where pass grades are highlighted in green and fail grades in red.</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Practice Lesson' - Toggles whether or not the lesson appears in the gradebook.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click 'Show more' to see 'Custom scoring' - If enabled, then each answer may be given a numerical point value (positive or negative).<br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Re-takes allowed' - If enabled, students can attempt the lesson more than once.<br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Handling of re-takes' - If re-takes are allowed, this setting specifies whether the grade for the lesson is the mean or maximum of all attempts.<br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Minimum number of questions' - Specifies the minimum number of questions that will be used to calculate a grade for the activity.</span></span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-lesson-5.png" alt="" width="561" height="465" /></span></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="common"></a>Common module settings</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Availability' - This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of teacher or non-editing teacher).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Make available but now shown on course page' - A link to the activity must be provided from elsewhere, such as from a page resource. The activity would still be listed in the gradebook and other reports.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“ID number' - An ID number identifies the activity for grade calculation purposes.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Group mode' - The group mode defined at the course level is the default mode for all activities within the course. Each activity that supports groups can also define its own group mode, though if the group mode is forced at the course level, the group mode setting for each activity is ignored. This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">No groups - Students are not segregated into groups.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Separate groups - Only group members can see their own group while other groups remain invisible.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Visible groups - Group members can see other groups but still work in their own group.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Grouping' - A grouping is a collection of groups within a course. If a grouping is selected, students assigned to groups within the grouping will be able to work together.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“Add group/grouping access restriction” - Allows access only to students who belong to a specified group, or all groups.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-lesson-6.png" alt="" width="506" height="256" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrict"></a>Restrict access</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="completion"></a>Activity completion</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">
<p>Please note that you will not see the activity completion options until activity completion is enabled for your course. The steps to enable activity completion tracking can be found in our article on <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking">Completion Tracking</a>.</p>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">
<p></p>
<span style="font-weight: 400;">'Completion tracking' - Activity completion is tracked, either manually or automatically, based on certain conditions. Multiple conditions may be set if desired. If so, the activity will only be considered complete when ALL conditions are met. A tick next to the activity name on the course page indicates when the activity is complete.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Require view':</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Student must view this activity to complete it' - A tick will only appear once the student views the activity.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Require grade':</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Student must receive a grade to complete this activity' - A tick will only appear once the student receives a grade for the activity.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Require end reached'</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Student must reach the end of lesson page to complete this activity' - A tick will only appear once the student reaches the end of the lesson page.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Require time spent'</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Student must do this activity at least for ...' - A tick will only appear once the students spends time on this activity for at least the specified time.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Expect completed on' - This setting specifies the date when the activity is expected to be completed. The date is not shown to students and is only displayed in the activity completion report.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-lesson-7.png" alt="" width="602" height="121" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="tags"></a>Tags</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. <br /></span></li>
</ul>
<br />
<p><strong><a id="basic"></a>Basic Lesson Setup</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now that the lesson activity has been created, navigating to your lesson will show the following screen:</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong><strong><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/lesson_edit_page.png" alt="" width="401" height="366" /><br /></strong></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">There are three types of content you can add:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Content page: Pages which can be filled with text, images, and videos. Commonly used for notes.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Cluster: A grouping of questions which can be randomly cycled through.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Question page: A question which can be administered to students. These items allow for grading.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this example, the lesson will be used to make a simple set of interactive lecture notes for an online course on art. Students will need to answer a comprehension verification question about each slide before they can proceed.</span></p>
<ol>
<li>First, add a content page.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/lesson_add_content_page.PNG" alt="" width="529" height="617" /><br /><br />The first content page will cover <em>Lesson 1</em><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Here you can enter a title, as well as the contents of the page. </span>
<p><strong>Content 1</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> through </span><strong>Content 4</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> are used to set up links to other pages. Typically only one link is needed, so for this example, </span><strong>Content 1</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> will be used to link to our first Quiz. The description will be </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Quiz</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and the Jump link will be </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Next Page</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">.<br /><br /></span></p>
</li>
<li>When saving, you will be brought to the following page. Click on the dropdown menu shown above and select <strong>Question</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/lesson_edit_page_populated_1.png" alt="" width="651" height="306" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>On the next page, there will be a dropdown menu to select the question type. There are six types of questions available in lessons:
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Essay</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Matching</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Multichoice</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Numerical</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Short Answer</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">True/false</span><br /><br /></li>
</ul>
For this example, the Multichoice question type will be used:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/lesson_add_ma_question_type.png" alt="" width="545" height="292" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Next, fill in the name of the question, as well as the question description:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/lesson_add_ma_question.png" alt="" width="658" height="444" /><br /><br /><br /></li>
<li>There will be four answer sections which allow you to enter an answer, as well as a response. In this example the incorrect answer has been placed in position 3 with incorrect answers in the other three slots.:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/lesson_add_ma_answer.png" alt="" width="661" height="451" /><br /><br />Notice that there is a <strong>Jump</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> option for both for each answer. This allows you to have the lesson respond differently based on the student’s responses. For this example, Answer 3 will jump to “Next Page” and all other answers will jump to “This Question”, returning students to the question in case they answered the question incorrectly.<br /><br /></span></li>
<li>Once completed, there should be two items in the lesson:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/lesson_edit_page_populated_2.png" alt="" width="668" height="503" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">From this point, you can add additional content pages and questions that branch out using different <strong>Jumps</strong> as shown here. For example, the next content page might focus on colour contrast and shading with another quiz page for verification. If you need more content to cover a particular topic, you can link several pages with jumps and then have a quiz page every few slides or so.<br /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">This lesson setup is a basic example and does not cover all possibilities. If you require assistance with more complex use cases or with clusters, please do not hesitate to contact the eClass support team by email at </span><a href="mailto:eclass@ualberta.ca" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">eclass@ualberta.ca</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> or by phone at 780-492-9372.</span></strong></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Setting the word count option for forums]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/setting-the-word-count-option-for-forums]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d1c38a09acc34845c6be3a127a5aacaf]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 28 Jan 2015 16:03:06 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;"></span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">This article will explain how to add a word count to forum posts.</span></p>
</div>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">1. First, click on the forum.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/lock-down-forum.png" alt="" width="600" height="220" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">2. Next, click on the <strong>Settings </strong>tab.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/set-word-count-1.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">3. You will be taken to a new page. Scroll down until you find<em> Attachments and word count</em> and click it to expand the menu.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/set-word-count-2.png" alt="" width="600" height="293" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">4. You will see <em>Display word count</em>. Click on the dropdown menu box and select <strong>Yes</strong>.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/word-count-2.png" alt="" width="600" height="325" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">5. Scroll down and save. The word count will now be displayed for each forum post.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/word-count-3.png" alt="" width="650" height="210" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Folders]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-folders]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[76dc611d6ebaafc66cc0879c71b5db5c]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 28 Apr 2014 14:47:54 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The folder resource enables a teacher to display a number of related files inside a single link, reducing scrolling on the course page. Any file uploaded to a folder resource can </span><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">only be downloaded by students</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">, not viewed online. A zipped folder may be uploaded and unzipped for display/download, or an empty folder can be created with files uploaded into it. Recall that PDF files are usually preferable to posting other file formats since browsers display PDF files in a consistent format.</span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;"><br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#adding">Adding a folder</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#general">General</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#content">Content</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#common">Common module settings</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#restrict">Restrict access</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#completion">Activity completion</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#display">Folder display</a></li>
<li>8 <a href="#tags">Tags</a></li>
<li>9 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<h4><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding a folder</strong></h4>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">Click on <strong>Edit mode </strong>at the top right of your course page<span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Choose a topic area where you wish to add content (the week, unit, etc…) and click on the </span><strong>Add an activity or resource</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the <strong>Folder </strong>icon, and a settings page will open</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="general"></a>General</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Name" is required. Make this as meaningful as possible for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Description" is optional. You may provide an explanation or instructions here for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display description on course page": Toggles whether or not the description of your folder will be displayed on the course page below the link to your folder.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-folder-1.png" alt="" width="720" height="384" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="content"></a>Content</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Files": This is where you select the file(s) to add to your folder.  Either click on the '</span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Add</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">' link or drag-and-drop your folder or zipped file here. Note that you can embed folders for more complex structures.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display folder contents": You may choose to display the folder contents:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'On a separate page'</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Inline on a course page': There will be no link to a separate page. </span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Show subfolders expanded": If enabled, subfolders are shown by default. Otherwise, they are shown collapsed.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Show download folder button": If enabled, a button will be displayed allowing the contents of the folder to be downloaded as a zip file.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Force download of files" is selected by default. Disabling this setting allows files to be displayed in the web browser rather than downloading/saving them. </span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/foldercontent.png" alt="Content" width="696" height="370" /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="common"></a>Common module settings</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Availability": This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of teacher or non-editing teacher).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Make available but now shown on course page' - A link to the activity must be provided from elsewhere, such as from a page resource. The activity would still be listed in the gradebook and other reports.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">“ID number": An ID number identifies the activity for grade calculation purposes.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-folder-3.png" alt="" width="524" height="162" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrict"></a>Restrict access</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="completion"></a>Activity completion</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Please note that you will not see the activity completion options until activity completion is enabled for your course. The steps to enable activity completion tracking can be found in our article on <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking">Completion Tracking</a>.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Completion tracking": Activity completion is tracked, either manually or automatically, based on certain conditions. Multiple conditions may be set if desired. If so, the activity will only be considered complete when ALL conditions are met. A tick next to the activity name on the course page indicates when the activity is complete.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require view":</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Student must view this activity to complete it: A tick will only appear once the student views the activity.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Student must submit to this activity to complete it: A tick will only appear once there is a submission from the student.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Expect completed on": This setting specifies the date when the activity is expected to be completed. The date is not shown to students and is only displayed in the activity completion report.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-folder-4.png" alt="" width="588" height="118" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="display"></a>Folder display:</strong></span></p>
<p>Here is the folder display with an expanded file tree:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-folder-display-expanded.png" alt="Folder view expanded" width="759" height="351" /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="tags"></a>Tags</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<h4><strong><a id="notes"></a>Notes</strong></h4>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Files within a folder can only be sorted alphabetically.</span></li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding SCORM Activities]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-scorm-activities]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0584ce565c824b7b7f50282d9a19945b]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 20 Jun 2019 15:17:27 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>This article explains how instructors can upload SCORM activities into eClass courses. SCORM activities are most often interactive learning objects authored using an external source which is then saved as ZIP or XML files for upload into a SCORM activity. Their uses vary, ranging from presentations to assessment tools which can be integrated into a course's gradebook.</p>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#adding">Adding a SCORM package activity</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#general">General</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#package">Package</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#appearance">Appearance</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#grade">Grade</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#management">Attempts management</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#compatibility">Compatibility settings</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding a SCORM package activity</strong>:</p>
<p>1. Click on <strong>Edit mode</strong> in the top right of your class page.</p>
<p>2. Navigate to the topic or section where you wish to add the <strong>SCORM package</strong>, and click on the <strong>Add an activity or resource link</strong>.</p>
<p>3. Click on the <strong>SCORM Package </strong>icon, and a settings page will open.</p>
<p></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="general"></a>General</span>:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span>"Name" is required. Make this as meaningful as possible for your students.</span></li>
<li><span>"Description" is optional. You may provide an explanation or instructions here for your students.</span></li>
<li><span>"Display description on course page": Toggles whether or not the description of your folder will be displayed on the course page below the link to your folder.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/scorm-0.png" alt="" width="586" height="316" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"></p>
<p><strong><a id="package"></a>Package:</strong></p>
<p>1. Upload your .zip or .xml SCORM file into the <strong>Package</strong> section.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/scorm-1.png" alt="" width="592" height="405" /></p>
<p>2. The SCORM package must be a valid ZIP or XML file:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-scorm-2.png" alt="" width="771" height="350" /></p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="appearance"></a>Appearance:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>'Display package' - Open the SCORM lesson in the current window or in a new window<br />'Student skip content structure page' -This setting specifies whether the content structure page should ever be skipped (not displayed). If the package contains only one learning object, the content structure page can always be skipped.</li>
<li>'Disable preview mode'- Preview mode allows a student to browse an activity before attempting it. If preview mode is disabled, the preview button is hidden.</li>
<li>'Display course structure in player' - How the table of contents is displayed in the SCORM player</li>
<li>'Show Navigation' - This setting specifies whether to show or hide the navigation buttons and their position. There are 3 options: * 1. No - Navigation buttons are not shown; 2. Under content - Navigation buttons are shown below the SCORM package content; 3. Floating - Navigation buttons are shown floating, with the position from the top and from the left determined by the package.</li>
<li>'Display course structure on entry page' - If enabled, the table of contents is displayed on the SCORM outline page.</li>
<li>'Display attempt status'- This preference allows a summary of the users attempts to show in the course overview block in Dashboard and/or the SCORM entry page.</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/scorm-3.png" alt="" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="grade"></a>Grade:</strong></span></p>
<p>If the <strong>SCORM</strong><b> package </b>will be used for grading purposes, adjust the settings under the categories Availability, Grade, and Attempts management.</p>
<ul>
<li>The grading method defines how the grade for a single attempt of the activity is determined. There are 4 grading methods:
<ul>
<li>1. Learning objects - The number of completed/passed learning objects</li>
<li>2. Highest grade - The highest score obtained in all passed learning objects</li>
<li>3. Average grade - The mean of all the scores</li>
<li>4. Sum grade - The sum of all the scores</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/scorm-6.png" alt="" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="management"></a>Attempts management:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>'Number of attempts' - This setting enables the number of attempts to be restricted. It is only applicable for SCORM 1.2 and AICC packages.</li>
<li>'Attempts grading' - Whether the highest, average (mean), first or last completed attempt is recorded in the gradebook if multiple attempts are allowed.</li>
<li>'Force new attempt' - There are 3 options:
<ul>
<li>1. No - If a previous attempt is completed, passed or failed, the student will be provided with the option to enter in review mode or start a new attempt;</li>
<li>2. When previous attempt completed, passed or failed - This relies on the SCORM package setting the status of 'completed', 'passed' or 'failed';</li>
<li>3. Always - Each re-entry to the SCORM activity will generate a new attempt and the student will not be returned to the same point they reached in their previous attempt.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>'Lock after final attempt' - If enabled, a student is prevented from launching the SCORM player after using up all their allocated attempts.</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/scorm-4.png" alt="" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="compatibility"></a>Compatibility settings:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>'Force completed' - If enabled, the status of the current attempt is forced to "completed". (Only applicable to SCORM 1.2 packages.)</li>
<li>'Auto-continue' - If enabled, subsequent learning objects are launched automatically, otherwise the Continue button must be used.</li>
<li>'Auto-commit' - If enabled, SCORM data is automatically saved to the database. Useful for SCORM objects which do not save their data regularly.</li>
<li>'Mastery score overrides status' - If enabled and a mastery score is provided, when LMSFinish is called and a raw score has been set, status will be recalculated using the raw score and mastery score and any status provided by the SCORM (including "incomplete") will be overridden.</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/scorm-5.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Click <strong>Save and return to course</strong> or <strong>Save and display</strong>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Preventing Users from Receiving Course Announcements Emails]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/preventing-users-from-receiving-course-announcements-emails]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6a9aeddfc689c1d0e3b9ccc3ab651bc5]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 18 Oct 2016 15:54:10 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"></div>
<p>This article outlines how to customize roles in your course to prevent certain users from receiving the email messages normally sent by the Announcements forum or block. The use case would be if you have any administrative users who require access to content in live courses but would have no need to see any messages about current course happenings, deadlines, etc.</p>
<p>To prevent such users from receiving the course messages, you need to take note of their role in the course as you can only customize notification permissions for specific roles within a course, not for individual users. In the example below we will customize the Non-Editing Instructor role, working with the scenario that we have used that role to enroll a group of users who will be undertaking a review of the course content.</p>
<p>To block course messages:</p>
<ol>
<li>From your course main page, click on the <strong>Participants</strong> tab at the top. Then click on the dropdown menu that says <strong>Enrolled Users</strong>.<br /><br /><strong><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/preventing-announcement-emails.png" alt="" width="600" /></strong><br /><br /></li>
<li>From the dropdown list click on <strong>Permissions</strong>.<br /><br /><strong><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/preventing-announcement-emails-1.png" alt="" width="600" /></strong><br /><br /></li>
<li>The permissions page initially contains all the permissions for all the roles. To limit this, adjust the dropdown box underneath<strong> 'Advanced role override'</strong> to whichever role you want to prevent from receiving messages - in our example, we will choose 'Non-Editing Instructor'.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/preventing-announcement-emails-2.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The page will now refresh with all the available capabilities and permissions for only this role, with cleaner options for changing them. As there are a large number of capabilities in the system, you will need to filter the list to get the one you want: <strong>'Allow force subscribe'</strong> for the Forum activity. You can then switch the permissions from 'Inherit (Allow)' to 'Prevent'.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/preventing-announcement-emails-3.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Save Changes</strong>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Now any users enrolled in your course in the 'Non-editing Instructor' role will not receive messages sent from the Announcements forum. You should no longer see their names in the list of subscribers for the forum.</li>
</ol>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Tab Displays]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-tab-displays]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d1f491a404d6854880943e5c3cd9ca25]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 28 Apr 2014 14:50:35 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Tab displays allow you to group, arrange, and organize your content into tabbed sections within an eClass resource.</span></p>
</div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/tab-display-1.png" alt="" width="458" height="223" /></span></p>
<h4><strong>Adding the Tab Display Resource</strong></h4>
<ol>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">With Edit mode on, </span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> click on </span><strong>Add an Activity or Resource</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to the desired topic location and choose </span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Tab Display</strong>.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Complete all required fields.</span></li>
</ol>
<ul></ul>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/tab-display-2.png" alt="" width="807" height="182" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Tab section details</strong></span> - Here you will enter details pertaining to the tabs being created as well as in what sequence you want them to appear in.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/tab-display-3.png" alt="" width="775" height="650" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Display tab menu</strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Menus can also be added to the left of the tabs to enhance course organizational structure and navigation.  These menus are particularly useful if your course contains several Tab Display Resources or if you want students to be able to jump from one module to the next without having to return to the main course page. To add a menu in a tab display:</span></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">While editing the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Tab Display </span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">settings, navigate to the <em>Display tab menu</em> option and add click/check beside <em>Check if you would like to display menu</em>.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Edit the following settings:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><em>Tab display activity order within menu</em>: Type in the order you would like this resource to appear in the menu. For example, if the tab display is Lesson 1, type the number one (1).  For all subsequent tab displays, continue numbering the tabs.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><em>Menu name</em>: Add the name of the menu to be displayed (e.g. Main Menu). Tab display resources are displayed according to the corresponding menu name so if required, you could have multiple menus within the same course, each containing tabs identified by the specific name.  </span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/tab-display-4.png" alt="" width="626" height="222" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Restrict access</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Tags</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Notes</strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">To add files into a tab, please see the article </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/179/13/uploading-files-as-links-in-content" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Uploading files as links</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. It is no longer possible to display the file contents as the tab content.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">To add links to web pages into a tab, please see the article </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/187/13/adding-a-clickable-link-into-eclass-content" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Adding a clickable link into eClass content</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">If your web page allows it, you may also be able to embed the webpage in the tab content using the article </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/175/0/embedding-videos-in-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Embedding videos in eClass</span></a></li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding STACK quiz questions]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-stack-quiz-questions]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[019d385eb67632a7e958e23f24bd07d7]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 09 Jun 2020 14:25:30 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>This question type uses a computer algebra system to evaluate student responses constructed as mathematical expressions. The ability to provide a range of feedback based on different incorrect answer pathways make this option very useful for formative assessment.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/stack-1" alt="" width="500" height="503" /></p>
<p>This question type has been released after a pilot phase where the Department of Math and Stats trialled the functionality on a separate server.</p>
<p>Anyone interested in detailed information about creating and using STACK questions should contact the pilot lead, <a href="https://apps.ualberta.ca/directory/person/gepe" target="_blank" rel="noopener">George Peschke</a> and should also consult the <a href="https://eclass.srv.ualberta.ca/question/type/stack/doc/doc.php/CAS/index.md" target="_blank" rel="noopener">detailed in-system documentation</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong> that due to the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/News/NewsItem/View/216/stack-quiz-question-performance-update" target="_blank" rel="noopener">STACK question performance issues identified in July 2022</a>, instructors using this question type should be ensure that any self-authored questions conform to the <a href="https://eclass.srv.ualberta.ca/question/type/stack/doc/doc.php/Authoring/Future_proof.md" target="_blank" rel="noopener">guidelines for future-proofing questions</a> (this does not apply to any questions being shared from the central Department of Math/Faculty of Engineering shared question repository as these have all already been edited). Specifically, instructors should take note that all functions and variable statements <strong>must be terminated by semi-colons</strong> in order to avoid time-out errors due to long background computations.</p>
<p>Instructors should also make sure that they create and deploy random variable variants matching or exceeding the number of students taking the exam. Variants can be deployed (or viewed) by clicking <strong>No variants of this question have been deployed </strong>from within the question editing screen: </p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/stack-2" alt="" width="600" height="408" /></p>
<p>Then entering a number higher than the number of students and clicking <strong>Go:</strong></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/deploy-variants-2.png" alt="" width="575" height="113" /></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Surveys]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-surveys]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0f28b5d49b3020afeecd95b4009adf4c]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 29 Apr 2014 17:46:32 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">A survey is a tool for gathering feedback about your course from your students, but in eClass, is comprised only of several pre-built surveys that assess e-Learning:<br /></span></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"><span>Attitudes to Thinking and Learning Survey (ATTLS)</span></span></li>
<li><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"><span>Critical incidents survey</span></span></li>
<li><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"><span>Constructivist On-line Learning Environment Survey (COLLES)</span></span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">If you wish to construct your own questions, it's recommended that you use the <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/147/13/adding-feedback-items" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Feedback tool</a></strong> instead.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">The pre-built surveys ask standard question sets which you can use as a way to receive feedback on your course and content delivery.</span></p>
</div>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#adding">Adding a Survey</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#general">General</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#common">Common module settings</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#restrict">Restrict access</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#completion">Activity completion</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#tags">Tags</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding a Survey</strong></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on </span><strong>Edit mode</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> at the top right corner of your class page. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Move to the topic area where you wish to add content (the week, unit, etc…) and click on the </span><strong>Add an activity or resource</strong> link<span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click the <strong>Survey </strong>icon, and a settings page will open.</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></li>
</ol>
<h4><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="general"></a>General</strong></span></h4>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Name" is required. Make this as meaningful as possible for your students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Survey type" is required. There are 3 available types of survey:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Attitudes to Thinking and Learning Survey (ATTLS)' - For measuring the extent to which a person is:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">a 'connected knower' who tends to find learning more enjoyable, and is often more cooperative, congenial and more willing to build on the ideas of others, or</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">a 'separate knower' who tends to take a more critical and argumentative stance towards learning.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Critical incidents survey'</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Constructivist On-line Learning Environment Survey (COLLES)' - For monitoring the extent to which the interactive capacity of the World Wide Web may be exploited for engaging students in dynamic learning practices.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">For more information about survey types, see </span><a href="https://docs.moodle.org/34/en/Survey_settings#Types_of_survey" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">this article</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Description": Optionally provides explanation and instructions for students.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display description on course page": Toggles whether or not the description of your survey will be displayed on the course page below the link to your survey.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-survey-1.png" alt="" width="678" height="426" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="common"></a>Common module settings</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Availability": This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of teacher or non-editing teacher).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Make available but now shown on course page' - A link to the activity must be provided from elsewhere, such as from a page resource. The activity would still be listed in the gradebook and other reports.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"ID number": An ID number identifies the activity for grade calculation purposes.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Group mode": The group mode defined at the course level is the default mode for all activities within the course. Each activity that supports groups can also define its own group mode, though if the group mode is forced at the course level, the group mode setting for each activity is ignored. This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'No groups' - Students are not segregated into groups.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Separate groups' - Only group members can see their own group while other groups remain invisible.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Visible groups' - Group members can see other groups but still work in their own group.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Grouping": A grouping is a collection of groups within a course. If a grouping is selected, students assigned to groups within the grouping will be able to work together.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'"Add group/grouping access restriction": Allows access only to students who belong to a specified group, or all groups.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-survey-2.png" alt="" width="542" height="249" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrict"></a>Restrict access</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="completion"></a>Activity completion</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">
<p>Please note that you will not see the activity completion options until activity completion is enabled for your course. The steps to enable activity completion tracking can be found in our article on <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking">Completion Tracking</a>.</p>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Completion tracking": Activity completion is tracked, either manually or automatically, based on certain conditions. Multiple conditions may be set if desired. If so, the activity will only be considered complete when ALL conditions are met. A tick next to the activity name on the course page indicates when the activity is complete.</span></p>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require view":</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Student must view this activity to complete it: A tick will only appear once the student views the activity.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Student must submit to this activity to complete it: A tick will only appear once there is a submission from the student.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Expect completed on": This setting specifies the date when the activity is expected to be completed. The date is not shown to students and is only displayed in the activity completion report.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-survey-3.png" alt="" width="601" height="128" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="tags"></a>Tags</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<strong><strong><br /></strong></strong>
<h4><strong><a id="notes"></a>Notes</strong></h4>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Surveys in eClass are not anonymous. The students cannot see the responses, but the course instructor can view responses by course, by student or by question. Students should be made aware of the fact that surveys are not anonymous for ethical reasons. If you want anonymized feedback, you must use the </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/147/13/adding-feedback-items" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Feedback tool</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> - (this means you must construct your own feedback questions.)</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you want to devise your own set of questions to survey students you can use the </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/147/13/adding-feedback-items" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Feedback tool</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding the SensusAccess File Converter to your Course]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-the-sensusaccess-file-converter-to-your-course]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ef575e8837d065a1683c022d2077d342]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 15 Jun 2021 17:57:47 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Instructors can add a self-serve tool called SensusAccess into their eClass course that will provide students with the ability to convert files posted within the course into a variety of accessible alternative formats. For more information on this subject, <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/current-students/accessibility-resources/course/alternate-format.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">please see the Academic Success Centre's page about Alternate Format course accommodations</a>.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To enable this functionality, an instructor will need to add the SensusAccess external tool to their course </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/364/13/adding-an-lti-external-tool"><span style="font-weight: 400;">following the standard process for adding external tools</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. The activity name should be descriptive enough for students to know the tool's function and SensusAccess should be selected from the dropdown list of preconfigured site-wide tools:</span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/sensusaccess-1.png" alt="" width="650" height="428" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Once added, the tool will provide students a mechanism to convert any file resource in the course to a range of alternate formats ranging from text-accessible PDF, audio (mp3), e-Book, and Braille. The specific options available for each file conversion depend on the original file type and details. <em>Note that this conversion only functions on <strong>file resources,</strong> not on any other types of activities or resources in eClass.</em></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The convert a file, a student will click on the tool link and then select the desired file from the dropdown list:</span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/sensusaccess2.png" alt="" width="825" height="469" /></p>
<p>Once selected, the available conversion format for the file will be displayed and the student can select their desired format:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/sensusaccess-3.png" alt="" width="1070" height="496" /></p>
<p>Based on the selected conversion format, any available conversion parameters will appear and the student can specify these. The only available delivery format is via campus email (based on the eClass user account):</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/sensusaccess-4.png" alt="" width="1343" height="839" /></p>
<p>A confirmation message will detail the conversion that has been created:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/sensusaccess-5.png" alt="" width="800" height="377" /></p>
<p>The system will deliver an email containing a link to download the converted file:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/sensusaccess-6.png" alt="" width="900" height="366" /></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using Third Party Homework Tools within eClass]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-third-party-homework-tools-within-eclass]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[115f89503138416a242f40fb7d7f338e]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 13 Jan 2015 12:54:37 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p>Instructors choosing to incorporate content from 3rd party textbook publishers in their eClass courses or link their courses directly to textbook websites need to be aware of the following policies announced in late 2014.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/UploadJan132015-AD02-DEA-Chairs_Online_Homework_Systems_Nov2414.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener"> Instructor Use of Online Homework Systems</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/UploadJan132015-3rd-party-student-response-for-grades.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Third party student response/engagement systems used for grades</a></p>
<p>The initial communications linked above were followed by this message from the Interim Provost and Vice-President (Academic).</p>
<table border="1" style="border-collapse: collapse; width: 100%;">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 100%;">
<p><em><strong>Follow-up for Instructor Use of Online Homework Systems</strong>:</em></p>
<p><em>This message is an accompaniment to the correspondence regarding Instructor Use of Online Homework Systems from me that was sent November 24, 2014 to Chairs and also copied to Deans, Vice-Provosts, and the Student's Union President.  That original message states the requirement for instructors to work with the Office of the Vice-Provost (Information Systems and Technology) and the Information and Privacy Office when using marks from online homework systems (and offering a reasonably equivalent alternative), or otherwise recommending to their students the optional use of fee-for-service online homework systems.</em><br /><em> </em><br /><em>Instructors must follow the guidance outlined in the attached document titled <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/UploadJan132015-Online-Homework-System-Guidance-Instructors.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener">"Privacy and Security Guidance for Instructors using Online Homework Systems"</a> when using online homework systems for marks or recommending optional use.</em></p>
<p><em>Instructors may want to follow the document titled <!-- https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/UploadJan132015-Random-ID-Instructions.pdf --> "Instructions for Generating a Random ID" if they choose to provide their students a unique ID with which they should sign up for Third Party websites.</em><br /><em> </em><br /><em>Thank you for your prompt attention to this matter.  Please direct questions to <a href="mailto:online.homework@ualberta.ca">online.homework@ualberta.ca</a> for transmission to the Associate Vice-Provost (Academic Programs and Instruction).</em></p>
<p><em>Olive Yonge</em></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Note</strong></span>: Students now have access to their own <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/350/49/finding-your-anonymous-id-in-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener">anonymous ID's</a> when interacting with external, third-party educational services. </p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Video highlights: eClass Changes in Summer 2018]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/video-highlights-eclass-changes-in-summer-2018]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8dd48d6a2e2cad213179a3992c0be53c]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 18 Jun 2018 11:37:08 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>The eClass summer upgrade in 2018 introduces a redesigned user interface as well as a range of feature improvements. This article contains a number of short videos that highlight the changes.</p>
<p>The full outage announcement and complete list of features changing can be found <a href="https://support.ctl.ualberta.ca/index.php?/News/NewsItem/View/130/major-eclass-upgrade-june-2018---upcoming-changes">can be found here</a>.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Major Interface Changes for Students:</strong></span></p>
<p style="position: relative; padding-bottom: 75%; padding-top: 30px; height: 0; overflow: hidden; max-width: 1280px; max-height: 960px;"><iframe width="300" height="960" style="max-width: 1280px; max-height: 960px; position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;" src="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1J_kfR_JQJbZlgPib-EIuysJqrYJII-Es/preview?VQ=HD720" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Major Interface Changes for Instructors:</strong></span></p>
<p style="position: relative; padding-bottom: 75%; padding-top: 30px; height: 0; overflow: hidden; max-width: 1280px; max-height: 960px;"><iframe width="300" height="960" style="max-width: 1280px; max-height: 960px; position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;" src="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1duRz95xMZTBEmvTGsOBQ_N_QD-0Qkj5d/preview?VQ=HD720" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>User Management Changes for Instructors:</strong></span></p>
<p style="position: relative; padding-bottom: 75%; padding-top: 30px; height: 0; overflow: hidden; max-width: 1280px; max-height: 960px;"><iframe width="300" height="960" style="max-width: 1280px; max-height: 960px; position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%;" src="https://drive.google.com/a/ualberta.ca/file/d/1tpDHIM5du0Yv2rqx_h_XojCeUYHuL170/preview?VQ=HD720" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe></p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding an LTI External Tool]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-an-lti-external-tool]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[bac9162b47c56fc8a4d2a519803d51b3]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 06 Sep 2018 10:16:22 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"></div>
</div>
<p id="yui_3_17_2_1_1536249703417_1941">The External tool activity module allows an instructor to set up a secure link between their eClass course and an external website or tool, allowing students to interact with learning resources and activities from systems outside of eClass. The External tool activity relies on LTI (Learning Tools Interoperability) functionality, so any 3rd party tool providers will need to support LTI before their content can be accessible in eClass using this module. </p>
<p>One of the main uses of External tools on eClass is to provide direct access to online learning materials created by textbook publishers and released as companions to their print offerings. In this use case, the publisher provides instructors with the configuration information required to set up the External tool within their eClass course and students then access these materials from directly from eClass.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Adding an External Tool</strong></span></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">Login to eClass and access your course.</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Toggle the <strong>Edit Mode </strong>button located at the top right.<br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/turn-editing-on.png" alt="turn editing on" width="398" height="200" /><br /><br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Move to the section where you would like to have your external content and click on the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Add an Activity or Resource </span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">link</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.<br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Add_activity_or_resource.png" alt="add activity or resource" width="3426" height="476" /><br /><br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">From the activities list, select the 'External tool' activity.<br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add_external_tool.png" alt="add external tool" width="541" height="506" /><br /><br /></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">Enter a name for the activity and click on the 'Show more' link.<br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/external_tool_click_show_more.png" alt="show more" width="799" height="476" /><br /><br /></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the required parameters provided by the textbook publisher (or any LTI provider). This generally consists of a Tool URL, Consumer key, and Shared secret which provide the mapping from eClass to the 3rd party tool.<br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/external_tool_key_parameters.png" alt="key parameters" width="1375" height="596" /><br /><br /></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;">Click one of the save buttons at the bottom of the screen. Depending on the LTI integration, you may be required to click on the newly created link as an instructor in order to establish a link between your course and the 3rd party content. Please confirm any additional setup requirements with your LTI content provider to complete your configuration.</li>
</ol>
<p>Once setup is complete, your students should be able to access your external resources via the link you have created in your course. Different tools provide different options for student content and interaction.</p>
<p>If you experience any issues while configuring your External Tool, please contact us at <a href="mailto:eclass@ualberta.ca" target="_blank" rel="noopener">eclass@ualberta.ca</a>. Once a tool is set up however, eClass cannot support problems that occur on the external site.</p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding your Twitter Feed to your eClass Page]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-your-twitter-feed-to-your-eclass-page]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[060ad92489947d410d897474079c1477]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 07 Jan 2015 15:34:09 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p>Adding Twitter Feeds to eClass course pages is a great way to communicate course updates to students, or even filter tweets directly concerning particular courses, or education in general using the hashtag key. Hashtags are words or phrases preceded by a hash or pound sign (#) to recognize messages of a specific topic (i.e. #education, #albertaed, etc.)</p>
<p>This article will show you how to create a block on eClass where you can embed the html widget from twitter to pull all of the tweets referencing your course or other specific hashtags. <br />This article will not show you how to use twitter itself.</p>
<p><strong>Adding Twitter Feeds: </strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Toggle on <strong>Edit mode, </strong>located to the top right corner eClass on your course overview, or the eClass course page you wish to add a Twitter Feed to.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-twitter-feed-1.png" alt="" width="436" height="347" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Navigate to the <strong>Add a block</strong> found at the top right-hand side of the page.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-twitter-feed-2.png" alt="" width="487" height="388" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on <strong>Text</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-twitter-feed-3.png" alt="" width="600" height="478" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The page will refresh and a <em>New Text block</em> will automatically appear on the page.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on the <strong>gear </strong>icon on the right side of the block, then on <strong>Configure (New Text block) block</strong> to edit the block's settings and content.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-html-block-2a.png" alt="" width="449" height="294" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Give the Text block a title.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/edit-html-block-2.png" alt="" width="600" height="326" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>In a separate tab or window, open and log in to your Twitter account. (Ensure that you are not using the mobile version of Twitter)<br /><br /></li>
<li>Once you've logged on, use the following instructions to create a Twitter feed widget: <a href="https://support.twitter.com/articles/20170071" target="_blank" rel="noopener">How to embed a timeline</a>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>After creating a Twitter widget, copy the corresponding HTML code. An HTML code looks like a long version of a URL or weblink, with numbers and letters within it.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Return to your eClass webpage tab or window.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Enter the <em>Configure (new Text block) block</em> setting of your new Text block, if not already there. <br /><br /></li>
<li>At the top of the Content portion of the page, there is a toolbar to edit the content description. There should be multiple (usually 2 or 3) lines displaying in this toolbar; if not, click the top left button of the Content's Toolbar (Show more buttons) to display all of the lines.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Click the icon to edit the HTML link which looks like this: '&lt;/&gt;'.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/edit-html-block-twitter-7.png" alt="" width="600" height="420" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Then, paste the HTML code that you copied from your Twitter website in the text box.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Select<strong> Save Changes</strong>. <br /><br /></li>
<li>Your Twitter Feed is now located on the eClass page where the Text block preceded it and you may move it by clicking on the icon with four outward pointing arrows and dragging the Twitter Feed to its desired position.</li>
</ol>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using the Simple Calculated Quiz Question Type]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-the-simple-calculated-quiz-question-type]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0aa1883c6411f7873cb83dacb17b0afc]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 29 Oct 2014 17:10:24 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Simple calculated questions</span> are a simpler version of <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/326/13/adding-calculated-quiz-questions" target="_blank" rel="noopener">calculated questions</a> which are like numerical questions but with the numbers used selected randomly from a set when the quiz is taken. These questions use a numerical formula which contains variable number values by use of wildcards (i.e., <strong>{x}</strong>, <strong>{y}</strong>) that are substituted with random values.</p>
<p>To create a simple calculated question, start by adding a question to a new or existing quiz. (<a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/286/45/adding-questions-and-editing-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding Questions and Editing Quizzes</a>) </p>
<ol>
<li>Choose 'Calculated simple' from the list of question types.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/simple-calculated-1.png" alt="" width="537" height="659" /></li>
<li>Enter the 'Question name'.</li>
<li>Enter the question text while using the brackets <strong>{}</strong> to enclose a variable name that you designate, to indicate a random parameter in the question text.<br /><br /><em><strong>Example</strong></em>: <br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/simple-calculated-2.png" alt="" width="1447" height="265" /></li>
<li>Enter the 'Default mark'.</li>
<li>Enter the parameters for the 'Answers' section.<br /><br /><em><strong>Example</strong></em>:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/simple-calculated-3.png" alt="" width="1398" height="256" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click the button: 'Find the wild cards {x...} present in the correct answer formulas. This will refresh the page and populate the 'Wild cards parameters used to generate the values' section.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/simple-calculated-4.png" alt="" width="419" height="35" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Open the wild cards section to specify the maximum and minimum for each of the different values and the decimal point for each. The wild card section appears just above the <strong>Generate </strong>and <strong>Display</strong> buttons to review the wild card values.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/simple-calculated-5.png" alt="" width="595" height="664" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>At the bottom of that section, there will be two buttons used for generating or displaying wild card values so you can validate whether your values are acceptable. <br />Click 'Generate'. and with the settings above, you will be shown something similar to below.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/simple-calculated-7.png" alt="" width="599" height="321" /></li>
<li>Save changes.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can then preview the question and test it.</p>
<p> <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/simple-calculated-8.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>For questions about the other <a href="https://docs.moodle.org/310/en/Simple_calculated_question_type" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Simple Calculated Question</a> settings, please contact <a href="mailto:eclass@ualberta.ca" target="_blank" rel="noopener">eclass@ualberta.ca</a>. </p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/255/22/eclass-known-issues" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Known Issue</a> with Decimal Places:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Datasets generated for Calculated Questions in Quizzes will continue to produce values with decimal places despite setting values to contain no decimals.</li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Choices]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-choices]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[013d407166ec4fa56eb1e1f8cbe183b9]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 29 Apr 2014 12:44:37 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"><strong>Choice</strong> is a polling activity in which you can ask students to answer multiple-choice questions. The results can be published to the whole class or left private for your own use. Some examples of use: gathering feedback on your course or a particular lecture; having students choose topics for term papers; initiating discussion on a particular topic; signing up for seminar sections. </span></p>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li> 1 <a href="#adding">Adding a Choice</a></li>
<li> 2 <a href="#general">General</a></li>
<li> 3 <a href="#options">Options</a></li>
<li> 4 <a href="#availability">Availability</a></li>
<li> 5 <a href="#results">Results</a></li>
<li> 6 <a href="#common">Common module settings</a></li>
<li> 7 <a href="#restrict">Restrict access</a></li>
<li> 8 <a href="#completion">Activity completion</a></li>
<li> 9 <a href="#tags">Tags</a></li>
<li>10 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
<h4><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding a Choice:</strong></span></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">With <strong>Edit mode</strong> on, </span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> click </span><em>Add an activity or resource</em><span style="font-weight: 400;">. and choose </span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><em>Choice</em>.</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="general"></a>General:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Choice name" (required field)</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Description" You can enter your question or choice here to prompt students.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display description on course page" - Toggles whether or not the description will be displayed on the course page below the link to your choice activity.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display mode for the options" - You may choose whether you want the options to be displayed horizontally or vertically.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-choice-1.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="options"></a>Options:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Allow choice to be updated" - Participant ability to change their responses.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Allow more than one choice to be selected" - To allow for multiple responses.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Limit the number of responses allowed" - When the limit to a response is reached, participants may no longer choose the item.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Option [n]" - Enter the name of a choice option.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Limit [n]" - Limit the number of participants allowed to choose the option. <em>Limit the number of responses allowed</em> must be enabled first to set this option.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-choice-2.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="availability"></a>Availability:</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Set a time and date range for when the Choice activity will be available to users. "Show preview" allows students to preview the activity and see the options before the Choice activity is open for submission.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-choice-3.png" alt="" width="500" height="" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="results"></a>Results:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Publish results" - Toggles if you want results published.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Privacy of results" - If the previous option is enabled, results can be set to anonymous or not (show student names and their choices)</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Show column for unanswered" - Toggles whether or not the column for unanswered choices will be displayed.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Include responses from inactive/suspended users" - Toggles whether or not responses from inactive/suspended users are included.</span></span></li>
</ul>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-choice-4.png" alt="" width="500" height="" /></p>
<p>Students are shown how their selections are published/private before making their choice.</p>
<p>For example:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-choice-7.png" alt="" width="500" height="" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="common"></a>Common module settings</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Availability" - This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of teacher or non-editing teacher).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Make available but now shown on course page' - A link to the activity must be provided from elsewhere, such as from a page resource. The activity would still be listed in the gradebook and other reports.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"ID number" - An ID number identifies the activity for grade calculation purposes.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Force language" - Force the activity to a particular language pack. Only English and French are available on eClass.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Group mode" - The group mode defined at course level is the default mode for all activities within the course. Each activity that supports groups can also define its own group mode, though if the group mode is forced at course level, the group mode setting for each activity is ignored. This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'No groups' - Students are not segregated into groups.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Separate groups' - Only group members can see their own group while other groups remain invisible.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Visible groups' - Group members can see other groups but still work in their own group.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Grouping" - A grouping is a collection of groups within a course. If a grouping is selected, students assigned to groups within the grouping will be able to work together.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Add group/grouping access restriction" button - Allows access only to students who belong to a specified group, or all groups.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-choice-5.png" alt="" width="500" height="" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrict"></a>Restrict access:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="completion"></a>Activity completion</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"<a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Completion tracking</a>" - Activity completion is tracked, either manually or automatically, based on certain conditions. Multiple conditions may be set if desired. If so, the activity will only be considered complete when ALL conditions are met. A tick next to the activity name on the course page indicates when the activity is complete.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Require view"</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Student must view this activity to complete it - A tick will only appear once the student views the activity.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Show as complete when user makes a choice - A tick will only appear once the student makes a choice.<br /></span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Expect completed on" - This setting specifies the date when the activity is expected to be completed. The date is not shown to students and is only displayed in the activity completion report.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-choice-6.png" alt="" width="500" height="" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="tags"></a>Tags:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<h4><strong><a id="notes"></a>Notes</strong></h4>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Please consider carefully whether you want your choice to be anonymous or not. Choices can be anonymous to both students and instructors or to just students. Please indicate to students exactly who will be able to see their responses for ethical reasons.</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Customizing Course Topic/Week Names]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/customizing-course-topicweek-names]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c74d97b01eae257e44aa9d5bade97baf]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 03 Aug 2011 21:45:25 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>Rather than organizing your course using eClass’s default section naming scheme (<em>i.e.</em>, by week, when the course format is set to 'Weekly' format or by topic number when the course is set to 'Topics' format), you can choose your own custom names to appear on both the main course page, as well in the left-side 'Course index' drawer.</p>
</div>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline">To rename and customize your section names, first, ensure that you are in editing mode by clicking <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of your course page.</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Method 1:</strong></span></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/edittopicname.PNG" alt="click on the pencil to edit the topic name" width="804" height="93" /></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Method 2:</strong></span></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline">You can also edit topic names from their summary page. To navigate there, click on the 3 dots icon (⋮) to the right of the section title you wish to change.  Then click <strong>Edit topic </strong>(or <strong>Edit section</strong>, depending on course format).</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif; padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/TopicNameCapture.PNG" alt="" width="631" height="188" /></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline">A settings page will open. Check the <strong>Custom</strong> box and type your customized title into the ‘Section name’ field. Then click on <strong>Save changes</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif; padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/topic_names2.png" alt="" width="744" height="275" /></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">Your customized section names will now appear on both the main course page, as well as in the 'Course index' drawer on the left side of your course page.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Creating a Custom Certificate for Students to Download]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/creating-a-custom-certificate-for-students-to-download]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[087408522c31eeb1f982bc0eaf81d35f]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 10 Feb 2023 14:24:25 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div>
<p><span>In non-credit and training course situations, it may be desirable to allow students to receive and print a custom certificate upon completing any requirements set by the course instructor/designer. Certificates can also be added to credit courses, but it must be communicated clearly to students what the purpose of the certificate is and whether it has any academic weight or value.</span></p>
</div>
<p><span>Certificates can be set to be released for the completion of an entire course or for specific activities within a course.</span><span> For instructions on how to configure the release of items based on specific criteria please see the article on <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Completion tracking</a>.</span></p>
<p><span>The <strong>Custom </strong></span><strong>Certificate </strong>activity<span> in eClass allows instructors to configure a custom certificate that displays any necessary course information as well as information specific to each student. There is also some flexibility in terms of the overall design and display of the certificate as well as some useful notification and reporting tools that track the delivery of certificates.<br /><br /></span></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#addactivity">Add an activity or resource</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#settings">Settings</a>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li> - <a href="#general">General</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#options">Options</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#common">Common module settings</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#restrict">Restrict access</a><a href="#completion"></a><a href="#tags"></a></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>3 <a href="#editcert">Creating the certificate</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#certelements">Adding certificate elements</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#reposition">Reposition or arrange elements</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#preview">Preview certificate</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="addactivity"></a>Add an activity or resource</strong></span></p>
<p><span></span>To create a custom certificate for your course, first activate <strong>Edit mode</strong>, and then click <strong>Add an activity or resource,</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/customcert_add_activity.png" alt="" width="381" height="98" /></span></p>
<p>Then click on <strong>Custom certificate</strong> to add the resource:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/customcert_choose_activity.png" alt="Activity chooser" width="210" height="228" /></span></p>
<p><span></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="settings"></a>Settings</strong></span></p>
<p><span><a id="general"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;">General:</span></span></p>
<p><span>You must give your certificate a <strong>Name</strong>. You can optionally add a <strong>Description</strong> and check the box to show the description on the course page.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/customcert_settings1.png" alt="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/customcert_choose_activity.png" width="479" height="520" /></span></p>
<p><a id="options"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Options:</span></p>
<p>The available options for the certificate are as follows: </p>
<ul>
<li>"Delivery options" - You can choose whether to force the certificate to be downloaded as a PDF file or whether students have the option to download the certificate from their browsers.</li>
<li>"Email students" - Choose "Yes" if you want to notify students of the availability of a certificate.</li>
<li>"Email teachers" - Choose "Yes" if you want to notify other instructors of the availability of a certificate.</li>
<li>"Email others" - Supply the email addresses of other people you may wish to notify of the availability of a certificate.</li>
<li>"Allow anyone to verify a certificate" - Allow students to view their certificates.</li>
<li>"Required minutes in the course" - The number of minutes a student must be in a course before they are allowed a certificate</li>
<li>"Set protection" - checking these options would allow you to prevent the students' ability to Print, Modify, or Copy the resulting PDF file</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="common"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Common module settings:</span></p>
<p>While creating your certificate, you may wish to hide it from your students until you have finished setting it up. Under <strong>Common module settings</strong>, you can set: </p>
<ul>
<li><span>"Availability" - </span>This setting has 3 options:
<ul>
<li><span>'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li><span>'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of teacher or non-editing teacher).</span></li>
<li><span>'Make available but now shown on course page' - A link to the activity must be provided from elsewhere, such as from a page resource.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="restrict"></a>Restrict access:</p>
<ul>
<li>This would be the most common mechanism to release your certificate to students - eg. students would be able to access the certificate once the acheieved a certain score in the course or completed a summative quiz. See <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a> for more information.</li>
</ul>
<p>Once these settings have been confirmed, click <strong>Save and return to course </strong>or <strong>Save and display</strong>.</p>
<p><span> </span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="editcert"></a>Creating the certificate structure</strong></span></p>
<p>To start building your certificate, click the certificate activity (if you did not click 'Save and display') and then on the<strong> Edit certificate</strong> tab:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/customcert_edit.png" alt="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/customcert_choose_activity.png" width="473" height="513" /></span></p>
<p></p>
<p><span>The default dimensions are set to fit on an A4 sheet of typing paper. The numbers (in millimetres) can be adjusted as desired and can be swapped to change the display </span><span>between Portrait and Landscape orientation. A </span><span>white border can be added to the certificate by specifying margin widths (but there is also an option to add a coloured border in the certificate elements below.)</span></p>
<p><span>At any time when constructing the certificate you can <strong>Save changes</strong> to finish editing, or <strong>Save changes and preview</strong> any changes you have made.<br /><br /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Adding Certificate elements:</strong></span></p>
<p><span>A range of elements can be added to a certificate, some being pulled automatically from data in the eClass course and other custom design elements that are added through the interface. </span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span>- Elements t</span><span>hat are drawn from course and user settings in eClass</span><span>: course category name, course field (a selection from the course full name, course ID number, or course short name), course name, date (the current date), date range (a date selected from a range of options), grade (the course final grade), grade item name (a specific grade selected from a list), student name, user picture, user field (a selected item from the user's profile), and teacher(s) name.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span>- E</span><span>lements that are uploaded or are specific to the current certificate: background image, border (an uploaded border image file), code (a random number/letter code generated for the certificate), digital signature (an uploaded image of a signature with a name entry field), image, QR code, and text.</span></p>
<p><span>To add an element, select it from the dropdown list and click <strong>Add element</strong>, then enter its specific values and click <strong>Save. </strong>Each element has a range of options such as font, font size, colour picker, width, "+" reference point, and alignment. The reference point is useful for aligning elements vertically to the centre, left or right side of the certificate. For example, a centre-aligned "+" reference point will make it easier to align items centred on the page.<br /><br /></span></p>
<p><span><a id="reposition"></a><strong>Arranging elements:</strong></span></p>
<p><span>Click <strong>Reposition elements</strong> to begin organizing the layout of the certificate:</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/customcert_reposition.png" alt="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/customcert_choose_activity.png" width="324" height="351" /></span></p>
<p><span>Initially after creation, elements will be stacked in the top left corner. Click and hold your mouse pointer on the stack to start dragging elements into their correct position in the certificate.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/customcert_added_elements.png" alt="Elements stacked in top left corner" width="523" height="229" /></span></p>
<p><span>Once you have positioned elements, you can <strong>Save and close</strong> editing, <strong>Save and continue</strong> editing, or <strong>Cancel</strong> to abandon any changes made since the last save.<br /><br /></span></p>
<p><span><a id="preview"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Preview the finished certificate:</strong></span></span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/customcert_view.png" alt="" width="461" height="276" /></span></p>
<p><span><a id="notes"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Notes:</strong></span></span></p>
<p><span>- Students will see their custom certificate if they click on the activity in your course so <em><strong>do not make these freely available without some form of access restriction if you do not want this to occur</strong></em>.<br />- If using more than one <strong>Text</strong> element, use the pencil icon to rename the Text element to make it easier to find.<br />- Some formatting, such as borders, may not be visible in all previews.<br /><br /></span><span></span></p>
<p><span></span></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Moving Course Items without Dragging and Dropping]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/moving-course-items-without-dragging-and-dropping]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9cfdf10e8fc047a44b08ed031e1f0ed1]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 02 Feb 2015 12:30:27 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"></span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">This article describes how to move and re-arrange course items without dragging and dropping.</span></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#movesingle">Move a single item</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#movetopic">Move a whole topic</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"><a id="movesingle"></a>Move a single item:</span></strong></span></p>
</div>
<ol>
<li>Go to the main page of your course.</li>
<li>Click on <strong>Edit mode</strong> on the top right of the page.</li>
<li>Click on the 3dot dropdown menu on the right-hand side of the course items. Click on the four-headed arrow <strong>Move</strong> icon (note that clicking and holding will initiate the drag-and-drop process). <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/move-course-item.png" alt="" width="612" height="285" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>A dialog menu will pop up listing areas in the course where you can move the item. Click on the item location where you wish to move the course item.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/move-course-item2.png" alt="" width="394" height="449" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The course item will now be moved beneath the selected location.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/move-course-item3.png" alt="" width="438" height="277" /></li>
</ol>
<p>  </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="movetopic"></a>Move a whole topic:</strong></span></p>
<p>To move the contents of more than one item at a time, you will have to move the entire <strong>Topic</strong> section using the same method: </p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the main page of your course.</li>
<li>Click on<strong> Edit mode</strong><strong> </strong>on the top right of the page.</li>
<li>A <strong>Move</strong> icon will appear under the 3dot dropdown on the right-hand side of the <strong>Topic</strong> name. Click on the four-headed arrow <strong>Move</strong> icon. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/move-course-item5.png" alt="" width="653" height="271" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>A menu will pop up. Click on the location underneath which you wish to move the course item.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/move-course-item4.png" alt="" width="388" height="313" /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/move-course-item6.png" alt="" width="469" height="202" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>Note</strong>: If the Topics have kept their default numbered names, they will be renamed according to the descending order (e.g. Topic 1, Topic 2... etc.). If you move Topic 2 above Topic 1, Topic 2 will become Topic 1 and Topic 2 will become Topic 1. But if each topic section has a custom name, then the custom name will remain. Please take a look at <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/16/0/customizing-course-topicweek-names" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a> to customize topic names. <br /><br /><br /></p>
<p> </p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Library Reading Lists]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-library-reading-lists]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[550a141f12de6341fba65b0ad0433500]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 12 Aug 2020 16:04:29 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>Instructors can now create online reading lists with the library and link them on their eClass site using the resource "Library Reading Lists". This will create a comprehensive reading list for a course and can be organized to show readings by topics or weeks with the ability to indicate if readings are required or optional. This tool can provide instructors with data on their reading list usage, allow students to track their readings, as well as ensure students have easy access to the readings.   </p>
<p><strong><br /></strong>This service is managed by the Libraries and they have <a href="https://library.ualberta.ca/course-materials/reading-lists" target="_blank" rel="noopener">prepared comprehensive documentation on their website.</a> If you need help with this process please contact the library directly at <a href="mailto:coursemat@ualberta.ca" target="_blank" rel="noopener">coursemat@ualberta.ca</a>. </p>
<!--<p>Once your list has been generated by the library, go to your eClass site, turn on editing, and add the&nbsp;Resource "Library Reading Lists" to your course.</p>
<p>&nbsp;<em>Information below will be removed in the near future and be replaced with updated information.</em></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: line-through;">When you have added the activity you will need to name it (ex. Fall Reading List) and then click "Save and Return to Course"</span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: line-through;">&nbsp;</span><br /><span style="text-decoration: line-through;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/LibraryList2.png" alt="LibraryList2" width="600" height="384" /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: line-through;">&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: line-through;">&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: line-through;">When you click on the activity for the first time you will be required to "authenticate" - to do so click on "start" and you may or may not need to sign-in again with your CCID and password.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><br /><span style="text-decoration: line-through;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/LibraryList4.png" alt="LibraryList4" width="600" height="204" /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: line-through;">&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: line-through;">&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: line-through;">You are now able to select your reading list. It will automatically enter the name of the course into the search box, click there and continue typing to bring up a drop-down menu of the courses matching what you have entered.&nbsp;<strong>Note:</strong> Make sure you are selecting the correct section for your reading list as all sections with a list will appear there.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><br /><span style="text-decoration: line-through;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/LibraryList5-1.png" alt="" width="600" height="175" /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: line-through;">&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: line-through;">Once you select your section the library list will preview below. Review it and make sure it looks correct and click "Save". If you select the wrong section by accident just click out of this activity and it will not save your progress.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><br /><span style="text-decoration: line-through;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/LibraryList6.png" alt="LibraryList6" width="600" height="193" /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: line-through;">&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: line-through;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><br />Splitting into Sections</strong></span></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: line-through;">If you created a reading list with sections you can create a "Library Reading List" activity for each topic/section instead.</span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: line-through;">Follow the same steps above to create to add the "Library Reading List" activity and add your course list. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">Before</span>&nbsp;you hit save click on the drop-down menu where it says "The list" and select the section you want displayed.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><br /><span style="text-decoration: line-through;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/LibraryList7-1.png" alt="" width="600" height="194" /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: line-through;">&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: line-through;"><strong>Note:&nbsp;</strong>If you are having issues creating your Reading List please contact&nbsp;<a href="mailto:coursemat@ualberta.ca">coursemat@ualberta.ca</a></span></p>-->]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Add Multiblocks to courses]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/add-multiblocks-to-courses]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ebd9629fc3ae5e9f6611e2ee05a31cef]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 23 Jun 2023 15:23:27 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">New in June 2023</strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">, instructors can now add selections of blocks within a single block on their course pages. Multiblocks are added to courses using the </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/133/13/adding-blocks" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">standard block creation process</a><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"> by selecting </span><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Multiblock:</strong></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multiblock-1.png" width="650" height="580" alt="" /></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Once added, under <strong>Configure block</strong>, users can give the block a title and specify the display format:</span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multiblock-2.png" width="525" height="719" alt="" /></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multiblock-3.png" width="625" height="447" alt="" /></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Under <strong>Manage block</strong>, users can select which other blocks they would like to nest within this single block:</span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multiblock-4.png" width="525" height="428" alt="" /></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multiblock-5.png" width="975" height="514" alt="" /></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Users in the course can now cycle through the selected blocks using the arrows at the bottom of the block:</span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multiblock-6.png" width="525" height="451" alt="" /></p>
</div>
<br /><!--<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 Adding blocks</li>
<li>2 Editing block settings</li>
<li>3 Moving Blocks</li>
<li>4 Block Details</li>
</ul>
</div>
--></div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Books]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-books]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[65ded5353c5ee48d0b7d48c591b8f430]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 28 Apr 2014 15:03:00 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The book resource is very similar to the page or tab display resources, except that it allows you to organize it according to chapters and subchapters. The book resource is good for displaying a large amount of content in an organized fashion. This can be useful if you feel your main course page is getting too long.</span>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The book module allows you to have main chapters and sub-chapters, but it goes no deeper. In other words, sub chapters cannot have their own sub chapters, as the module is intended to be a relatively simple resource for teachers and students. <br />Books also have two useful features: previously created websites can be imported directly into the Book module, and books can be printed entirely or by chapter.</span></p>
<h4><strong>Adding a Book</strong></h4>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span>Toggle on the </span><strong>Edit mode</strong><span> in the top right of your course</span></span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.  </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Move to the topic area where you wish to add content (the week, unit, etc…) and click on the </span><strong>Add an Activity or Resource</strong> <span style="font-weight: 400;">button.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the <strong>Book </strong>icon.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">A new page will appear with the book settings.</span></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">General</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Name" is required. You may enter the title of your book here.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Description": You may provide a brief description of your book’s content here.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Display description on course page": Toggles whether or not the description of your book will be displayed on the course page below the link to your book.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-book-1.png" alt="" width="636" height="409" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Appearance</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Chapter formatting": Indicate how you want chapters labelled/numbered. There are several predefined labelling/numbering types:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'None' - Chapter and subchapter titles have no formatting.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Numbers' - Chapters and subchapter titles are numbered 1, 1.1, 1.2, 2, …</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Bullets' - Subchapters are indented and displayed with bullets in the table of contents.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Indented' - Subchapters are indented in the table of contents.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Custom titles": Toggles whether or not the chapter title will not displayed as a heading above the content. A different title (perhaps longer than the chapter title) may be entered as part of the content.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-book-2.png" alt="" width="600" height="181" /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Adding chapters</strong></span></p>
<p>Once you have selected, and Saved and Displayed, your chapter style, you should be prompted to add a chapter. Then, you can add additional chapters or sub-chapters by clicking the <strong>plus sign</strong> in the menu that appears to the right of your book activity:</p>
<p> <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/toc-1.png" alt="Image: chapter menu" width="423" height="127" /></p>
<p>Using the standard icons, you can also reorder your chapters, edit, delete, or hide them.</p>
<p><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/book-2.png" alt="" width="618" height="383" /></strong></p>
<p>To add additional Chapters after saving the book, toggle on <strong>Edit mode</strong> and then <strong>Open block drawer</strong></p>
<p><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/toc-1a.png" width="752" height="781" alt="" /></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Common module settings</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Availability": This setting has 3 options:</span>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Show on course page' - The activity is available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Hide from students' - The activity is only available to users with permission to view hidden activities (by default, users with the role of teacher or non-editing teacher).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Make available but now shown on course page' - A link to the activity must be provided from elsewhere, such as from a page resource. The activity would still be listed in the gradebook and other reports.</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"ID number": An ID number identifies the activity for grade calculation purposes.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-book-3.png" alt="" width="600" height="137" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Restrict access</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Activity completion</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Completion tracking": Activity completion is tracked, either manually or automatically, based on certain conditions. Multiple conditions may be set if desired. If so, the activity will only be considered complete when ALL conditions are met. A tick next to the activity name on the course page indicates when the activity is complete.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">"Expect completed on": This setting specifies the date when the activity is expected to be completed. The date is not shown to students and is only displayed in the activity completion report.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-book-4.png" alt="" width="600" height="179" /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Tags</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">See </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/336/13/using-content-tags-to-organize-course-materials" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-size: 9pt;"><strong><strong> </strong></strong></span></p>
</div>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using the U of A Policies Block]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-the-u-of-a-policies-block]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a01a0380ca3c61428c26a231f0e49a09]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 01 Nov 2019 15:05:03 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>At the request of the Faculty of Nursing, the eClass team added a site-wide block making it easy for instructors to add links to general U of A policies into their courses. The block can also be configured to have a section with policies pertaining to the specific faculty or program where a course is offered. The block is available as a standard right-side block to be added into courses. </p>
<p>To add the <strong>U of A Policies</strong> block to your course:</p>
<ol>
<li>Toggle the <strong>Edit mode</strong><strong> </strong>button ON at the top right corner.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/turn-editing-on.png" alt="" width="482" height="200" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Then, scroll down to the bottom of the <strong>Block Drawer </strong>on the right. (Note: If the Block Drawer is closed, you will have to first open it by clicking on the arrow as shown below.) <br />Once that is done, click on the <strong>Add a Block</strong> button. Find and select <strong>U of A Policies</strong>. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/block-drawer.png" alt="" width="476" height="317" /><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/library.png" alt="" width="452" height="512" /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/policies-1.png" alt="" width="585" height="683" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The page will refresh with the policies block now showing at the very bottom of the right-hand side column. You may move it up or down using the arrows.   <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/policies-2.png" alt="" width="328" height="476" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Any custom links specific to a faculty or department will appear under a sub-heading at the bottom of the block. Custom links must be added by eClass system administrators in the block configuration and would appear for all courses in a given course category.</li>
</ol>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Removing Unwanted Formatting from Course Content]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/removing-unwanted-formatting-from-course-content]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c410003ef13d451727aeff9082c29a5c]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 12 Nov 2021 14:39:39 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>As <span style="text-decoration: underline;">a preventative measure</span>, users are encouraged to <strong>Paste and Match Style</strong> (paste without formatting, paste as plain text, etc) so that all previous formatting and styles are ignored when pasted. If you are pasting from a formatting-heavy source, doing so will cause you to lose things like bolded headers, highlights, bullet points, etc. so you would have to reformat them after pasting content into eClass.</p>
<p>However, if it is after the fact, and you have noticed inconsistencies with formatting in your course content, you can try these steps to remove unwanted formatting (inconsistent colours, extra spaces, etc) from your content.</p>
<p>The following video shows a simple example of how to quickly clear formatting from content. </p>
<p><iframe width="560" height="315" title="Embedded Media titled: removing unwanted formatting" src="https://ualberta.yuja.com/V/Video?v=855272&amp;node=4166686&amp;a=160568277&amp;preload=false" frameborder="0" webkitallowfullscreen="webkitallowfullscreen" mozallowfullscreen="mozallowfullscreen" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" loading="lazy"></iframe></p>
<p> </p>
<p>For how to remove formatting from multiple choice question responses, please click <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/497/41/multiple-choice-formatting" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Note</strong></span>: Depending on the amount of effort required to make changes, it may be easier to correct one-offs. In the workflow described above, removing all tags typically display a default system Black font colour. However, if you wished to instead make them blue (matching the style colour), you would have to add opening and closing P tags. e.g. &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; The link above will illustrate this.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Restricting Student Editing Permissions in the Glossary]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/restricting-student-editing-permissions-in-the-glossary]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d82c8d1619ad8176d665453cfb2e55f0]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 20 Aug 2012 17:01:04 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[- NA -]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">By default, eClass treats glossaries as a collaborative tool that students have the ability to edit (i.e., students can create new entries).  It is, however, possible to restrict the glossary such that only course administrators (instructors and teaching assistants) have the ability to add new entries and make changes to those already existing. This functional use for glossaries matches the use of glossaries as static content repositories available in our previous version of eClass.</span></p>
</div>
<p><br />To restrict the glossary such that students <strong>do not</strong> have editing capabilities within the glossary activity:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the glossary activity from the main course page.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Once in the glossary, go to <em>Glossary administration</em> by clicking on <strong>More</strong> then <strong>Permissions</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict_editing_glossary-1.png" alt="" width="714" height="328" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Scroll down the permissions page, and locate the item <strong><em>Create new entries</em></strong>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>To the right of the <em>Create new entries</em> item will be a series of different roles that currently have permission to create new entries within the glossary.  To remove student editing capabilities, click the trash icon (<img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/trashicon.png" alt="trash icon" width="20" height="21" />) that follows each 'Auditor', and 'Student'.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict_editing_glossary-2.png" alt="" width="1160" height="151" /></li>
</ol>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using Dependencies in Feedback Activities]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-dependencies-in-feedback-activities]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0266e33d3f546cb5436a10798e657d97]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 02 Jul 2015 15:27:56 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>The feedback activity can be used to query your students with questions that you create. Common uses of the tool are as quick polls for student preferences, to elicit feedback about your class, or even to build datasets of demographic information. The tool also includes the ability to build dependent questions allowing you to route students to different questions based on previous answers.</p>
<p>This tutorial details the creation of dynamic, routed paths within the feedback activity using dependent questions. For details on the basic setup of feedback activities, see <a href="https://support.ctl.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/147/13/adding-feedback-items" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding Feedback Activities</a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>When creating your initial question, ensure that you give it a <em>Label</em>. For example, for the question "Do you have a dog"?, the <em>Label</em> could be "hasDog".<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/using-dependencies-1.png" alt="" width="620" height="707" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>A page break must be inserted between dependent questions and the question they depend on. This can be done from the <em>Edit Questions</em> tab of the feedback activity the same way that a new question is added.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/using-dependencies-2.png" alt="" width="620" height="265" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>In your dependent question, choose the label for your previous question that you wish to branch based on in the <em>Dependence item</em> dropdown. For <em>Dependence value</em>, enter the response that should cause participants to see this question. <strong>This must match one of the branching item's answers exactly.</strong> For example, if you had a followup question "What is your dog's name?", the <em>Dependence value</em> would be "Yes".<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/using-dependencies-3.png" alt="" width="620" height="490" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>You could also put a question on the same page for respondents who chose a different response. For example, "Do you plan on getting a dog?" with the <em>Dependence value</em> "No".<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/using-dependencies-4.png" alt="" width="620" height="796" /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/using-dependencies-5.png" alt="" width="620" height="483" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>It is important to test your feedback route to make sure it works properly. Go to the <em>Overview</em> tab of the feedback activity and click on <strong>Answer the questions</strong>. This will allow you to test your feedback activity in the same way your students will experience it.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/using-dependencies-6.png" alt="" width="620" height="208" /></li>
</ol>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
</channel>
</rss>